or_o intercision_n of_o that_o sovereignty_n before_o the_o roman_a dominion_n in_o the_o last_o the_o reâ—…aired_a and_o antichristian_a state_n thereof_o in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n have_v a_o wound_n in_o one_o of_o his_o head_n vers_fw-la 3._o what_o be_v this_o wound_n but_o a_o intercision_n or_o cessation_n of_o all_o roman_a majesty_n in_o the_o world_n at_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n the_o two-horned_n beast_n by_o his_o deâ—…es_n do_v cure_v the_o wound_n vers_fw-la 14_o 15._o what_o be_v this_o cure_n but_o the_o renovation_n of_o the_o same_o sovereignty_n in_o the_o pope_n which_o be_v former_o lose_v in_o the_o caesar_n so_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n it_o be_v say_v that_o all_o the_o world_n worship_v the_o beast_n when_o they_o behold_v the_o beast_n that_o be_v be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v v_o 8._o what_o be_v mean_v here_o by_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v not_o this_o note_v the_o total_a cessation_n &_o abrogation_n of_o the_o roman_a majesty_n at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o by_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v this_o â—…eth_v the_o reâ—…ing_n of_o the_o roman_a majesty_n from_o the_o dead_a when_o it_o be_v former_o lose_v in_o the_o caesar_n both_o scripture_n than_o do_v plain_o show_v and_o so_o do_v s._n paul_n in_o the_o thessalonian_n that_o the_o empire_n must_v first_o fall_v before_o the_o antichristian_a time_n can_v begin_v they_o therefore_o that_o set_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n at_o the_o time_n of_o victor_n or_o at_o constantine_n remove_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o empire_n to_o constantinople_n or_o at_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o emperor_n julâ—…an_n or_o at_o any_o other_o time_n before_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n to_o my_o understanding_n they_o do_v anticipate_v the_o true_a beginning_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o do_v go_v against_o the_o ground_n and_o foundation_n of_o all_o true_a apocalyptical_a learning_n the_o second_o branch_n of_o this_o principle_n be_v this_o also_o that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n must_v be_v after_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n or_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n chap._n 13._o vers_fw-la 1._o for_o though_o the_o ancient_a commentator_n take_v the_o first_o beast_n to_o be_v the_o old_a empire_n yet_o the_o latter_a interpreter_n such_o as_o brightman_n peraeus_fw-la mede_n and_o other_o do_v more_o right_o understand_v this_o to_o be_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o in_o very_a deed_n if_o we_o consider_v the_o time_n of_o the_o beginning_n of_o this_o beast_n it_o be_v present_o and_o immediate_o after_o the_o dragon_n flood_n scil_n after_o the_o inundation_n of_o the_o barbarous_a nation_n second_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o rise_n the_o beast_n have_v ten_o crown_n upon_o his_o horn_n at_o the_o time_n of_o his_o rise_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n which_o note_v the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a into_o ten_o inferior_a kingdom_n in_o that_o notable_a change_n of_o state_n three_o the_o time_n of_o his_o continuance_n he_o be_v to_o continue_v 42_o month_n and_o this_o be_v the_o exact_a time_n of_o the_o suffering_n of_o the_o church_n under_o the_o antichristian_a persecution_n these_o and_o many_o suchlike_a reason_n do_v strong_o prove_v that_o the_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n and_o his_o rise_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n do_v note_n and_o decipher_v the_o stand_v up_o of_o the_o ten_o king_n out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o here_o then_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o 42_o month_n the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o this_o beast_n be_v set_v forth_o by_o a_o true_a demonstrative_a character_n and_o we_o may_v not_o doubt_v of_o the_o certainty_n thereof_o further_o then_o if_o we_o look_v to_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n must_v needs_o be_v after_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n and_o so_o consequent_o after_o the_o stand_n up_o of_o the_o ten_o king_n out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o so_o the_o vision_n will_v be_v right_o apply_v to_o their_o true_a time_n i_o know_v nothing_o of_o moment_n which_o do_v contradict_v this_o assertion_n but_o only_o that_o which_o be_v speak_v by_o mr_n mede_n in_o his_o apocalyptical_a key_n synchronism_n the_o second_o where_o he_o endeavour_v to_o show_v that_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n and_o the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n be_v exact_a contemporary_n in_o all_o their_o time_n these_o be_v his_o word_n a_o se_fw-la invicâ—…nt_fw-la neque_fw-la ortu_fw-la svo_fw-la neque_fw-la interitu_fw-la separantur_fw-la quinetiam_fw-la altera_fw-la alterius_fw-la potestatem_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d hoc_fw-la est_fw-la in_o praesentia_fw-la ipsius_fw-la administrat_fw-la and_o then_o he_o conclude_v quis_fw-la non_fw-la vidit_fw-la illas_fw-la omni_fw-la aevo_fw-la svo_fw-la necessariò_fw-la contemporare_fw-la but_o save_v the_o great_a respect_n i_o bear_v to_o this_o author_n i_o can_v see_v first_o how_o this_o can_v agree_v with_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o scripture_n second_o with_o the_o event_n of_o thing_n three_o with_o the_o tenor_n of_o his_o own_o doctrine_n as_o he_o deliver_v it_o elsewhere_o four_o with_o the_o body_n of_o the_o best_a protestant_a expositor_n who_o have_v speak_v most_o proâ—…atively_o concern_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n first_o i_o can_v see_v how_o he_o agree_v with_o the_o scripture_n for_o john_n see_v first_o a_o beast_n come_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n and_o ten_o crown_n upon_o his_o horn_n and_o after_o that_o he_o see_v another_o second_o beast_n which_o come_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n with_o two_o horn_n from_o whence_o we_o may_v easy_o collect_v that_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o one_o be_v in_o order_n of_o time_n before_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o other_o and_o therefore_o they_o no_o not_o ad_fw-la amussim_fw-la contemporare_fw-la ortu_fw-la svo_fw-la they_o do_v not_o exact_o agree_v in_o the_o time_n of_o their_o original_a second_o i_o can_v see_v how_o he_o agree_v with_o the_o event_n of_o thing_n for_o at_o that_o time_n when_o the_o ten_o king_n arise_v out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n there_o be_v no_o roman_a sovereignty_n in_o the_o whole_a world_n for_o as_o we_o have_v former_o mention_v the_o beast_n have_v a_o wound_n in_o one_o of_o his_o head_n and_o therefore_o there_o be_v a_o intercision_n and_o a_o cessation_n of_o that_o potency_n for_o a_o time_n we_o yield_v that_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n be_v the_o restorer_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n he_o cure_v the_o wound_n and_o make_v the_o image_n to_o speak_v and_o live_v it_o be_v true_a that_o he_o revive_v the_o roman_a sovereignty_n from_o death_n to_o life_n but_o this_o revive_n be_v not_o assoon_o as_o the_o ten_o king_n rise_v out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n three_o i_o can_v see_v how_o this_o agree_v with_o mr_n mede'_v own_o doctrine_n for_o he_o say_v apost_n pag._n 83._o that_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n the_o ten_o horn_n be_v the_o ten_o king_n that_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o dissipation_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n he_o say_v express_o that_o it_o must_v arise_v after_o they_o pag._n 74._o for_o so_o he_o will_v have_v the_o chaldee_n word_n to_o be_v all_o one_o with_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d of_o the_o 70_o to_o wit_n that_o the_o little_a horn_n must_v arise_v behind_o the_o ten_o horn_n now_o then_o if_o the_o papacy_n must_v arise_v after_o and_o behind_o the_o ten_o king_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o he_o do_v contemporate_a with_o they_o ortu_fw-la svo_fw-la in_o his_o beginning_n and_o that_o according_a to_o mr_n mede'_v own_o principle_n four_o i_o can_v see_v how_o he_o can_v agree_v with_o the_o body_n of_o the_o best_a protestant_a expositor_n who_o have_v demonstrative_o write_v of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n for_o as_o many_o almost_o who_o have_v speak_v of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o earth_n have_v apply_v this_o beginning_n to_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n in_o the_o time_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n when_o the_o decree_n go_v forth_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v head_n over_o all_o the_o church_n all_o the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n lay_v together_o prove_v the_o truth_n of_o this_o interpetation_n we_o come_v now_o to_o the_o three_o principle_n princ._n 3_o the_o time_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o second_o beast_n must_v be_v so_o state_v that_o all_o the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n may_v agree_v to_o such_o a_o beginning_n we_o must_v not_o leave_v the_o time_n of_o the_o fall_n
clear_a but_o the_o time_n in_o the_o 7_o of_o daniel_n also_o will_v be_v much_o illustrate_v if_o we_o parallel_v they_o with_o the_o time_n of_o the_o revelation_n only_o here_o will_v lie_v the_o weight_n of_o the_o business_n whether_o the_o matter_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o both_o prophecy_n and_o it_o must_v necessary_o be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o if_o we_o can_v solid_o prove_v the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o daniel_n to_o be_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n all_o do_v agree_v that_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n and_o if_o we_o can_v make_v it_o appear_v that_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n be_v describe_v in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n this_o will_v be_v as_o it_o be_v a_o band_n or_o ligament_n to_o couple_v both_o prophecy_n together_o and_o a_o mean_a to_o expound_v the_o one_o by_o that_o conformity_n which_o it_o have_v to_o the_o other_o but_o because_o junius_n and_o his_o follower_n and_o by_o name_n dr_n willet_n do_v so_o strong_o insist_v upon_o the_o point_n that_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o both_o prophecy_n be_v not_o one_o and_o the_o same_o roman_a kingdom_n but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o only_a in_o analogy_n and_o similitude_n of_o expression_n if_o they_o can_v make_v their_o word_n good_a i_o confess_v that_o we_o shall_v be_v liable_a to_o a_o great_a mistake_n when_o we_o shall_v take_v that_o for_o real_o the_o same_o which_o be_v only_o the_o same_o in_o some_o similitude_n interpreter_n have_v go_v too_o far_o this_o way_n as_o it_o be_v clear_a by_o experience_n for_o paraeâ—…_n in_o the_o begin_n of_o his_o commentary_n treat_v of_o the_o method_n of_o the_o revelation_n do_v draw_v three_o observation_n out_o of_o augustine_n 20_o book_n of_o the_o city_n of_o god_n cap._n 17._o first_o say_v he_o there_o be_v many_o thing_n dark_o deliver_v in_o the_o prophecy_n to_o exercise_v the_o mind_n of_o the_o reader_n second_o there_o be_v some_o thing_n deliver_v more_o clear_o by_o the_o understanding_n of_o which_o we_o may_v discover_v the_o other_o that_o be_v more_o dark_a if_o diligence_n be_v use_v three_o it_o do_v exceed_o conduce_v to_o the_o unfolding_n of_o the_o mystery_n of_o this_o book_n that_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v repeat_v in_o a_o different_a way_n of_o expression_n we_o do_v acknowledge_v that_o these_o observation_n be_v of_o good_a use_n but_o that_o some_o interpreter_n as_o paraeus_n himself_o in_o his_o commentary_n and_o lampadius_n in_o his_o 〈◊〉_d upon_o sleâ—…d_n in_o de_fw-fr 4_o imperiis_fw-la and_o some_o other_o have_v go_v too_o far_o this_o way_n there_o be_v some_o similitude_n between_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n and_o the_o seven_o vial_n but_o the_o author_n aforenamed_a have_v much_o disturb_v the_o true_a course_n of_o the_o apocalyptical_a time_n when_o they_o take_v the_o trumpet_n and_o the_o seal_n for_o the_o same_o in_o matter_n though_o they_o differ_v in_o manner_n to_o avoid_v thâ—…_n rock_n we_o will_v first_o prove_v the_o identity_n of_o two_o scripture_n and_o then_o expound_v they_o by_o way_n of_o parallel_n upon_o this_o consideration_n we_o do_v now_o fall_v upon_o the_o work_n to_o prove_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n and_o if_o this_o can_v be_v make_v good_a than_o it_o will_v be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n with_o that_o which_o be_v mention_v in_o the_o revelation_n and_o so_o we_o shall_v parallel_v the_o one_o by_o the_o time_n of_o the_o other_o prophecy_n now_o let_v we_o hear_v what_o junius_n broughton_n piscator_fw-la and_o other_o learned_a man_n can_v allege_v to_o the_o contrary_n junius_n there_o be_v none_o that_o be_v ignorant_a how_o various_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v interpret_v for_o some_o think_v this_o place_n to_o appertain_v to_o the_o four_o monarchy_n to_o continue_v to_o the_o consummation_n of_o the_o world_n other_o will_v have_v the_o monarchy_n here_o mean_v to_o continue_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n only_o in_o which_o number_n they_o have_v place_v the_o roman_a their_o free-state_n and_o their_o empire_n be_v unite_v in_o one_o and_o true_o the_o former_a opinion_n all_o the_o father_n have_v follow_v be_v move_v as_o it_o be_v probable_a with_o this_o expression_n there_o be_v a_o god_n in_o heaven_n that_o make_v know_v to_o the_o king_n what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a day_n chap._n 2._o 28._o but_o they_o have_v not_o well_o observe_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o text_n for_o the_o hebrew_n word_n do_v not_o signify_v that_o which_o be_v last_o but_o that_o which_o be_v latter_a or_o that_o which_o come_v after_o though_o it_o be_v not_o simple_o the_o last_o of_o all_o answer_n if_o we_o observe_v the_o rule_v lay_v down_o by_o dr_n willet_n 1._o that_o the_o kingdom_n here_o describe_v be_v monarchical_a kingdom_n 2._o monarchical_a kingdom_n about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n 3._o such_o monarchical_a kingdom_n where_o the_o latter_a do_v build_v themselves_o upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o former_a if_o we_o observe_v these_o rule_n it_o will_v be_v no_o difficult_a matter_n to_o define_v the_o monarchy_n what_o they_o be_v where_o they_o begin_v and_o where_o they_o make_v a_o end_n there_o need_v be_v no_o variety_n of_o opinion_n in_o a_o matter_n of_o such_o common_a experience_n and_o in_o particular_a the_o same_o experience_n show_v that_o the_o roman_a must_v be_v the_o four_o particular_a kingdom_n as_o for_o those_o interpreter_n who_o will_v have_v this_o kingdom_n to_o expire_v at_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n they_o do_v not_o err_v in_o take_v the_o roman_a for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n nor_o in_o join_v the_o free-state_n and_o the_o empire_n in_o one_o but_o they_o err_v in_o this_o that_o they_o end_v that_o monarchy_n at_o the_o come_v of_o christ._n for_o this_o be_v contrary_n to_o experience_n and_o the_o testimony_n of_o the_o scripture_n for_o what_o shall_v be_v the_o ten_o horn_n or_o the_o ten_o king_n what_o shall_v be_v the_o little_a horn_n what_o shall_v be_v all_o the_o other_o property_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n chap._n 7._o how_o shall_v all_o these_o be_v attribute_v to_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n if_o it_o end_v at_o the_o come_v of_o christ_n for_o the_o former_a expositor_n it_o be_v true_a that_o all_o antiquity_n in_o a_o manner_n have_v follow_v this_o way_n to_o take_v the_o roman_a for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n to_o which_o i_o may_v add_v many_o of_o the_o interpreter_n of_o these_o time_n and_o some_o eminent_a in_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o prophetical_a scripture_n as_o brightman_n grasserus_n mede_n and_o other_o but_o that_o this_o shall_v be_v the_o principal_a ground_n that_o move_v they_o to_o take_v the_o roman_a for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n because_o the_o lord_n show_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n what_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o last_o time_n this_o i_o can_v take_v to_o be_v the_o prime_a foundation_n on_o which_o those_o expositor_n do_v build_v to_o my_o understanding_n this_o phrase_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n or_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o original_a 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o extremity_n of_o day_n or_o as_o piscator_fw-la polanus_fw-la and_o other_o will_v have_v it_o temporibus_fw-la consequentibus_fw-la in_o the_o time_n follow_v this_o expression_n naked_o consider_v enforce_v nothing_o at_o all_o whereas_o jacob_n assemble_v his_o son_n together_o to_o tell_v they_o what_o shall_v happen_v to_o they_o in_o the_o latter_a day_n i_o do_v in_o this_o matter_n agree_v with_o dr_n willet_n that_o he_o do_v not_o assemble_v they_o together_o to_o tell_v what_o shall_v befall_v they_o in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n but_o in_o the_o time_n immediate_o follow_v yet_o this_o expression_n be_v sometime_o use_v to_o foretell_v what_o shall_v be_v do_v in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o therefore_o the_o prophet_n hosea_n say_v that_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n shall_v return_v and_o seek_v the_o lord_n their_o god_n and_o david_n their_o king_n and_o shall_v fear_v the_o lord_n and_o his_o goodness_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n or_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o original_a in_o the_o extremity_n of_o day_n there_o be_v no_o doubt_n to_o be_v make_v but_o that_o the_o prophet_n speak_v of_o the_o future_a call_n of_o the_o jew_n that_o shall_v be_v and_o of_o their_o live_n under_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n which_o thing_n be_v to_o be_v finish_v in_o â—…e_a end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o i_o see_v no_o reason_n but_o that_o the_o lord_n may_v reveal_v the_o same_o thing_n to_o daniel_n at_o least_o the_o whole_a order_n of_o they_o he_o live_v after_o the_o time_n of_o hosea_n be_v also_o a_o man_n special_o choose_v of_o god_n to_o be_v acquaint_v with_o the_o great_a mystery_n concern_v the_o time_n of_o
1290_o day_n the_o time_n of_o the_o dispersion_n do_v run_v from_o that_o begiâ—…_n 〈◊〉_d we_o haâ—…e_v good_a reason_n to_o take_v this_o for_o a_o authentic_a 〈◊〉_d because_o danâ—…el_n in_o the_o 12_o chapter_n do_v more_o large_o repeâ—…_n 〈◊〉_d desolation_n by_o the_o roman_n which_o he_o have_v more_o brief_o 〈◊〉_d chap._n 9_o we_o can_v be_v persuade_v but_o that_o the_o propâ—…_n 〈◊〉_d last_o vision_n go_v far_o into_o the_o time_n than_o he_o do_v iâ—…_n 〈◊〉_d go_v before_o at_o least_o he_o go_v as_o far_o for_o 〈◊〉_d be_v express_o say_v concern_v this_o last_o vision_n that_o the_o time_n be_v long_o and_o for_o many_o day_n the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o as_o mr_n broughton_n do_v well_o render_v it_o the_o army-like-ordered_n time_n be_v great_a piscator_fw-la upon_o the_o place_n also_o do_v well_o observe_v the_o same_o propriety_n of_o the_o phrase_n vide_fw-la â—…r_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d essâ—…_n metaphora_fw-la quod_fw-la in_o tempore_fw-la determinaâ—…o_fw-la part_n convenienti_fw-la ordine_fw-la à _fw-la deo_fw-la sunt_fw-la dispositae_fw-la sicut_fw-la milites_fw-la in_o exercitis_fw-la tâ—…e_o sâ—…emeth_v here_o to_o be_v a_o 〈◊〉_d the_o part_n in_o this_o determinâ—…te_a time_n be_v so_o dispose_v of_o gâ—…_n soldier_n in_o a_o army_n we_o may_v then_o safe_o conclude_v 〈◊〉_d in_o this_o last_o vision_n daniel_n do_v go_v many_o 〈◊〉_d depth_n into_o the_o time_n and_o much_o deep_a than_o he_o do_v in_o the_o former_a vision_n and_o therefore_o we_o may_v necessary_o affirm_v that_o he_o do_v lead_v we_o far_o beyond_o the_o time_n of_o christ._n on_o the_o contrary_a if_o these_o time_n end_v with_o the_o persecutionâ—…_n under_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n for_o so_o mr_n broughton_n and_o other_o will_v have_v it_o how_o be_v the_o time_n long_o and_o how_o do_v the_o lord_n speak_v of_o such_o notable_a event_n that_o shall_v befall_v daâ—…iel's_n people_n in_o the_o last_o and_o utmost_a rearward_n of_o time_n the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o roman_n be_v 230_o year_n after_o the_o death_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n and_o therefore_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o 70_o week_n if_o mr_n broughtons_n interpretation_n be_v good_a must_v go_v far_o than_o this_o last_o vision_n by_o such_o a_o proportion_n and_o number_n of_o year_n now_o who_o can_v possible_o believe_v this_o to_o be_v true_a that_o read_v the_o three_o last_o chapter_n of_o the_o prophecy_n must_v the_o whole_a narration_n of_o all_o the_o thing_n there_o declare_v end_n at_o antiochus_n his_o death_n now_o then_o to_o gather_v all_o into_o one_o sum_n we_o may_v safe_o collect_v that_o daniel_n in_o this_o vision_n do_v not_o only_o lead_v we_o to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o roman_n but_o he_o do_v speak_v also_o how_o long_o the_o jew_n shall_v remain_v under_o that_o fatal_a dispersion_n these_o thing_n our_o saviour_n the_o apostle_n st._n paul_n isaiah_n and_o daniel_n all_o of_o they_o do_v speak_v first_o of_o the_o scatter_n of_o the_o nation_n after_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n and_o of_o the_o time_n of_o their_o dispersion_n till_o their_o call_v again_o if_o any_o shall_v then_o require_v i_o to_o make_v good_a the_o chronologie_n of_o 1290_o day_n and_o of_o 1335_o day_n i_o must_v confess_v that_o i_o be_o here_o at_o a_o loss_n and_o it_o may_v be_v that_o they_o who_o shall_v come_v in_o the_o rearward_n of_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o the_o army-like-ordered_n time_n shall_v see_v more_o then_o perhaps_o many_o shall_v run_v to_o and_o fro_o and_o knowledge_n shall_v be_v increase_v if_o i_o may_v to_o use_v the_o word_n of_o mr_n fox_n vent_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d my_o conjecture_n i_o shall_v be_v willing_a to_o proceed_v in_o this_o manner_n first_o to_o speak_v of_o the_o time_n in_o a_o latitude_n second_o to_o speak_v of_o it_o more_o particular_o if_o we_o speak_v of_o it_o in_o some_o latitude_n and_o begin_v the_o 1290_o day_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n this_o period_n of_o time_n will_v bring_v we_o precise_o to_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n 1359_o and_o here_o as_o alstedius_n well_o observe_v in_o his_o chronologie_n cap._n 6._o the_o saint_n do_v begin_v more_o vigorous_o to_o testify_v against_o the_o antichristian_a idolatry_n and_o in_o very_a deed_n if_o we_o diligent_o observe_v the_o time_n with_o some_o subtlety_n of_o consideration_n we_o shall_v find_v that_o from_o the_o take_n of_o constantinople_n and_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n in_o the_o east_n the_o language_n have_v be_v revive_v and_o the_o witness_n of_o truth_n have_v be_v more_o effectual_o raise_v up_o in_o the_o west_n and_o the_o light_n of_o the_o gospel_n do_v more_o and_o more_o increase_n and_o it_o be_v very_o probable_a that_o these_o thing_n will_v go_v on_o and_o never_o cease_v till_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v set_v up_o in_o its_o full_a glory_n and_o monarchical_a power_n over_o jew_n and_o gentile_n this_o i_o take_v to_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o prophecy_n in_o the_o general_a accommodation_n thereof_o but_o for_o the_o more_o distinct_a and_o particular_a application_n of_o the_o time_n this_o as_o i_o have_v say_v before_o i_o must_v leave_v to_o they_o that_o come_v after_o now_o let_v we_o proceed_v to_o the_o word_n of_o piscator_fw-la in_o his_o preface_n upon_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n piscator_fw-la the_o three_o kingdom_n be_v not_o here_o right_o extend_v to_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n the_o great_a so_o far_o at_o least_o as_o he_o be_v state_v the_o first_o king_n of_o that_o kingdom_n for_o though_o this_o be_v do_v chap._n 8._o vers_fw-la 21._o yet_o nevertheless_o that_o prophecy_n differ_v much_o from_o this_o for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o greek_n figure_v by_o the_o he-goat_n be_v there_o express_o name_v and_o be_v divide_v into_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n who_o be_v resemble_v by_o the_o notable_a horn_n which_o the_o he-goat_n have_v between_o his_o eye_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o successor_n so_o that_o this_o of_o alexander_n be_v clear_o to_o be_v distinguish_v as_o different_a from_o that_o of_o the_o successor_n for_o it_o be_v say_v when_o that_o horn_n be_v brâ—…ken_v four_o stand_v up_o for_o it_o or_o in_o the_o place_n of_o it_o and_o afterward_o those_o four_o be_v express_o call_v one_o kingdom_n vers_fw-la 23._o likewise_o it_o be_v speak_v concern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n that_o it_o shall_v be_v pluck_v up_o and_o that_o it_o shall_v come_v to_o other_o and_o not_o to_o his_o posterity_n dan._n 11._o 4._o answer_n i_o do_v not_o deny_v but_o in_o some_o sense_n the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n may_v be_v distinct_a from_o that_o of_o his_o successor_n but_o 〈◊〉_d whether_o in_o the_o present_a case_n it_o ouâ—…ht_v to_o be_v 〈◊〉_d distinguish_v the_o kingdom_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n be_v two_o distinct_a realm_n dan._n 8._o yet_o both_o these_o make_v but_o one_o silver-metal_n so_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n and_o his_o successor_n though_o they_o be_v distinguish_v yet_o in_o the_o notion_n relation_n and_o distribution_n of_o the_o kingdom_n in_o the_o image_n they_o make_v but_o one_o brass-metal_n or_o one_o empire_n type_v by_o the_o three_o beast_n with_o four_o head_n in_o this_o case_n every_o metal_n signify_v a_o distinct_a kingdom_n in_o the_o fullness_n thereof_o and_o therefore_o as_o the_o golden-head_n do_v signify_v the_o babylonian-kinâ—…dom_a and_o the_o silver-breast_n the_o mede-persian_a so_o the_o brazen-bel_o and_o thigh_n do_v signify_v the_o whole_a grecian_a empire_n and_o as_o in_o this_o acception_n the_o distinct_a kingdom_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n do_v not_o make_v two_o but_o one_o silver-metal_n so_o the_o distinct_a kingdom_n of_o alexander_n and_o his_o successor_n do_v not_o make_v divers_a but_o one_o three_o kingdom_n of_o brass_n but_o yet_o further_o if_o we_o shall_v ask_v how_o every_o metal-kingdom_n come_v to_o be_v divide_v it_o must_v be_v in_o relation_n as_o each_o people_n come_v to_o have_v the_o sovereign_a dominion_n over_o the_o earth_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v express_o say_v concern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n that_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v leave_v to_o other_o people_n chap._n 2._o 44._o and_o in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o seven_o chapter_n v_o 27._o these_o word_n be_v recite_v the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a from_o whence_o we_o collect_v that_o the_o monarchy_n be_v to_o be_v distinguish_v as_o the_o dominion_n do_v devolve_v and_o descend_v from_o one_o people_n to_o another_o till_o at_o last_o it_o come_v to_o the_o turn_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a
a_o three_o 〈◊〉_d brass_n that_o shall_v rule_v over_o all_o and_o then_o last_o of_o all_o a_o kingdom_n of_o iron_n which_o shall_v break_v in_o piece_n and_o suâ—…due_v all_o the_o former_a metal_n but_o how_o be_v this_o verify_v in_o the_o four_o kingdom_n the_o strength_n and_o power_n of_o the_o kingdom_n be_v chief_o in_o the_o iron-leg_n when_o it_o come_v to_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n it_o than_o become_v divide_v and_o be_v partly_o strong_a and_o 〈◊〉_d break_v if_o we_o look_v narrow_o to_o the_o word_n there_o be_v a_o description_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o the_o 〈◊〉_d â—…ate_v thereof_o first_o it_o iâ—…_n describe_v as_o one_o entire_a kingdom_n ruâ—…ing_v over_o all_o the_o earth_n and_o so_o it_o be_v in_o the_o first_o time_n when_o it_o be_v in_o the_o iron_n leg_n second_o it_o be_v describe_v as_o a_o divide_a kingdom_n into_o many_o part_n and_o so_o it_o be_v in_o its_o last_o time_n in_o the_o foot_n part_n of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n if_o this_o be_v so_o how_o far_o do_v piscator_fw-la and_o other_o interpreter_n of_o his_o way_n depart_v from_o the_o truth_n first_o they_o make_v the_o four_o the_o mighty_a kingdom_n to_o consist_v mere_o of_o the_o fragment_n and_o break_a piece_n of_o alexander_n dominion_n second_o that_o which_o be_v more_o they_o make_v it_o a_o kingdom_n break_a and_o divide_v in_o all_o its_o time_n when_o it_o become_v divide_v in_o its_o last_o time_n only_o three_o they_o plead_v the_o mixture_n of_o marriage_n between_o the_o seleucâ—…dae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n in_o the_o iron-leg_n of_o the_o image_n and_o yet_o it_o stand_v they_o upon_o to_o prove_v that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v when_o it_o be_v in_o the_o iron-leg_n the_o scripture_n say_v no_o such_o thing_n but_o rather_o the_o contrary_n as_o long_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o iron-leg_n it_o be_v a_o absolute_a entire_a and_o undivided_a kingdom_n and_o therefore_o where_o there_o be_v no_o division_n into_o piece_n what_o need_n be_v there_o of_o mingle_v to_o make_v a_o union_n second_o they_o usual_o take_v it_o for_o grant_v that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v into_o two_o part_n and_o therefore_o they_o main_o insist_v upon_o the_o division_n between_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n we_o yield_v that_o there_o be_v a_o division_n in_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n but_o how_o be_v it_o prove_v that_o this_o be_v a_o division_n into_o two_o part_n only_o and_o no_o more_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n be_v these_o the_o leg_n be_v of_o iron_n and_o the_o foot_n part_v of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n the_o chaldee_n have_v it_o out_o of_o those_o part_n that_o wâ—…e_v of_o iron_n and_o those_o part_n that_o be_v of_o clay_n the_o material_n of_o the_o foot_n be_v iron_n and_o clay_n of_o these_o the_o several_a part_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v temper_v but_o how_o be_v it_o prove_v that_o the_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v into_o two_o part_n only_o and_o no_o more_o they_o that_o build_v upon_o this_o as_o upon_o a_o undoubted_a principle_n shall_v first_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o it_o be_v so_o for_o where_o do_v daniel_n in_o his_o exposition_n make_v mention_n of_o any_o such_o bipartite_a state_n how_o can_v this_o be_v prove_v from_o his_o word_n for_o thus_o it_o be_v in_o the_o text_n whereas_o thou_o see_v the_o foot_n and_o toe_n part_n of_o potter_n clay_n and_o part_n of_o iron_n the_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v divide_v or_o as_o junius_n render_v it_o râ—…gna_fw-la erunt_fw-la diversâ—…_n there_o shall_v be_v diverse_a kingdom_n but_o how_o be_v it_o prove_v that_o the_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v only_o into_o two_o part_n and_o that_o the_o diverse_a kingdom_n be_v only_o two_o and_o no_o more_o let_v we_o refer_v that_o matter_n to_o that_o other_o description_n chap._n 7._o and_o be_v there_o any_o thing_n there_o speak_v to_o prove_v the_o bipartite_a state_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n for_o if_o we_o must_v suppose_v that_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n be_v the_o two_o iron-leg_n or_o division_n of_o the_o four_o empire_n why_o be_v not_o this_o repeat_v again_o or_o something_o to_o this_o purpose_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n all_o agree_v in_o it_o that_o there_o be_v a_o description_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n in_o both_o text_n now_o then_o in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n there_o be_v no_o mention_n make_v of_o this_o division_n only_o there_o it_o be_v say_v that_o ten_o king_n or_o kingdom_n shall_v arise_v and_o another_o shall_v arise_v up_o after_o they_o here_o it_o be_v plain_o say_v what_o that_o number_n of_o kingdom_n be_v into_o which_o the_o four_o empire_n shall_v be_v divide_v scil_n into_o ten_o inferior_a realm_n these_o than_o be_v the_o part_n of_o the_o four_o empire_n that_o shall_v mingle_v themselves_o with_o the_o seed_n of_o man_n in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o that_o dominion_n there_o be_v nothing_o speak_v in_o the_o text_n conâ—…erning_v the_o bipartite_a state_n nothing_o concern_v the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n but_o that_o multiplicity_n of_o lesser_a state_n in_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n be_v here_o define_v and_o declare_v to_o be_v ten_o in_o number_n the_o proper_a character_n and_o print-mark_a of_o the_o roman_a dominion_n rev._n 17._o object_n you_o will_v say_v that_o the_o two_o leg_n of_o the_o image_n do_v signify_v the_o double_a state_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n and_o these_o be_v the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n sol_fw-mi this_o be_v but_o a_o fancy_n as_o i_o have_v former_o prove_v for_o if_o you_o look_v to_o the_o exposition_n of_o the_o text_n in_o daniel_n own_o word_n the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v so_o far_o from_o be_v bipartite_a that_o it_o be_v not_o at_o all_o partite_fw-la or_o divide_v as_o long_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o leg_n the_o division_n begin_v only_o in_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n but_o if_o any_o stand_v upon_o the_o analogy_n and_o similitude_n that_o therefore_o the_o kingdom_n must_v be_v divide_v into_o two_o part_n because_o there_o be_v two_o leg_n in_o the_o body_n of_o man_n i_o will_v here_o know_v also_o by_o the_o same_o method_n of_o interpretation_n what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o knee_n the_o ankle_n and_o other_o part_n of_o the_o leg_n must_v we_o find_v out_o a_o signification_n for_o all_o these_o the_o kingdom_n of_o babel_n be_v compare_v to_o a_o head_n of_o gold_n must_v we_o look_v then_o what_o be_v signify_v by_o the_o eye_n the_o nose_n the_o mouth_n the_o beard_n the_o lip_n and_o other_o part_n of_o the_o head_n and_o so_o apply_v several_a signification_n to_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n this_o be_v to_o trifle_v in_o a_o serious_a matter_n it_o be_v a_o good_a observation_n of_o dr_n willet_n that_o the_o image_n be_v no_o natural_a but_o a_o voluntary_a sign_n and_o therefore_o we_o be_v not_o to_o seek_v for_o a_o signification_n beyond_o the_o intent_n of_o the_o type_n the_o intent_n of_o the_o type_n by_o the_o leg_n of_o the_o image_n as_o by_o the_o low_a region_n and_o part_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n be_v to_o set_v forth_o the_o four_o and_o last_o monarchical_a kingdom_n and_o the_o four_o and_o last_o period_n of_o time_n we_o can_v prove_v no_o more_o by_o the_o similiâ—…ude_n than_o it_o will_v signify_v and_o here_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o two_o leg_n do_v signify_v no_o more_o than_o the_o two_o thigh_n the_o two_o side_n and_o these_o do_v not_o signify_v the_o bipartite_a state_n of_o the_o three_o kingdom_n three_o they_o take_v it_o for_o a_o grant_v truth_n that_o the_o twodivided_a state_n be_v the_o proper_a character_n of_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n and_o therefore_o they_o look_v to_o the_o seleucidae_n or_o lagidae_n as_o the_o immediate_a part_n and_o division_n of_o that_o empire_n but_o herein_o also_o they_o be_v great_o deceive_v for_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o chap._n 8._o that_o the_o grecian_a be_v quadri-partite_a in_o a_o famous_a change_n of_o state_n that_o empire_n become_v divide_v into_o four_o kingdom_n the_o goat_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o graecia_n the_o four_o horn_n be_v four_o kingdom_n that_o shall_v arise_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d out_o of_o that_o nation_n vers_fw-la 22._o and_o this_o be_v the_o reason_n wherefore_o the_o three_o beast_n be_v say_v to_o have_v four_o head_n because_o of_o the_o quadri-partite_a estate_n of_o that_o empire_n from_o whence_o we_o collect_v that_o piscator_fw-la and_o other_o interpreter_n that_o follow_v his_o judgement_n do_v err_v from_o the_o truth_n when_o they_o will_v have_v the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagâ—…dae_n to_o be_v the_o two_o part_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n to_o speak_v proper_o neither_o the_o
the_o jewish_a church_n true_o indeed_o in_o the_o hebrew_n vision_n there_o be_v some_o mention_n make_v of_o the_o people_n of_o god_n but_o then_o common_o you_o shall_v see_v some_o circumstance_n in_o the_o text_n to_o decipher_v the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n only_o as_o for_o ensample_n you_o shall_v read_v something_o speak_v of_o the_o tsebi_n or_o the_o pleasant_a land_n of_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n of_o the_o sanctuary_n of_o daniel_n people_n and_o the_o like_a but_o in_o the_o chaldee_n vision_n there_o be_v no_o such_o thing_n mention_v which_o make_v i_o to_o think_v that_o the_o saint_n there_o mention_v be_v of_o a_o more_o general_a nature_n and_o concern_v the_o people_n of_o god_n both_o jew_n and_o gentile_n indeed_o it_o be_v often_o speak_v concern_v the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a that_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v wear_v they_o out_o and_o consume_v they_o and_o that_o at_o the_o time_n appoint_v they_o shall_v take_v the_o kingdom_n but_o yet_o it_o be_v not_o specify_v in_o daniel_n what_o these_o saint_n be_v whether_o they_o be_v the_o saint_n of_o the_o jew_n or_o the_o gentile_n or_o both_o dr_n willet_n seem_v to_o i_o to_o give_v a_o good_a reason_n why_o they_o shall_v be_v call_v the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a scil_n in_o reference_n to_o their_o most_o high_a prince_n the_o lord_n christ._n the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n be_v fair_a for_o this_o interpretation_n and_o the_o kingdom_n and_o dominion_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o then_o in_o the_o word_n immediate_o follow_v his_o kingdom_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v a_o everlasting_a kingdom_n and_o all_o dominion_n shall_v obey_v he_o vers_n 27._o the_o kingdom_n be_v give_v to_o the_o son_n of_o man_n as_o to_o the_o head_n and_o by_o he_o it_o be_v communicate_v to_o his_o people_n and_o subject_n after_o their_o suffering_n by_o all_o that_o have_v be_v speak_v we_o may_v conclude_v that_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n the_o member_n of_o his_o mystical_a body_n be_v the_o object_n of_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n three_o the_o great_a power_n and_o cruelty_n of_o this_o beast_n be_v not_o only_o against_o the_o saint_n but_o against_o all_o the_o former_a metal-kingdom_n for_o as_o iron_n it_o shall_v break_v they_o all_o in_o piece_n vers_n 40._o therefore_o this_o kingdom_n be_v say_v to_o be_v more_o mighty_a than_o any_o go_n before_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o exercise_n and_o employment_n of_o strength_n upon_o the_o former_a kingdom_n and_o not_o only_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o particular_a exercise_n of_o cruelty_n against_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n if_o this_o be_v so_o we_o can_v say_v that_o the_o seleucian_n be_v such_o but_o to_o the_o roman_a all_o thing_n agree_v four_o i_o do_v yield_v also_o that_o this_o expression_n be_v use_v special_o for_o that_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n about_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n yet_o it_o be_v not_o the_o whole_a meaning_n of_o the_o text_n when_o the_o lord_n give_v nabuchadnezzar_n the_o head_n of_o the_o image_n a_o kingdom_n power_n strength_n and_o glory_n and_o wheresoever_o the_o child_n of_o man_n dwell_v he_o give_v they_o all_o into_o his_o hand_n we_o can_v say_v that_o he_o make_v he_o ruler_n over_o all_o in_o judea_n only_o but_o he_o make_v he_o ruler_n over_o all_o the_o eastern_a country_n far_o and_o near_o round_o about_o the_o confine_n of_o that_o church_n and_o nation_n in_o like_a manner_n when_o the_o four_o kingdom_n arise_v and_o bring_v the_o earth_n into_o a_o more_o absolute_a subjection_n we_o must_v not_o only_o confine_v this_o to_o the_o country_n of_o judea_n but_o we_o must_v also_o expound_v the_o whole_a earth_n by_o some_o analogy_n to_o the_o former_a metal-kingdom_n according_a to_o this_o sense_n when_o the_o four_o kingdom_n come_v to_o the_o time_n of_o its_o monarchical_a dominion_n it_o will_v be_v the_o most_o potent_a kingdom_n that_o ever_o be_v about_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o church_n and_o it_o will_v bring_v the_o former_a kingdom_n into_o the_o great_a subjection_n if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n there_o will_v be_v no_o correspondence_n at_o all_o but_o to_o the_o roman_a all_o thing_n do_v agree_v for_o that_o kingdom_n be_v absolute_o the_o most_o mighty_a and_o the_o most_o powerful_a that_o ever_o be_v about_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o as_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n have_v judea_n under_o their_o obedience_n so_o they_o have_v the_o great_a empire_n about_o judea_n from_o east_n to_o west_n that_o ever_o be_v all_o these_o reason_n lay_v together_o show_v plain_o that_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n and_o so_o consequent_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n be_v all_o one_o it_o be_v not_o only_o one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o analogy_n and_o similitude_n of_o expression_n but_o it_o be_v literal_o and_o historical_o one_o and_o the_o same_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n be_v describe_v in_o both_o prophecy_n by_o the_o same_o emblem_n and_o similitude_n and_o thus_o much_o concern_v the_o query_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o more_o general_a nature_n thereof_o we_o will_v now_o descend_v more_o particular_o to_o the_o ten_o horn_n and_o here_o we_o will_v show_v that_o they_o can_v be_v the_o ten_o king_n lineal_o succeed_v in_o the_o seleucian_n race_n but_o they_o be_v so_o many_o inferior_a realm_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n querie_n 1_o if_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o seleucian_n king_n there_o will_v be_v eleven_o horn_n in_o all_o and_o how_o can_v ten_o horn_n be_v the_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n if_o in_o the_o whole_a succession_n the_o number_n of_o king_n be_v eleven_o in_o all_o the_o beast_n be_v more_o proper_o call_v undeâ—…em_fw-la cornupeta_fw-la the_o beast_n with_o eleven_o horn_n the_o word_n be_v plain_a the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v and_o another_o shall_v arise_v up_o after_o they_o that_o shall_v be_v diverse_a from_o the_o first_o vers_n 24._o therefore_o if_o in_o the_o whole_a succession_n there_o be_v eleven_o king_n first_o ten_n and_o then_o another_o that_o come_v up_o after_o they_o why_o be_v the_o beast_n set_v forth_o by_o the_o special_a character_n of_o ten_o horn_n the_o little_a horn_n must_v needs_o be_v the_o more_o cruel_a and_o more_o eminent_a according_a to_o the_o text_n and_o yet_o by_o this_o rule_n that_o which_o be_v more_o principal_a shall_v be_v exclude_v from_o the_o denomination_n but_o doctor_n willet_n have_v this_o evasion_n to_o wit_n that_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v not_o come_v up_o after_o the_o ten_o but_o it_o come_v up_o as_o the_o last_o of_o they_o and_o so_o piscator_fw-la render_v the_o word_n et_fw-la cornua_fw-la decem_fw-la ex_fw-la illo_fw-la regno_fw-la nempe_fw-la decem_fw-la reges_fw-la exsurgent_fw-la &_o postremus_fw-la resurget_fw-la post_fw-la illos_fw-la &_o be_v diversus_fw-la erit_fw-la à _fw-la prioribus_fw-la and_o in_o his_o scholia_fw-la upon_o the_o 8_o verse_n he_o thus_o speak_v vox_fw-la chaldaica_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d quae_fw-la versu_fw-la sexto_fw-la &_o septimo_fw-la significat_fw-la alium_fw-la hic_fw-la valet_fw-la ultimum_fw-la seu_fw-la postremum_fw-la nam_fw-la antiochus_n epiphanes_n qui_fw-la per_fw-la cornu_fw-la illud_fw-la figurabatur_fw-la fuit_fw-la vltimus_fw-la inter_fw-la decem_fw-la illos_fw-la reges_fw-la qui_fw-la hîc_fw-la per_fw-la decem_fw-la cornua_fw-la figurantur_fw-la but_o let_v it_o be_v suppose_v that_o the_o chaldee_n word_n may_v indefinite_o be_v take_v yet_o it_o be_v to_o our_o purpose_n to_o consider_v what_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n will_v admit_v in_o the_o former_a verse_n when_o the_o description_n of_o the_o babylonian-lyon_n be_v end_v it_o be_v there_o mention_v i_o behold_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d another_o beast_n like_o a_o bear_n not_o a_o latter_a beast_n that_o come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n for_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o spirit_n be_v to_o show_v the_o rise_n of_o four_o several_a monarchy_n each_o one_o diverse_a from_o other_o so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n after_o the_o description_n of_o the_o ten_o horn_n the_o little_a horn_n be_v say_v to_o be_v another_o that_o come_v up_o after_o they_o to_o show_v the_o notable_a diversity_n between_o it_o and_o the_o horn_n that_o come_v up_o before_o and_o so_o this_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o text_n that_o another_o horn_n much_o differ_v from_o the_o former_a ten_o in_o nature_n and_o condition_n come_v up_o after_o they_o in_o order_n of_o time_n second_o suppose_v we_o shall_v let_v this_o translation_n pass_v postremum_fw-la exsurget_fw-la post_fw-la illa_fw-la a_o latter_a shall_v arise_v after_o they_o here_o i_o
king_n and_o reign_v in_o the_o same_o row_n with_o antiochus_n magnus_n and_o antiochus_n theos_n yet_o we_o can_v say_v that_o he_o come_v to_o reign_v with_o they_o for_o when_o he_o begin_v they_o have_v no_o be_v at_o all_o this_o be_v true_a in_o all_o succession_n when_o he_o that_o come_v after_o begin_v to_o reign_v than_o they_o that_o go_v before_o cease_v to_o be_v but_o it_o be_v otherwise_o speak_v of_o the_o little_a horn_n he_o come_v up_o among_o they_o to_o wit_n among_o the_o ten_o horn_n he_o break_v three_o of_o they_o in_o piece_n and_o for_o the_o residue_n they_o have_v their_o existence_n and_o be_v together_o at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n you_o will_v say_v that_o this_o be_v but_o a_o similitude_n and_o similitude_n be_v not_o to_o be_v press_v in_o every_o particular_a i_o answer_v that_o type_n and_o similitude_n use_v by_o the_o holy_a ghost_n aught_o to_o be_v press_v so_o far_o as_o he_o intend_v if_o therefore_o by_o ten_o horn_n he_o do_v intend_v a_o lineal_a succession_n of_o king_n why_o do_v he_o not_o keep_v the_o same_o method_n which_o he_o use_v to_o do_v in_o the_o description_n of_o such_o succession_n in_o the_o former_a verse_n he_o speak_v of_o the_o rise_n of_o four_o beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n the_o first_o like_o a_o lion_n the_o second_o like_o a_o bear_n the_o three_o like_o a_o leopard_n the_o four_o be_v diverse_a from_o the_o former_a all_o these_o be_v say_v to_o come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n one_o after_o another_o by_o which_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o there_o be_v so_o many_o succession_n of_o monarchy_n but_o when_o he_o come_v to_o describe_v the_o ten_o horn_n there_o be_v nothing_o to_o prove_v such_o a_o subalternation_n or_o succession_n of_o one_o horn_n after_o another_o but_o rather_o the_o contrary_n the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v and_o after_o they_o a_o little_a horn_n shall_v arise_v and_o so_o all_o shall_v exist_v together_o but_o when_o the_o babylonian-lyon_n rise_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n and_o after_o that_o the_o persian-bear_a and_o graecian-pard_n it_o be_v no_o where_o say_v that_o these_o beast_n do_v arise_v up_o inter_fw-la se_fw-la inuicem_fw-la and_o that_o they_o have_v a_o existence_n at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n for_o this_o be_v to_o confound_v that_o order_n succession_n and_o subalternation_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n which_o the_o holy_a spirit_n intend_v but_o dr_n willet_n do_v make_v this_o reply_n the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v call_v a_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n which_o signify_v so_o many_o form_n of_o government_n in_o a_o lineal_a succession_n so_o the_o beast_n may_v be_v call_v a_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n to_o wit_n so_o many_o king_n succeed_v one_o another_o answer_n if_o he_o can_v show_v as_o good_a reason_n wherefore_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o king_n in_o a_o lineal_a succession_n as_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v so_o many_o successive_a form_n of_o roman_a government_n we_o will_v yield_v up_o the_o cause_n for_o it_o be_v express_o say_v there_o be_v seven_o king_n five_o be_v fall_v one_o be_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v chap._n 17._o vers_fw-la 10._o now_o there_o be_v not_o the_o least_o iota_fw-la word_n or_o apex_n in_o dan._n 7._o to_o prove_v such_o a_o succession_n but_o rather_o the_o contrary_n to_o i_o therefore_o it_o be_v very_o strange_a that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n shall_v depart_v from_o his_o usual_a method_n in_o typical_a and_o periodical_a prophecy_n that_o he_o shall_v speak_v of_o ten_o king_n lineal_o succeed_v and_o yet_o leave_v no_o character_n or_o mark_n in_o the_o text_n to_o know_v the_o succession_n i_o may_v say_v it_o be_v not_o ordinary_a with_o he_o so_o to_o do_v now_o take_v the_o ten_o horn_n for_o the_o ten_o king_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o these_o have_v existence_n with_o the_o papacy_n or_o little_a horn._n the_o angel_n thus_o speak_v concern_v the_o ten_o horn_n these_o have_v no_o kingdom_n as_o yet_o but_o receive_v a_o kingdom_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n vers_fw-la 12._o both_o scripture_n plain_o show_v that_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n though_o in_o order_n of_o succession_n the_o little_a horn_n come_v up_o after_o the_o ten_o querie_n 4._o if_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o king_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v the_o ten_o why_o be_v it_o say_v that_o only_o three_o of_o the_o former_a be_v pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n this_o imply_v that_o there_o be_v no_o eradication_n of_o the_o residue_n of_o horn_n but_o they_o have_v some_o be_v with_o the_o little_a horn._n you_o will_v say_v that_o only_o three_o be_v pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n because_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v actual_o subdue_v and_o humble_v three_o as_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d do_v signify_v well_o be_v it_o so_o still_o the_o question_n be_v which_o three_o of_o the_o former_a ten_o be_v they_o that_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v eradicate_v dr_n willet_n and_o other_o interpreter_n of_o his_o way_n take_v it_o for_o a_o grant_v truth_n that_o he_o do_v pluck_v up_o three_o king_n that_o reign_v immediate_o before_o but_o now_o do_v they_o prove_v this_o from_o the_o text_n the_o word_n be_v without_o any_o restriction_n or_o limitation_n he_o shall_v subdue_v three_o king_n vers_n 24._o before_o who_o three_o of_o the_o first_o horn_n be_v pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n ver_fw-la 8._o therefore_o to_o my_o understanding_n when_o the_o scripture_n say_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n come_v up_o among_o the_o ten_o and_o do_v subdue_v three_o only_a this_o be_v to_o i_o a_o argument_n that_o the_o residue_n of_o horn_n be_v not_o bring_v in_o subjection_n but_o have_v a_o existence_n as_o king_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n second_o it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o he_o shall_v be_v diverse_a from_o the_o first_o and_o shall_v subdue_v three_o king_n if_o you_o take_v the_o three_o king_n for_o three_o lineal_o reign_v how_o can_v the_o take_v away_o of_o such_o a_o number_n of_o king_n make_v the_o little_a horn_n more_o powerful_a than_o the_o former_a in_o the_o corrupt_a state_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n we_o read_v sometime_o that_o he_o that_o come_v after_o do_v take_v away_o the_o life_n of_o the_o prince_n that_o go_v before_o yet_o this_o be_v never_o judge_v as_o a_o cause_n of_o great_a power_n and_o strength_n to_o come_v to_o the_o kingdom_n by_o such_o usurpation_n 2_o king_n 9_o 3._o hos._n 1._o 4._o on_o the_o contrary_a if_o you_o take_v the_o ten_o horn_n for_o ten_o state_n or_o realm_n into_o which_o the_o four_o monarchy_n become_v divide_v here_o will_v be_v a_o clear_a reason_n why_o the_o little_a horn_n become_v unlike_a to_o any_o of_o the_o former_a because_o he_o bring_v three_o kingdom_n under_o his_o dominion_n we_o read_v that_o alexander_n dominion_n be_v pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n and_o this_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n dan._n 11._o 4_o 5_o 6._o so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n the_o eradication_n of_o three_o state_n or_o dynasty_n before_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o greatness_n of_o his_o dominion_n three_o let_v we_o come_v to_o particular_n what_o three_o king_n be_v they_o who_o antiochus_n do_v subdue_v they_o say_v ptolomaeus_n philopater_n the_o king_n of_o egypt_n seleucus_n the_o brother_n of_o antiochus_n and_o demetrius_z but_o it_o be_v mention_v dâ—…n_n 11._o 21._o that_o he_o shall_v come_v peaceable_o into_o the_o province_n now_o what_o peaceable_a come_n be_v this_o when_o he_o shall_v begin_v with_o the_o extirpation_n of_o three_o king_n again_o how_o can_v ptolomaeus_n philopater_n be_v one_o of_o the_o ten_o king_n of_o the_o seleucian_n line_n no_o historian_n do_v ever_o reckon_v ptolomaeus_n philopater_n among_o the_o seleucians_n and_o for_o his_o overrun_v of_o syria_n this_o do_v no_o more_o make_v he_o one_o of_o that_o succession_n than_o tamerlain_n overrun_v the_o turkish_a empire_n do_v make_v he_o one_o of_o the_o ottoman_a line_n now_o on_o the_o contrary_a let_v we_o take_v the_o little_a horn_n in_o that_o sense_n as_o the_o text_n natural_o require_v all_o these_o difficulty_n will_v be_v avoid_v the_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n be_v the_o roman_a as_o divide_v into_o ten_o lesser_a kingdom_n the_o little_a horn_n be_v the_o papacy_n now_o to_o give_v elbow-room_n to_o this_o in_o italy_n three_o of_o the_o ten_o king_n late_o raise_v out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n be_v all_o
pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n by_o the_o conquer_a of_o which_o three_o and_o by_o the_o voluntary_a resignation_n of_o the_o rest_n the_o little_a horn_n become_v more_o stout_a than_o his_o fellow_n be_v make_v great_a than_o they_o in_o a_o triple_a proportion_n object_n but_o you_o will_v say_v which_o be_v the_o three_o kingdom_n that_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v subdue_v and_o how_o do_v you_o prove_v the_o truth_n of_o this_o out_o of_o the_o story_n sol._n the_o first_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o goth_n in_o italy_n for_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o these_o king_n they_o be_v send_v as_o their_o ambassador_n and_o live_v under_o the_o fear_n of_o continual_a persecution_n and_o there_o be_v nothing_o in_o the_o old_a empire_n to_o keep_v back_o the_o papal_a power_n in_o the_o growth_n and_o the_o increase_n thereof_o but_o there_o be_v the_o same_o impediment_n from_o these_o gothish_a king_n now_o it_o be_v clear_a in_o the_o story_n that_o this_o government_n be_v whole_o extinguish_v by_o the_o valiant_a narses_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o emperor_n justinian_n and_o for_o the_o mean_n to_o procure_v it_o we_o may_v easy_o believe_v that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n have_v some_o hand_n in_o the_o extirpation_n of_o these_o king_n that_o he_o may_v be_v free_v from_o fear_n second_o after_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o gothish_a king_n the_o exarch_n of_o ravenna_n have_v some_o dominion_n in_o italy_n now_o when_o the_o controversy_n grow_v hot_a between_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o the_o emperor_n of_o constantinople_n about_o the_o matter_n of_o image_n as_o mornay_n well_o obserâ—…eth_v in_o his_o history_n of_o the_o papacy_n progress_n 27._o the_o pope_n then_o call_v in_o the_o lombard_n against_o the_o exarch_n to_o the_o ruin_n of_o both_o estate_n and_o for_o the_o dukedom_n of_o rome_n for_o so_o we_o must_v now_o call_v it_o the_o people_n of_o that_o city_n upon_o the_o difference_n concern_v image_n in_o church_n be_v engage_v with_o the_o pope_n in_o rebellion_n whole_o shake_v off_o the_o yoke_n of_o the_o emperor_n and_o take_v a_o oath_n to_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o pope_n in_o all_o point_n and_o here_o say_v baronius_n an._n 726_o be_v a_o end_n of_o those_o duke_n and_o governor_n which_o the_o emperor_n be_v wont_a to_o send_v to_o command_v in_o rome_n and_o the_o place_n adjoin_v sigonius_n also_o speak_v much_o to_o the_o same_o purpose_n that_o the_o dukedom_n of_o rome_n be_v translate_v from_o the_o grecian_n to_o the_o pope_n of_o rome_n by_o reason_n of_o their_o wicked_a heresy_n and_o impiety_n but_o that_o which_o he_o call_v heresy_n be_v no_o other_o but_o iconomachia_n or_o a_o stand_n against_o image-worship_n three_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lombard_n grow_v very_o miâ—…hty_a by_o the_o conquest_n over_o the_o exarch_n these_o also_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n do_v subdue_v humble_a and_o eradicate_v by_o a_o foreign_a power_n for_o he_o bring_v in_o the_o french_a into_o italy_n which_o do_v willing_o hearken_v to_o the_o motion_n by_o these_o several_a passage_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o papacy_n do_v destroy_v three_o new-erected_n state_n by_o mean_n whereof_o the_o temporal_a dominion_n of_o that_o church_n in_o italy_n be_v much_o establish_v and_o so_o according_a to_o the_o story_n it_o be_v make_v clear_a that_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v humble_a and_o subdue_v three_o of_o the_o former_a horn_n and_o do_v pluck_v they_o up_o by_o the_o root_n querie_n 5._o if_o the_o ten_o horn_n signify_v ten_o king_n in_o a_o lineal_a succession_n why_o be_v it_o that_o in_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n the_o beast_n their_o head_n and_o horn_n usual_o signify_v realm_n and_o dominion_n and_o not_o person_n individual_o reign_v the_o mede-persian_a monarchy_n be_v type_v by_o a_o ram_n and_o the_o two_o horn_n be_v not_o two_o particular_a king_n but_o the_o two_o kingdom_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n dan._n 8._o vers_fw-la 24._o so_o the_o goat_n be_v the_o grecian_a monarchy_n and_o the_o four_o horn_n be_v four_o kingdom_n that_o shall_v arise_v out_o of_o that_o nation_n vers_fw-la 22._o also_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n do_v not_o signify_v ten_o particular_a king_n but_o so_o many_o realm_n and_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n further_o the_o beast_n which_o come_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n with_o two_o horn_n rev._n 13._o 11_o signify_v the_o papacy_n and_o the_o two_o horn_n his_o bi-partite_a jurisdiction_n to_o wit_n his_o spiritual_a and_o his_o temporal_a dominion_n there_o be_v good_a reason_n to_o be_v render_v for_o this_o because_o person_n do_v change_v government_n do_v abide_v and_o it_o be_v the_o manner_n of_o the_o spirit_n when_o he_o do_v describe_v the_o tyrannical_a kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n by_o beast_n to_o decipher_v they_o by_o that_o which_o be_v permanent_a and_o characteristical_a and_o not_o by_o that_o which_o be_v fluent_a and_o changeable_a at_o every_o turn_n to_o i_o therefore_o this_o be_v a_o good_a reason_n consider_v the_o analogy_n of_o both_o prophecy_n that_o the_o four_o beast_n shall_v be_v set_v forth_o by_o the_o character_n of_o ten_o horn_n and_o that_o these_o horn_n shall_v signify_v so_o many_o realm_n and_o dominion_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n object_n but_o it_o will_v be_v object_v in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o grecian_a state_n under_o the_o similitude_n of_o a_o he-goat_n that_o alexander_n be_v the_o great_a horn_n that_o come_v up_o and_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v the_o little_a horn._n therefore_o the_o beast_n and_o their_o horn_n in_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n do_v not_o always_o signify_v tyrannical_a empire_n dynasty_n and_o government_n but_o sometime_o denote_v particular_a person_n that_o reign_n sol._n one_o exception_n must_v not_o prejudice_v a_o general_a rule_n he_o that_o can_v let_v he_o give_v another_o example_n our_o position_n be_v build_v upon_o the_o general_a use_n of_o both_o prophecy_n but_o dr_n willet_n and_o the_o interpreterâ—…_n of_o that_o way_n do_v build_v only_o upon_o one_o particular_a instance_n exempt_v from_o the_o ordinary_a method_n second_o we_o grant_v that_o in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o he-goat_n the_o first_o horn_n be_v alexander_n the_o great_a and_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n yet_o in_o the_o case_n we_o speak_v neither_o of_o these_o be_v any_o way_n to_o be_v rank_v in_o the_o number_n of_o horn_n that_o do_v characteristical_o and_o specifical_o distinguish_v the_o grecian_a from_o the_o other_o three_o monarchy_n it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o a_o three_o beast_n câ—…me_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n with_o four_o head_n now_o these_o be_v not_o such_o a_o number_n of_o particular_a king_n but_o they_o be_v so_o many_o realm_n state_n and_o dominion_n that_o shall_v stand_v up_o â—…ut_o of_o that_o nation_n as_o we_o have_v above_o prove_v and_o be_v the_o special_a note_n of_o that_o kingdom_n if_o therefore_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v the_o character_n and_o badge_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n they_o be_v so_o many_o realm_n division_n and_o regency_n of_o the_o four_o empire_n the_o course_n of_o the_o spirit_n be_v to_o set_v forth_o different_a empire_n under_o different_a type_n and_o to_o distinguish_v king_n or_o kingdom_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n from_o those_o that_o come_v after_o one_o another_o in_o a_o lineal_a descent_n now_o they_o that_o hold_v the_o ten_o horn_n to_o be_v so_o many_o king_n in_o the_o seleucian_n line_n what_o letter_n or_o syllable_n be_v in_o the_o text_n to_o prove_v such_o a_o succession_n querie_n 6._o six_o if_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v ten_o king_n succeed_v one_o another_o rather_o than_o one_o and_o the_o same_o empire_n divide_v into_o ten_o inferior_a realm_n why_o shall_v the_o holy_a spirit_n in_o the_o iron-metal_n chap._n 2._o speak_v so_o much_o of_o the_o division_n of_o this_o kingdom_n that_o in_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n it_o shall_v be_v divide_v into_o a_o plurality_n of_o state_n that_o these_o shall_v mingle_v themselves_o with_o the_o seed_n of_o man_n to_o preserve_v a_o union_n all_o this_o show_v that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n towards_o the_o latter_a time_n shall_v be_v divide_v into_o many_o lesser_a dominion_n and_o if_o we_o may_v interpret_v one_o scripture_n by_o another_o both_o speak_v of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o matter_n the_o particular_a number_n of_o realm_n be_v represent_v by_o the_o ten_o horn_n now_o they_o that_o will_v have_v ten_o horn_n to_o be_v ten_o king_n lineal_o reign_v can_v infer_v from_o hence_o any_o division_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n nor_o consequent_o the_o need_n of_o any_o mixture_n of_o state_n king_n successive_o reign_v need_v no_o
mingle_n one_o with_o another_o to_o preserve_v the_o union_n of_o a_o kingdom_n on_o the_o contrary_a if_o we_o take_v the_o ten_o horn_n for_o ten_o king_n or_o kingdom_n at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n there_o be_v nothing_o more_o ordinary_a than_o to_o establish_v league_n and_o confederacy_n betwixt_o kingdom_n and_o state_n that_o be_v contemporary_a each_o with_o other_o for_o that_o which_o they_o allege_v concern_v the_o division_n betwixt_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n we_o have_v speak_v thereof_o already_o and_o therefore_o we_o will_v not_o repeat_v the_o same_o thing_n again_o let_v we_o now_o in_o the_o last_o place_n come_v to_o those_o query_n concern_v the_o collation_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n mention_v dan._n 7._o and_o that_o little_a horn_n speak_v of_o chap._n 8._o for_o they_o that_o differ_v from_o we_o stand_v much_o upon_o this_o that_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v signify_v in_o both_o scripture_n under_o the_o same_o emblem_n here_o we_o agree_v with_o they_o in_o two_o point_n first_o that_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n do_v repeat_v one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n for_o the_o better_a understanding_n of_o the_o vision_n but_o then_o there_o must_v be_v some_o good_a evidence_n from_o the_o text_n to_o prove_v the_o thing_n repeat_v to_o be_v the_o same_o though_o the_o expression_n be_v divers_a now_o what_o good_a proof_n be_v there_o to_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o and_o that_o little_a horn_n chap._n 8._o be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o second_o we_o agree_v that_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n the_o grecian_a antichrist_n do_v resemble_v the_o roman_a antichrist_n in_o many_o thing_n and_o that_o the_o one_o be_v the_o express_a image_n and_o type_n of_o the_o other_o in_o these_o particular_n than_o they_o do_v agree_v and_o be_v parallel_n antiochus_n the_o little_a horn_n dan._n 8._o the_o papacy_n the_o little_a horn_n dan._n 7._o 1._o out_o of_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n there_o come_v forth_o a_o little_a horn_n vers_fw-la 9_o 1._o after_o the_o ten_o king_n a_o little_a horn_n do_v arise_v out_o of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n vers_fw-la 8._o 2._o he_o do_v destroy_v the_o mighty_a &_o the_o holy_a people_n vers_n 24._o 2._o he_o shall_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a vers_n 21_o 23._o 3._o he_o shall_v magnify_v himself_o in_o his_o heart_n against_o the_o god_n of_o god_n vers_fw-la 25._o 3._o he_o shall_v speak_v great_a thing_n against_o the_o most_o high_a vers_n 25._o 4._o by_o he_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n shall_v be_v take_v away_o vers_n 11._o 4._o he_o shall_v think_v to_o change_v time_n and_o law_n and_o they_o shall_v be_v give_v into_o his_o hand_n vers_n 25._o in_o these_o several_a particular_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o little_a horn_n mention_v chap._n 7._o and_o chap._n 8._o do_v both_o agree_v but_o yet_o whosoever_o he_o be_v that_o diligent_o consider_v the_o scripture_n he_o shall_v find_v they_o to_o differ_v in_o the_o most_o remarkable_a circumstance_n first_o they_o differ_v in_o the_o state_n or_o government_n where_o they_o arise_v the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 8._o rose_n out_o of_o one_o of_o the_o four_o division_n of_o the_o grecian_a state_n but_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o arise_v out_o of_o the_o kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o four_o beast_n which_o all_o our_o argument_n asoremention_v prove_v to_o be_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n second_o they_o differ_v in_o the_o preparation_n and_o mould_v of_o the_o state_n before_o the_o rise_n of_o either_o of_o they_o for_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 8._o arise_v out_o of_o one_o of_o the_o four_o division_n of_o the_o greek_a empire_n but_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o arise_v after_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n into_o ten_o inferior_a realm_n three_o they_o differ_v in_o their_o action_n for_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 8._o be_v only_o say_v to_o rise_v out_o of_o one_o of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n of_o the_o grecian_a empire_n but_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o be_v say_v to_o arise_v after_o the_o ten_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o that_o he_o do_v pluck_v up_o three_o of_o the_o former_a kingdom_n by_o the_o root_n this_o be_v clear_a from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n four_o they_o differ_v in_o the_o object_n of_o their_o tyranny_n for_o though_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 8._o be_v say_v to_o destroy_v the_o holy_a people_n vers_n 24._o yet_o the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o text_n show_v that_o only_a the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v here_o intend_v now_o for_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o he_o be_v say_v to_o wear_v out_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a but_o there_o be_v no_o circumstance_n in_o the_o text_n to_o prove_v that_o these_o be_v the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n there_o be_v not_o one_o word_n of_o take_v away_o the_o daily_a sacrifice_n or_o of_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o abomination_n of_o desolation_n or_o of_o daniel_n people_n or_o the_o pleasant_a land_n or_o any_o such_o passage_n which_o the_o prophet_n use_v when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o jew_n all_o that_o can_v be_v say_v be_v this_o that_o he_o shall_v change_v law_n and_o time_n but_o from_o hence_o we_o can_v infer_v that_o these_o must_v be_v the_o law_n and_o time_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n for_o the_o apostle_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o great_a antichrist_n do_v use_v such_o a_o expression_n he_o shall_v sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n show_v himself_o that_o he_o be_v god_n 2_o thess._n 2._o and_o yet_o he_o do_v not_o mean_v the_o literal_a temple_n in_o jerusalem_n five_o they_o differ_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o continuance_n of_o their_o tyranny_n the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 8._o shall_v prevail_v and_o the_o sanctuary_n shall_v be_v tread_v down_o unto_o evening_n morning_n 2300_o vers_fw-la 14._o now_o for_o the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o he_o shall_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n till_o the_o saint_n themselves_o take_v the_o kingdom_n how_o this_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n shall_v be_v all_o one_o with_o the_o 2300_o evening_n morning_n i_o can_v discern_v if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o roman_a antichrist_n a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n be_v the_o full_a sum_n of_o the_o antichristian_a tyranny_n rev._n 12._o 14._o six_o they_o differ_v in_o the_o event_n for_o after_o the_o 2300_o evening_n morning_n the_o temple_n be_v cleanse_v vers_fw-la 14._o and_o after_o that_o the_o little_a horn_n have_v finish_v his_o time_n he_o be_v break_v without_o hand_n vers_n 25._o all_o these_o thing_n be_v true_o fulfil_v in_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n but_o if_o you_o apply_v the_o little_a horn_n chap._n 7._o to_o antiochus_n there_o can_v be_v no_o right_a accommodation_n first_o that_o little_a horn_n do_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n till_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n but_o so_o do_v not_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n second_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n till_o the_o dominion_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n but_o so_o do_v not_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n three_o the_o little_a horn_n shall_v continue_v till_o the_o time_n of_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucians_n end_v not_o at_o antiochus_n many_o of_o that_o line_n succeed_v afterward_o in_o the_o kingdom_n and_o there_o be_v a_o good_a space_n of_o time_n from_o the_o death_n of_o antiochus_n to_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n state_n by_o pompey_n the_o great_a but_o dr_n willet_n reply_v though_o the_o kingdom_n be_v not_o utter_o ruin_v yet_o the_o glory_n of_o it_o be_v much_o abate_v at_o antiochus_n his_o death_n by_o the_o like_a reason_n i_o may_v argue_v that_o there_o be_v a_o end_n of_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n at_o the_o death_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n because_o the_o glory_n of_o that_o kingdom_n do_v afterward_o abate_v in_o evilmerodach_n i_o may_v argue_v also_o that_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n end_v in_o alexander_n because_o the_o king_n that_o arise_v after_o he_o do_v not_o arise_v in_o his_o strength_n other_o there_o be_v that_o do_v allege_v the_o word_n of_o the_o eleven_o verse_n i_o behold_v then_o because_o of_o the_o voice_n of_o the_o great_a word_n which_o the_o little_a horn_n speak_v i_o behold_v even_o till_o the_o beast_n be_v slay_v and_o his_o body_n give_v to_o the_o burn_a fire_n from_o hence_o they_o gather_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v first_o break_v off_o and_o when_o the_o beast_n be_v hornless_a and_o harmless_a than_o he_o be_v destroy_v
bishop_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v head_n over_o all_o church_n for_o the_o calculation_n of_o the_o time_n i_o have_v show_v that_o there_o be_v a_o chain_n of_o 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n aforesaid_a to_o the_o clear_a probation_n of_o which_o i_o have_v large_o insist_v upon_o two_o point_n first_o that_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n against_o junius_n and_o his_o follower_n second_o that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n not_o from_o julius_n or_o augustus_n caesar_n but_o from_o that_o time_n when_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n now_o from_o this_o beginning_n i_o do_v positive_o affirm_v that_o there_o be_v a_o chain_n of_o 666_o year_n to_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o papacy_n set_v forth_o by_o the_o type_n or_o emblem_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n dan._n 7._o and_o this_o be_v the_o true_a accommodation_n and_o application_n of_o daniel_n vision_n to_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n and_o whereas_o john_n in_o the_o revelation_n speak_v of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o earth_n that_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o this_o beast_n be_v 666_o his_o meaning_n be_v that_o there_o be_v 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n he_o do_v more_o full_o repeat_v that_o which_o be_v more_o brief_o deliver_v before_o and_o in_o these_o calculation_n he_o do_v but_o refer_v we_o to_o daniel_n chronologie_n in_o the_o image_n of_o persecute_v state_n this_o be_v the_o whole_a process_n of_o the_o discourse_n but_o before_o i_o come_v to_o the_o point_n i_o will_v remove_v a_o mistake_n in_o some_o of_o our_o latter_a commentary_n which_o will_v have_v mahomet_n or_o the_o turk_n to_o be_v the_o little_a horn._n this_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o grasserus_n and_o mr_n brightman_n i_o have_v be_v hold_v with_o some_o kind_n of_o admiration_n to_o see_v two_o such_o worthy_a expositor_n to_o leave_v the_o common_a and_o plain_a way_n and_o to_o embrace_v a_o private_a fancy_n of_o their_o own_o so_o contrary_a to_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o scripture_n and_o to_o the_o ordinary_a reason_n of_o man_n but_o let_v we_o come_v to_o argument_n first_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o the_o ten_o horn_n in_o the_o text_n be_v set_v forth_o as_o the_o part_n that_o do_v integrate_a and_o make_v up_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n but_o so_o do_v neither_o mahomet_n nor_o the_o turk_n as_o it_o be_v plain_a by_o experience_n for_o who_o can_v say_v that_o the_o turk_n or_o mahomet_n be_v any_o integral_a part_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n be_v every_o way_n so_o contrary_a and_o opposite_a have_v no_o union_n or_o conjunction_n at_o all_o object_n 1._o but_o it_o may_v be_v reply_v the_o ten_o king_n that_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o old_a empire_n be_v reckon_v as_o branch_n and_o part_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n and_o yet_o they_o be_v the_o prince_n by_o who_o the_o empire_n be_v destroy_v sol._n to_o this_o i_o reply_v the_o forename_a interpreter_n may_v easy_o give_v a_o answer_n to_o this_o doubt_n out_o of_o the_o revelation_n though_o the_o ten_o king_n do_v arise_v out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n yet_o all_o of_o they_o afterward_o be_v unite_v in_o one_o roman_a body_n of_o the_o last_o edition_n but_o neither_o mahomet_n nor_o the_o turk_n ever_o come_v within_o this_o union_n or_o combination_n object_n 2._o but_o it_o may_v be_v further_o allege_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v subdue_v three_o of_o the_o former_a horn_n and_o this_o rather_o agree_v to_o mahomet_n and_o the_o turk_n than_o to_o the_o papacy_n who_o part_n it_o be_v to_o preserve_v they_o sol._n among_o the_o many_o note_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n it_o be_v possible_a some_o few_o may_v be_v applicable_a to_o mahomet_n and_o to_o the_o turk_n but_o we_o shall_v also_o consider_v the_o multitude_n and_o evidence_n of_o those_o other_o that_o do_v utter_o reject_v such_o a_o application_n now_o there_o be_v many_o note_n that_o can_v possible_o agree_v with_o mahomet_n or_o the_o turk_n if_o we_o shall_v come_v to_o singular_n and_o for_o the_o eradication_n of_o three_o horn_n we_o have_v large_o prove_v how_o the_o papacy_n do_v humble_a three_o dominion_n to_o have_v elbow-room_n in_o italy_n he_o do_v cast_v down_o some_o of_o the_o former_a and_o it_o be_v as_o true_a that_o he_o do_v preserve_v the_o union_n of_o the_o residue_n to_o make_v a_o roman_n catholic_n empire_n second_o for_o the_o blasphemy_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n the_o beast_n be_v destroy_v and_o his_o body_n give_v to_o the_o burn_a fire_n now_o what_o congruity_n or_o colour_n of_o reason_n be_v there_o that_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n shall_v be_v destroy_v for_o the_o blasphemy_n of_o mahomet_n if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o papacy_n this_o be_v full_o verify_v in_o that_o which_o be_v speak_v the_o beast_n be_v take_v and_o with_o he_o the_o false_a prophet_n and_o they_o both_o be_v cast_v into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n three_o in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n there_o be_v the_o great_a cruelty_n exercise_v against_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n now_o if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o mahomet_n and_o the_o turk_n though_o they_o have_v make_v great_a waste_n in_o the_o christian_a world_n yet_o the_o war_n have_v not_o be_v former_o against_o the_o saint_n as_o such_o neither_o have_v their_o cruelty_n be_v the_o great_a that_o ever_o have_v be_v but_o if_o we_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o papacy_n here_o have_v be_v a_o war_n against_o the_o saint_n as_o saint_n and_o here_o have_v be_v the_o great_a persecution_n that_o ever_o be_v as_o appear_z by_o the_o whole_a book_n of_o the_o revelation_n four_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v say_v to_o continue_v a_o time_n time_n and_o the_o divide_n of_o time_n this_o will_v not_o agree_v to_o the_o duration_n of_o mahomet_n for_o what_o place_n of_o scripture_n do_v once_o mention_v such_o a_o thing_n but_o it_o be_v plain_o apply_v to_o the_o papacy_n rev._n 12._o 6._o rev._n 13._o 5._o these_o and_o many_o more_o reason_n may_v be_v produce_v to_o prove_v that_o mahomet_n can_v be_v resemble_v by_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o the_o reason_n for_o the_o affirmative_a be_v very_o weak_a and_o feeble_a on_o the_o contrary_a if_o you_o take_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o chapter_n and_o the_o whole_a bundle_n of_o note_n they_o will_v be_v whole_o apply_v to_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o strong_o prove_v that_o the_o papacy_n be_v the_o little_a horn._n now_o i_o will_v try_v the_o truth_n of_o one_o principle_n on_o which_o the_o forename_a author_n do_v build_v when_o they_o take_v mahomet_n to_o be_v the_o little_a horn._n the_o chief_a ground_n they_o build_v upon_o be_v this_o because_o the_o turk_n do_v hold_v all_o those_o country_n in_o asia_n which_o be_v former_o the_o continent_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n to_o this_o i_o have_v say_v before_o that_o so_o long_o as_o the_o jew_n be_v the_o only_a people_n of_o god_n the_o delineation_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n be_v in_o special_a reference_n to_o that_o church_n but_o they_o be_v cast_v off_o the_o metal-kingdom_n so_o much_o of_o they_o as_o do_v remain_v do_v more_o immediate_o concern_v the_o church_n of_o the_o gentile_n if_o mahomet_n be_v the_o little_a horn_n who_o be_v the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a who_o he_o do_v wear_v cut_v will_v any_o man_n say_v that_o they_o be_v only_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n alas_o the_o jew_n be_v a_o people_n cast_v away_o some_o hundred_o of_o year_n before_o the_o name_n of_o mahomet_n be_v hear_v in_o the_o world_n and_o they_o do_v remain_v till_o this_o day_n a_o people_n not_o call_v again_o it_o may_v be_v more_o true_o affirm_v that_o the_o metal-kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n do_v not_o concern_v the_o jew_n only_o nor_o the_o gentile_n only_o but_o both_o jew_n and_o gentile_n in_o their_o several_a time_n for_o proof_n of_o this_o we_o will_v lay_v down_o some_o special_a observation_n first_o in_o the_o image_n of_o persecute_v state_n it_o be_v not_o the_o purpose_n of_o god_n only_o to_o show_v four_o revolution_n of_o empire_n but_o his_o more_o special_a intent_n be_v to_o show_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o son_n second_o it_o be_v his_o purpose_n
number_n of_o year_n this_o will_v agree_v with_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o in_o the_o know_a and_o most_o familiar_a use_n that_o be_v which_o teach_v we_o to_o number_v period_n cycle_n and_o great_a revolution_n of_o year_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o art_n of_o computation_n but_o if_o all_o this_o will_v not_o give_v satisfaction_n if_o any_o shall_v still_o say_v that_o this_o may_v be_v the_o sense_n yet_o it_o do_v not_o prove_v that_o it_o must_v be_v so_o for_o the_o further_a clear_v of_o the_o matter_n we_o will_v go_v to_o the_o three_o circumstance_n to_o the_o method_n or_o the_o rule_n which_o we_o must_v number_v by_o and_o here_o we_o shall_v find_v that_o we_o have_v not_o only_o typical_a proof_n but_o true_a apocalyptical_a and_o demonstrative_a ground_n to_o build_v upon_o if_o we_o compare_v the_o word_n of_o scripture_n with_o our_o own_o experience_n three_o the_o method_n by_o which_o we_o be_v to_o account_v be_v by_o the_o number_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n so_o then_o if_o we_o account_v from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n there_o will_v be_v a_o exact_a line_n of_o 666_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n and_o here_o the_o best_a expositor_n do_v set_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o this_o be_v the_o reason_n that_o 666_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o experience_n also_o show_v that_o the_o account_n be_v to_o be_v make_v by_o the_o period_n of_o time_n in_o daniel_n image_n and_o so_o we_o have_v not_o only_o probabiliâ—…y_v but_o also_o apodeictical_a proof_n for_o the_o exposition_n of_o the_o number_n but_o now_o to_o come_v to_o clear_v the_o point_n we_o will_v show_v the_o reason_n why_o the_o account_n by_o daniel_n method_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n and_o that_o this_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n first_o it_o may_v fit_o be_v call_v a_o number_n because_o as_o mr._n mede_n right_o say_v it_o be_v the_o sacred_a calendar_n or_o prophetical_a chronologie_n appoint_v by_o god_n himself_o to_o measure_v the_o time_n we_o may_v therefore_o fit_o call_v it_o a_o number_n or_o as_o they_o speak_v in_o the_o school_n numerus_fw-la numerans_fw-la because_o it_o comprehend_v the_o four_o period_n of_o time_n appoint_v by_o god_n himself_o to_o number_v the_o special_a occurrence_n of_o the_o church_n second_o in_o a_o more_o special_a sense_n it_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n because_o it_o please_v the_o holy_a ghost_n by_o the_o four_o region_n part_n and_o division_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n to_o number_v the_o four_o great_a empire_n of_o the_o world_n and_o the_o four_o notable_a and_o remarkable_a revolution_n of_o time_n the_o image_n in_o the_o part_n and_o in_o the_o division_n of_o it_o do_v not_o as_o interpreter_n well_o observe_v natural_o signify_v these_o thing_n but_o mere_o by_o positive_a and_o divine_a institution_n it_o please_v the_o lord_n by_o the_o four_o part_n of_o the_o humane_a image_n to_o decipher_v so_o many_o period_n of_o time_n and_o this_o be_v the_o true_a reason_n wherefore_o the_o spirit_n in_o the_o figure_n call_v this_o form_n method_n and_o way_n of_o account_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n because_o it_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o humane_a image_n three_o this_o way_n of_o expression_n do_v agree_v with_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o other_o place_n as_o for_o example_n thou_o be_v this_o head_n of_o gold_n that_o be_v thou_o be_v signify_v by_o this_o head_n of_o gold_n the_o seven_o cow_n be_v seven_o year_n that_o be_v the_o seven_o cow_n do_v represent_v seven_o year_n and_o the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o mountain_n that_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n do_v type_n and_o set_v forth_o seven_o mountain_n and_o so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n and_o that_o number_n be_v 666._o the_o plain_a meaning_n whereof_o be_v this_o that_o 666_o signify_v so_o many_o year_n specify_v and_o declare_v in_o the_o account_n of_o daniel_n image_n call_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man._n it_o be_v so_o style_v because_o the_o number_n be_v such_o in_o that_o calculation_n and_o it_o be_v so_o to_o be_v make_v out_o in_o that_o method_n and_o way_n of_o account_n four_o this_o method_n of_o account_n will_v agree_v with_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d here_o will_v be_v a_o excellent_a subject_n for_o a_o man_n that_o have_v dexterity_n in_o the_o calculation_n of_o the_o time_n to_o employ_v the_o art_n and_o skill_n of_o a_o good_a accountant_a for_o to_o what_o end_n do_v the_o lord_n reveal_v this_o prophetical_a chronologie_n under_o the_o figure_n and_o similitude_n of_o the_o four_o region_n and_o part_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n but_o that_o it_o may_v be_v a_o certain_a and_o a_o stand_a rule_n to_o all_o posterity_n to_o number_v those_o time_n and_o change_n of_o time_n that_o shall_v befall_v in_o and_o about_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o church_n five_o the_o number_n of_o time_n by_o the_o account_n of_o daniel_n image_n be_v the_o most_o fit_a to_o decipher_v the_o rise_n of_o a_o tyrannical_a state_n such_o as_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v whereof_o we_o speak_v now_o what_o be_v the_o image_n of_o daniel_n it_o be_v no_o other_o but_o a_o systeme_n or_o body_n of_o the_o four_o great_a persecute_v empire_n which_o shall_v rise_v up_o one_o after_o another_o in_o the_o same_o succession_n notable_o to_o afflict_v the_o church_n of_o god_n now_o fith_v the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v such_o a_o dominion_n or_o state_n that_o shall_v notable_o afflict_v the_o saint_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n where_o can_v it_o be_v more_o proper_o or_o fit_o place_v then_o in_o the_o image_n of_o tyrannical_a empire_n all_o these_o be_v of_o the_o same_o lineage_n and_o kindred_n and_o therefore_o see_v it_o be_v the_o plot_n of_o the_o spirit_n to_o delineate_v these_o four_o succession_n by_o so_o many_o part_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n we_o may_v well_o conclude_v that_o this_o way_n of_o computation_n be_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n mean_v in_o the_o text_n see_v it_o do_v so_o notable_o agree_v with_o the_o event_n six_o the_o number_n of_o time_n by_o the_o account_n of_o daniel_n image_n in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n and_o in_o the_o time_n immediate_o follow_v be_v most_o apt_a to_o find_v out_o the_o event_n that_o shall_v befall_v the_o church_n for_o this_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o though_o the_o beast_n his_o name_n mark_v and_o image_n be_v not_o extant_a in_o the_o time_n of_o john_n yet_o the_o number_n by_o and_o through_o which_o these_o be_v to_o be_v compute_v must_v then_o be_v not_o only_o extant_a but_o it_o must_v be_v also_o of_o remarkable_a use_n as_o for_o example_n the_o antichristian_a church_n have_v no_o be_v in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n nor_o in_o the_o age_n immediate_o follow_v yet_o nevertheless_o the_o spirit_n in_o the_o revelation_n do_v decipher_v the_o place_n of_o this_o church_n by_o such_o a_o character_n as_o be_v famous_o know_v in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o mountain_n where_o the_o woman_n sit_v now_o this_o do_v more_o proper_o appertain_v to_o those_o first_o time_n in_o which_o s._n john_n live_v that_o rome_n be_v seat_v upon_o seven_o mountain_n for_o the_o people_n then_o live_v though_o they_o shall_v never_o see_v the_o antichristian_a time_n yet_o john_n do_v foreshow_v the_o place_n where_o that_o church_n shall_v have_v she_o be_v in_o the_o time_n appoint_v and_o limit_v by_o the_o lord_n in_o like_a manner_n though_o the_o name_n image_n and_o mark_v of_o the_o name_n have_v none_o of_o they_o existence_n in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n yet_o the_o number_n by_o which_o all_o these_o must_v be_v account_v must_v needs_o then_o be_v in_o some_o tolerable_a use_n for_o how_o shall_v a_o man_n that_o have_v wisdom_n by_o the_o number_n find_v out_o the_o name_n if_o the_o number_n be_v no_o way_n discoverable_a in_o those_o time_n mr._n brightman_n upon_o the_o place_n do_v full_o agree_v with_o we_o his_o word_n be_v these_o though_o the_o mark_n and_o the_o name_n be_v not_o extant_a the_o beast_n be_v not_o as_o yet_o nevertheless_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n may_v be_v manifest_a to_o that_o age_n wherein_o john_n live_v and_o not_o only_o
all_o nation_n to_o bring_v forth_o her_o christ-like_a issue_n and_o by_o the_o dragon_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n we_o must_v necessary_o understand_v the_o great_a persecute_v empire_n of_o the_o roman_n which_o for_o 300_o year_n do_v endeavour_v to_o devour_v her_o child_n when_o she_o be_v deliver_v the_o next_o attempt_n be_v to_o drown_v she_o with_o a_o stand_v of_o barbarous_a nation_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o north._n after_o this_o she_o flee_v into_o the_o wilderness_n and_o be_v there_o feed_v 1260_o day_n so_o many_o year_n the_o church_n be_v under_o antichristian_a persecution_n when_o these_o time_n be_v end_v and_o the_o whore_n of_o babylon_n burn_v then_o begin_v the_o marriage_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n come_v from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n as_o a_o bride_n adorn_v for_o her_o husband_n all_o these_o be_v but_o emblem_n and_o figure_n of_o so_o many_o several_a change_n and_o variety_n that_o the_o outward_a visible_a church_n shall_v meet_v withal_o upon_o the_o earth_n she_o do_v very_o much_o resemble_v the_o moon_n in_o her_o several_a form_n and_o appearance_n the_o outward_a visible_a church_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o substance_n but_o she_o be_v distinguish_v according_a to_o different_a relation_n in_o sundry_a change_n of_o time_n these_o thing_n be_v so_o clear_o deliver_v in_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n that_o no_o further_a question_n may_v be_v make_v but_o to_o the_o point_n in_o hand_n concern_v the_o future_a glory_n that_o the_o church_n shall_v enjoy_v in_o the_o late_a day_n let_v we_o compare_v it_o with_o a_o passage_n in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o zachary_n the_o prophet_n in_o the_o vision_n look_v and_o behold_v a_o man_n with_o a_o measure_n line_n in_o his_o hand_n chap._n 2._o ver_fw-la 1._o man_n go_v to_o measure_v when_o they_o build_v city_n and_o town_n and_o this_o be_v speak_v in_o relation_n to_o the_o waste_n of_o jerusalem_n mention_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n ver_fw-la 12._o how_o long_o will_v thou_o not_o have_v mercy_n on_o jerusalem_n and_o the_o city_n of_o judah_n against_o which_o thou_o have_v indignation_n this_o three_o score_n and_o ten_o year_n in_o opposition_n to_o this_o waste_n of_o the_o church_n in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o babylonian_a captivity_n the_o prophet_n in_o the_o vision_n do_v see_v a_o man_n with_o a_o measure_n line_n in_o his_o hand_n to_o measure_n jerusalem_n to_o see_v what_o be_v the_o breadth_n thereof_o and_o what_o be_v the_o length_n thereof_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v speak_v in_o effect_n rev._n 21._o 15._o the_o angel_n have_v a_o golden_a reed_n to_o measure_v the_o city_n and_o the_o gate_n thereof_o and_o the_o wall_n thereof_o and_o the_o city_n lie_v foursquare_a and_o the_o length_n be_v as_o large_a as_o the_o breadth_n and_o he_o measure_v the_o city_n with_o a_o reod_n twelve_o thousand_o furlong_n all_o these_o figurative_a expression_n do_v set_v forth_o the_o repair_n of_o the_o church_n in_o opposition_n to_o her_o waste_n in_o all_o antichristian_a time_n for_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o these_o time_n the_o angel_n be_v command_v to_o rise_v and_o to_o measure_v the_o temple_n of_o god_n and_o the_o altar_n and_o they_o that_o worship_n therein_o but_o to_o leave_v out_o the_o court_n that_o be_v without_o the_o temple_n and_o not_o to_o measure_v it_o for_o it_o be_v give_v to_o the_o gentile_n and_o the_o holy_a city_n shall_v they_o tread_v under_o foot_n forty_o and_o two_o month_n chap._n 11._o ver_fw-la 1_o 2._o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n be_v the_o space_n of_o tread_v down_o the_o holy_a city_n by_o antichristian_a gentile_n in_o opposition_n to_o the_o waste_n and_o conculcation_n the_o angel_n do_v measure_v the_o wall_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n and_o do_v foretell_v the_o repair_n of_o the_o church_n and_o the_o restitution_n of_o that_o glorious_a state_n which_o she_o shall_v have_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n much_o more_o may_v be_v speak_v to_o the_o same_o purpose_n but_o this_o shall_v suffice_v to_o show_v that_o the_o tenet_n of_o the_o external_a glory_n of_o the_o church_n will_v not_o bring_v we_o back_o again_o to_o popery_n neither_o be_v it_o absolute_o so_o in_o all_o although_o it_o may_v be_v antichristian_a in_o the_o position_n of_o some_o circumstance_n only_o what_o if_o rome_n antichristian_a be_v call_v the_o great_a city_n that_o rule_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v not_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o great_a city_n that_o come_v down_o from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n what_o if_o rome_n antichristian_a be_v the_o woman_n that_o be_v adorn_v with_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o precious_a stone_n chap._n 17._o be_v the_o bride_n the_o lamb_n wife_n altogether_o destitute_a of_o these_o ornament_n be_v not_o the_o street_n of_o the_o city_n all_o of_o gold_n like_a to_o transparent_a glass_n rev._n chap._n 21_o what_o if_o rome_n antichristian_a be_v the_o city_n who_o merchant_n be_v the_o great_a man_n of_o the_o earth_n rev._n chap._n 18._o be_v not_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n that_o city_n of_o who_o also_o it_o be_v foretell_v that_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v bring_v their_o glory_n to_o she_o do_v not_o all_o the_o prophet_n special_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n speak_v of_o the_o call_n of_o the_o jew_n and_o of_o the_o glory_n of_o that_o church_n that_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a day_n from_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v we_o may_v conclude_v though_o the_o outward_a splendour_n of_o the_o church_n may_v be_v antichristian_a in_o some_o case_n it_o may_v be_v true_o christian_n in_o other_o chap._n xv._n concern_v thâ—…se_a thing_n that_o be_v not_o antichristian_a â—…ut_o be_v only_o false_o so_o call_v by_o the_o separation_n we_o will_v not_o go_v over_o all_o the_o point_n but_o insist_v only_o upon_o those_o that_o be_v of_o great_a moment_n to_o wit_n magistracy_n and_o ministry_n by_o these_o we_o may_v judge_v of_o the_o rest_n for_o the_o stand_n of_o the_o magistracy_n they_o take_v it_o to_o be_v antichristian_a because_o they_o have_v a_o power_n over_o other_o man_n and_o the_o beast_n his_o head_n and_o horn_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o daniel_n they_o find_v by_o read_v that_o these_o do_v signify_v empire_n dominion_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n but_o herein_o they_o be_v great_o deceive_v for_o in_o the_o prophecy_n aforesaid_a the_o beast_n and_o their_o horn_n do_v not_o absolute_o signify_v empire_n &_o dominion_n but_o idolatrous_a empire_n and_o dominion_n and_o not_o absolute_o idolatrous_a empire_n but_o such_o empire_n and_o dominion_n which_o do_v lord_n and_o tyrannize_v it_o over_o the_o church_n of_o god_n and_o do_v try_v the_o faith_n and_o patience_n of_o the_o saint_n by_o many_o passage_n of_o the_o present_a discourse_n we_o have_v sufficient_o clear_v the_o point_n that_o when_o christ_n shall_v begin_v his_o reign_n upon_o earth_n this_o will_v not_o be_v with_o the_o abrogation_n of_o all_o magistracy_n power_n and_o authority_n only_o the_o authority_n and_o government_n shall_v acknowledge_v he_o as_o indeed_o he_o be_v the_o only_a lord_n and_o head_n of_o the_o church_n the_o reign_n of_o the_o lamb_n be_v immediate_o oppose_v to_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o therefore_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o time_n of_o his_o empire_n do_v not_o disannul_v the_o be_v of_o government_n though_o they_o be_v under_o his_o power_n and_o headship_n no_o more_o will_v the_o reign_n of_o the_o lamb_n abrogate_v and_o take_v away_o the_o government_n of_o this_o world_n though_o they_o be_v make_v subject_a to_o his_o law_n magistracy_n be_v the_o ordinance_n of_o god_n they_o be_v guilty_a of_o a_o foul_a error_n then_o whosoever_o they_o be_v that_o shall_v go_v about_o to_o pluck_v up_o magistracy_n under_o the_o colour_n and_o pretence_n of_o a_o antichristian_a encroachment_n but_o this_o engine_n now_o a-days_o be_v more_o principal_o use_v against_o the_o ministry_n the_o great_a design_n to_o throw_v the_o ministry_n out_o of_o the_o conscience_n of_o the_o people_n and_o therefore_o they_o be_v tell_v again_o and_o again_o that_o the_o minister_n be_v antichristian_a in_o their_o title_n in_o their_o ordination_n by_o bishop_n in_o their_o maintenance_n by_o tithe_n etc._n etc._n for_o antichristianism_n in_o title_n to_o make_v this_o good_a they_o reckon_v up_o a_o defame_a catalogue_n of_o name_n the_o pope_n cardinal_n archbishop_n bishop_n parson_n vicar_n curate_n but_o to_o this_o abundant_a satisfaction_n be_v give_v as_o by_o other_o so_o by_o the_o old_a nonconformist_n themselves_o and_o special_o by_o mr._n ball_n in_o his_o answer_n to_o can_n among_o many_o other_o passage_n these_o be_v his_o own_o word_n pag._n 45._o to_o contend_v about_o
to_o be_v the_o monarchical_a people_n this_o be_v lay_v as_o a_o ground_n we_o may_v say_v in_o the_o particuâ—…ar_a case_n allege_v by_o piscator_fw-la that_o though_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n be_v pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o successor_n be_v set_v up_o upon_o his_o ruin_n yet_o for_o all_o this_o there_o be_v no_o change_n of_o dominion_n from_o people_n to_o people_n there_o be_v only_o a_o change_n from_o alexander_n to_o his_o successor_n still_o one_o grecian_a people_n have_v the_o empire_n over_o the_o earth_n and_o to_o put_v all_o out_o of_o questiâ—…n_n that_o the_o spirit_n do_v principal_o point_v to_o the_o flux_n and_o passage_n of_o the_o sovereignty_n from_o one_o people_n to_o another_o and_o thaâ—…_n in_o this_o case_n he_o do_v not_o distinguish_v the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n from_o that_o of_o his_o successor_n the_o ground_n which_o we_o have_v to_o buiâ—…d_v upon_o iâ—…_n the_o resemblance_n of_o the_o he-goat_n chap._n 8._o now_o under_o this_o similitude_n the_o whole_a grecian_a empire_n both_o of_o alexander_n and_o of_o his_o four_o successor_n they_o be_v all_o comprehend_v together_o as_o they_o be_v former_o set_v forth_o under_o the_o type_n of_o the_o three_o beast_n with_o four_o head_n now_o whereas_o 〈◊〉_d allege_v that_o the_o he-goat_n be_v different_a from_o the_o three_o beast_n and_o that_o the_o prophecy_n chap._n 8._o habet_fw-la rationem_fw-la diversam_fw-la a_o different_a way_n of_o interpretation_n i_o answer_v the_o he_o goat_n and_o the_o three_o beast_n be_v all_o one_o so_o farforth_o as_o both_o be_v type_n of_o the_o same_o empire_n under_o one_o and_o the_o same_o people_n and_o for_o the_o partition_n of_o the_o greek_a kingdom_n between_o alexander_n and_o his_o successor_n this_o do_v no_o more_o hinder_v the_o type_n of_o that_o kingdom_n by_o one_o three_o beast_n than_o it_o do_v hinder_v the_o delineation_n by_o one_o he-goat_n but_o now_o to_o produce_v some_o reason_n that_o alexander_n divide_v from_o his_o successor_n can_v be_v the_o three_o kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n or_o the_o three_o beast_n first_o all_z the_o kingdom_n be_v persecute_v state_n such_o that_o do_v afflict_v the_o people_n of_o god_n but_o alexander_n if_o you_o divide_v he_o from_o his_o successor_n do_v not_o afflict_v the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n neither_o be_v they_o persecute_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o his_o empire_n second_o the_o metal-kingdom_n be_v so_o constitute_v that_o the_o latter_a be_v of_o a_o more_o hard_a and_o tyrannical_a disposition_n against_o the_o saint_n now_o take_v alexander_n in_o sensu_fw-la diviso_fw-la take_v he_o several_a from_o his_o successor_n how_o be_v his_o kingdom_n of_o more_o hard_a disposition_n against_o the_o saint_n than_o be_v either_o babylon_n or_o persia_n go_v before_o his_o monarchy_n be_v but_o for_o a_o few_o year_n and_o there_o be_v no_o persecution_n of_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n in_o all_o his_o time_n three_o the_o beast_n that_o come_v up_o our_o of_o the_o sea_n after_o the_o persian_a bear_n be_v express_o say_v to_o have_v four_o head_n vers_fw-la 6._o now_o take_v alexander_n several_o from_o his_o successor_n what_o four_o head_n or_o what_o four_o division_n be_v there_o in_o his_o kingdom_n for_o in_o his_o time_n the_o beast_n be_v so_o far_o from_o have_v four_o head_n that_o it_o have_v no_o head_n or_o division_n at_o all_o therefore_o we_o must_v necessary_o conclude_v that_o the_o three_o beast_n do_v represent_v and_o figâ—…re_v the_o grecian_a kingdom_n which_o in_o a_o famous_a revolution_n of_o state_n become_v divide_v into_o four_o part_n now_o whereas_o the_o learned_a interpreter_n do_v distinguish_v the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n from_o the_o dominion_n of_o his_o successor_n i_o do_v yield_v this_o to_o be_v true_a for_o alexander_n be_v break_v off_o four_o kingdom_n do_v stand_v up_o out_o of_o that_o nation_n but_o this_o be_v nothing_o to_o the_o purpose_n for_o these_o several_a fraction_n and_o division_n do_v not_o hinder_v the_o unity_n of_o the_o greek_a monarchy_n if_o it_o have_v be_v the_o plot_n of_o the_o spirit_n to_o make_v a_o three_o monarchy_n of_o alexander_n and_o a_o four_o of_o his_o successor_n why_o do_v he_o use_v the_o similitude_n of_o one_o he-goat_n for_o the_o representation_n of_o two_o monarchy_n why_o be_v two_o empire_n set_v forth_o under_o one_o figure_n and_o whereas_o he_o strong_o bind_v upon_o this_o that_o all_o four_o successor_n be_v express_o call_v one_o kingdom_n vers_fw-la 23._o save_v the_o great_a worth_n and_o learning_n of_o the_o author_n he_o be_v deceive_v in_o this_o point_n for_o when_o it_o be_v say_v in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o their_o kingdom_n when_o transgressor_n be_v come_v to_o the_o full_a a_o king_n of_o fierce_a countenance_n shall_v stand_v up_o now_o in_o these_o word_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o their_o kingdom_n this_o be_v not_o only_o mean_v of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o four_o successor_n contradistinct_a to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n but_o the_o expression_n be_v concern_v the_o whole_a kingdom_n of_o the_o greek_n oppose_v to_o that_o of_o the_o persian_n in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o he-goat_n four_o kingdom_n be_v say_v to_o rise_v up_o out_o of_o that_o nation_n and_o in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o their_o kingdom_n mean_v the_o greek_n when_o that_o people_n shall_v have_v the_o sovereignty_n over_o the_o earth_n a_o king_n of_o fierce_a countenance_n shall_v arise_v therefore_o we_o conclude_v that_o alexander_n and_o his_o successor_n together_o make_v but_o one_o greek_a empire_n under_o the_o similitude_n of_o one_o he-goat_n now_o let_v we_o proceed_v piscator_fw-la by_o the_o four_o kingdom_n which_o be_v prefigure_v by_o the_o ironthigh_n of_o the_o image_n we_o must_v understand_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n the_o great_a this_o i_o have_v already_o clear_v by_o compare_v it_o with_o the_o four_o beast_n chap._n 7._o to_o which_o i_o now_o add_v another_o evident_a collation_n of_o chap._n 2._o vers_fw-la 43._o with_o chap._n 11._o vers_fw-la 6._o concern_v the_o foot_n of_o the_o image_n which_o pertain_v to_o the_o four_o kingdom_n daniel_n speak_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n thus_o say_v whereas_o thou_o sâ—…west_v the_o iron_n mix_v with_o miry_a clay_n they_o shall_v mingle_v themselves_o with_o the_o seed_n of_o man_n but_o they_o shall_v not_o cleave_v one_o to_o the_o other_o even_o as_o iron_n be_v not_o mix_v with_o clay_n now_o this_o very_a same_o thing_n the_o angel_n gabriel_n do_v declare_v concern_v the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n to_o wit_n the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n chap._n 11._o and_o in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n they_o shall_v join_v themselves_o together_o for_o the_o king_n daughter_n of_o the_o south_n shall_v come_v to_o the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n to_o make_v a_o agreement_n but_o she_o shall_v not_o retain_v the_o power_n of_o the_o arm_n neither_o shall_v he_o stand_v nor_o his_o arm._n from_o hence_o it_o be_v manifest_a by_o the_o four_o kingdom_n represent_v by_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o image_n this_o can_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o roman_a empire_n see_v it_o be_v diverse_a from_o that_o of_o the_o grecian_n answer_n the_o character_n of_o the_o mixture_n of_o marriage_n draw_v from_o that_o collation_n between_o chap._n 2._o vers_fw-la 43._o and_o chap._n 11._o vers_fw-la 6._o this_o of_o all_o other_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o grand_a argument_n but_o to_o say_v the_o truth_n and_o that_o upon_o trial_n i_o here_o find_v that_o interpreter_n do_v usual_o build_v upon_o three_o notable_a false_a principle_n first_o they_o take_v the_o four_o kingdom_n as_o divide_v in_o all_o time_n and_o therefore_o they_o look_v after_o the_o interchangable_a marriage_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o lagidae_n to_o make_v up_o the_o union_n but_o in_o this_o they_o err_v for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n as_o long_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o iron-leg_n it_o be_v not_o diâ—…ided_v at_o all_o it_o be_v one_o entire_a dominion_n and_o therefore_o need_v no_o unite_n by_o mixture_n of_o marriage_n the_o division_n begin_v not_o till_o you_o come_v to_o the_o foot_n part_n of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n but_o let_v we_o hear_v the_o word_n themselves_o aâ—…d_v the_o four_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v strong_a as_o iron_n forasmuch_o as_o iron_n breaketâ—…_n in_o pâ—…eces_n and_o subdue_v all_o thing_n and_o as_o iron_n that_o break_v all_o these_o shall_v it_o break_v in_o piece_n and_o bruise_v so_o then_o the_o four_o kingdom_n so_o long_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o iron-leg_n be_v more_o strong_a than_o any_o go_n before_o there_o arise_v first_o a_o kingdom_n of_o gold_n in_o all_o fullness_n of_o powerâ—…_n anâ—…_n than_o afterword_n a_o kingdom_n of_o silver_n and_o
19_o vers_fw-la 1_o 2_o 3_o 4_o 5._o that_o when_o the_o saint_n do_v sing_v their_o halelujah_o at_o the_o judgement_n upon_o the_o great_a whore_n than_o a_o voice_n be_v hear_v the_o lord_n god_n omnipotent_a reign_v vers_fw-la 6._o here_o i_o demand_v do_v not_o the_o lord_n god_n omnipotent_a reign_n before_o he_o do_v not_o reign_v before_o in_o the_o sense_n of_o that_o text_n for_o the_o great_a whoâ—…e_n have_v rule_v all_o the_o world_n and_o have_v corrupt_v the_o earth_n by_o her_o fornication_n all_o be_v under_o her_o power_n and_o she_o spill_v the_o blood_n of_o the_o martyr_n at_o her_o own_o pleasure_n but_o at_o her_o destruction_n the_o lord_n christ_n do_v begin_v to_o reign_v and_o that_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o marriage_n of_o the_o lamb_n of_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o gospel-church_n when_o the_o lamb_n wife_n have_v make_v herself_o ready_a vers_n 7._o so_o it_o be_v say_v rev._n 11._o 15._o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n and_o he_o shall_v reign_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o here_o i_o demand_v be_v not_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n before_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n before_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o great_a city_n before_o that_o time_n when_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n begin_v to_o be_v destroy_v i_o answer_v they_o be_v his_o kingdom_n jure_v by_o right_n they_o be_v his_o by_o virtue_n of_o purchase_n 1500_o year_n ago_o and_o more_o but_o he_o enter_v not_o into_o the_o actual_a possession_n till_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o tyrannical_a kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n he_o receive_v institution_n &_o jus_o ad_fw-la rem_fw-la above_o 1500_o year_n ago_o but_o he_o have_v not_o inâ—…uction_n &_o jus_o in_o re_fw-mi till_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o therefore_o these_o word_n be_v special_o and_o emphatical_o add_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d thou_o have_v take_v to_o thyself_o thy_o great_a power_n and_o haste_n reign_v in_o which_o word_n the_o holy_a spirit_n do_v insinuate_v that_o before_o the_o sound_n of_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n the_o lord_n christ_n by_o his_o own_o free_a and_o voluntary_a permission_n do_v suffer_v the_o beast_n and_o other_o monarchical_a state_n to_o encroach_v upon_o he_o and_o to_o detain_v his_o power_n for_o 1260_o year_n at_o the_o end_n of_o this_o time_n he_o do_v resume_v and_o take_v the_o power_n to_o himself_o alone_o this_o be_v the_o scope_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o for_o the_o argument_n of_o mr_n hayne_n that_o christ_n be_v a_o establish_a king_n upon_o mount_n zion_n when_o herod_n and_o pontius_n pilate_n conspire_v against_o he_o i_o will_v further_o add_v that_o in_o those_o time_n when_o the_o beast_n rule_v over_o all_o and_o when_o all_o worship_v his_o image_n and_o receive_v his_o mark_n in_o those_o very_a time_n the_o lamb_n stand_v upon_o mount_n zion_n and_o with_o he_o 144000_o have_v their_o father_n name_v write_v in_o their_o forehead_n chap._n 14._o vers_fw-la 1._o now_o i_o believe_v none_o that_o understand_v the_o scope_n of_o the_o prophecy_n will_v affirm_v that_o christ_n be_v state_v in_o his_o monarchical_a kingdom_n in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n upon_o the_o earth_n to_o speak_v proper_o these_o be_v rather_o the_o time_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o of_o the_o exinanition_n and_o concealment_n of_o the_o glory_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n the_o king_n do_v agree_v to_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n and_o must_v do_v so_o till_o the_o word_n of_o god_n be_v fulfil_v when_o this_o be_v do_v the_o beast_n shall_v be_v destroy_v his_o body_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o burn_a fire_n and_o then_o the_o lord_n christ_n shall_v begin_v to_o reign_v mr_n hayne_n it_o must_v be_v grant_v that_o christ_n kingdom_n when_o it_o be_v set_v up_o be_v more_o powerful_a than_o rome_n which_o to_o this_o day_n never_o can_v though_o assist_v by_o the_o gate_n of_o hell_n either_o by_o may_v or_o policy_n prevail_v against_o christ_n kingdom_n answer_n it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v in_o itself_o strong_a than_o any_o monarchical_a kingdom_n whatsoever_o but_o the_o great_a question_n be_v whether_o it_o be_v his_o mind_n at_o all_o time_n to_o eâ—…ert_v and_o put_v forth_o his_o power_n if_o this_o have_v be_v his_o mind_n why_o do_v he_o not_o dash_v in_o piece_n the_o babylonian_a the_o persian_a the_o grecian_a and_o the_o roman_a power_n as_o soon_o as_o they_o have_v any_o be_v why_o have_v they_o any_o liberty_n give_v they_o to_o afflict_v the_o saint_n in_o these_o variation_n and_o change_n of_o empire_n the_o lord_n christ_n will_v not_o put_v out_o his_o power_n till_o the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n upon_o the_o earth_n shall_v begin_v again_o we_o do_v not_o absolute_o and_o simple_o affirm_v that_o the_o lord_n christ_n do_v not_o exert_a and_o put_v out_o his_o power_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n for_o he_o arm_v his_o saint_n with_o faith_n and_o patience_n and_o make_v they_o able_a to_o suffer_v but_o this_o we_o affirm_v he_o do_v not_o put_v forth_o his_o power_n to_o the_o destruction_n of_o these_o kingdom_n in_o their_o tyranny_n and_o rage_n against_o the_o church_n when_o the_o babylonian_a stand_v in_o all_o greatness_n of_o power_n it_o can_v not_o overcome_v the_o spirit_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o three_o child_n and_o when_o the_o ten_o horn_n do_v agree_v together_o to_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n the_o lamb_n do_v overcome_v they_o for_o he_o be_v lord_n of_o lord_n and_o king_n of_o king_n and_o they_o that_o be_v with_o he_o be_v call_v and_o choose_v and_o faithful_a chap._n 17._o vers_fw-la 14._o it_o be_v manifest_a then_o that_o the_o lord_n christ_n do_v put_v out_o his_o power_n to_o hold_v up_o the_o faith_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o to_o make_v they_o able_a to_o suffer_v but_o for_o the_o present_a he_o do_v not_o break_v those_o tyrannical_a empire_n in_o piece_n to_o make_v they_o submit_v to_o the_o law_n of_o the_o gospel_n he_o do_v not_o nor_o will_v not_o exert_v and_o send_v forth_o that_o part_n of_o power_n till_o the_o time_n and_o season_n do_v come_v when_o his_o monarchical_a kingdom_n shall_v begin_v the_o apostle_n say_v 1_o tim._n cap._n 6._o vers_fw-la 15._o in_o his_o time_n he_o will_v show_v who_o be_v the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o only_a potentate_n the_o king_n of_o king_n and_o the_o lord_n of_o lord_n he_o will_v set_v forth_o his_o monarchical_a sovereignty_n and_o potency_n but_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o his_o own_o time_n in_o that_o season_n which_o the_o father_n have_v appoint_v for_o his_o sovereignty_n and_o dominion_n now_o that_o time_n according_a to_o the_o scripture_n be_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n and_o more_o particular_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n but_o let_v we_o proceed_v mr_n hayne_n christ_n in_o s._n john_n time_n be_v the_o prince_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n rev._n 1._o 5._o have_v all_o thing_n give_v he_o by_o his_o father_n luk._n 10._o 22._o all_o power_n in_o heaven_n and_o earth_n be_v give_v he_o before_o his_o ascension_n matth._n 28._o 18._o so_o that_o he_o be_v the_o head_n of_o the_o church_n his_o body_n and_o in_o place_n far_o above_o all_o principality_n and_o power_n and_o domination_n and_o every_o title_n and_o name_n that_o be_v name_v not_o in_o this_o world_n only_o but_o in_o the_o world_n to_o come_v eph._n 1._o 21_o 22._o therefore_o at_o christ_n be_v here_o on_o earth_n or_o near_o unto_o that_o time_n he_o have_v a_o absolute_a and_o boundless_a sovereignty_n far_o above_o all_o monarch_n that_o hereâ—…ofore_o live_v or_o shall_v ever_o live_v hereafter_o answer_n to_o this_o matter_n i_o have_v speak_v before_o scil_n that_o the_o kingdom_n give_v to_o the_o son_n at_o his_o ascension_n be_v far_o great_a than_o any_o earthly_a kingdom_n whatsoever_o but_o the_o question_n here_o be_v whether_o do_v he_o enter_v into_o the_o possession_n of_o that_o kingdom_n yea_o or_o no_o there_o be_v a_o power_n give_v to_o christ_n at_o his_o ascension_n by_o virtue_n of_o which_o he_o be_v able_a to_o destroy_v the_o beast_n the_o false_a prophet_n the_o dragon_n gog_n and_o magog_n death_n and_o hell_n and_o all_o other_o enemy_n yet_o we_o see_v that_o he_o do_v not_o nor_o will_v not_o execute_v and_o put_v forth_o his_o power_n in_o their_o destruction_n till_o the_o time_n appoint_v of_o the_o father_n till_o the_o saint_n have_v pass_v the_o time_n of_o their_o patience_n and_o suffering_n
earthly_a monarchy_n and_o kingdom_n answer_n for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n i_o acknowledge_v that_o it_o be_v far_o above_o earthly_a monarchy_n in_o largeness_n of_o dominion_n in_o greatness_n of_o power_n in_o time_n of_o continuance_n yet_o we_o do_v not_o vilify_v and_o debase_v it_o by_o compaâ—…ing_v it_o with_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n we_o see_v both_o in_o daniel_n and_o in_o the_o revelation_n that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o the_o monarchy_n be_v all_o number_v together_o and_o be_v set_v one_o in_o opposition_n against_o the_o other_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n against_o the_o government_n of_o this_o world_n further_o we_o have_v good_a reason_n to_o affirm_v that_o this_o kingdom_n be_v not_o begin_v in_o that_o fullness_n and_o amplitude_n of_o power_n as_o it_o shall_v have_v because_o the_o lord_n christ_n have_v not_o yet_o rule_v universal_o over_o the_o know_a part_n of_o the_o earth_n as_o earthly_a monarch_n have_v do_v mr_n hayne_n that_o christ_n have_v not_o so_o rule_v the_o reason_n be_v easy_o give_v soloman_n who_o excel_v in_o abundance_n of_o all_o outward_a and_o royal_a accoutrement_n find_v all_o to_o be_v vanity_n of_o vanity_n and_o vexation_n of_o spirit_n answer_n that_o christ_n have_v not_o so_o rule_v be_v because_o the_o time_n of_o such_o a_o manner_n of_o ruling_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v to_o that_o fullness_n of_o perfection_n as_o it_o shall_v have_v the_o scripture_n do_v everywhere_o speak_v of_o his_o kingdom_n over_o jew_n and_o gentile_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n and_o shall_v any_o imagine_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o such_o kingdom_n and_o though_o that_o of_o solomon_n be_v right_o apply_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n that_o they_o be_v all_o vanity_n of_o vanity_n yet_o we_o must_v take_v heed_n that_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v not_o speak_v of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ._n for_o the_o nature_n of_o this_o kingdom_n we_o desire_v that_o we_o may_v not_o be_v mistake_v we_o do_v not_o plead_v for_o a_o personal_a note_n reign_n nor_o a_o literal_a resurrection_n of_o the_o martyr_n nor_o a_o confluence_n of_o all_o sensual_a delight_n as_o many_o have_v do_v that_o which_o we_o principal_o stand_v for_o be_v the_o universal_a subjection_n of_o the_o nation_n to_o the_o law_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o church_n from_o such_o persecution_n as_o have_v be_v in_o all_o antichristian_a time_n when_o the_o government_n of_o this_o world_n have_v be_v engage_v to_o afflict_v the_o church_n for_o as_o former_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v deceive_v do_v yield_v a_o universal_a subjection_n to_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o to_o the_o law_n make_v by_o his_o authority_n so_o the_o time_n shall_v be_v when_o the_o spiritual_a excellency_n of_o the_o gospel_n shall_v be_v discover_v to_o the_o world_n then_o the_o domination_n dignity_n state_n and_o government_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v willing_o submit_v to_o the_o law_n of_o christ_n whole_a nation_n shall_v come_v in_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gospel_n they_o that_o will_v note_n call_v such_o a_o kingdom_n vanity_n of_o vanity_n must_v needs_o call_v many_o promise_n of_o the_o scripture_n vanity_n of_o vanity_n for_o many_o promise_n be_v concern_v the_o bring_n in_o of_o the_o fullness_n of_o the_o gentile_n when_o that_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v call_v second_o the_o hallâ—…lujah_o that_o be_v sing_v to_o the_o lord_n christ_n at_o the_o burn_a of_o the_o great_a whore_n be_v in_o reference_n to_o this_o the_o lord_n god_n omnipotent_a reign_v chap._n 19_o vers_fw-la 6._o for_o as_o the_o great_a whore_n sometime_o reign_v over_o the_o nation_n when_o their_o law_n statute_n custom_n privilege_n and_o all_o other_o thing_n be_v make_v subject_a to_o the_o authority_n of_o that_o church_n so_o the_o lord_n christ_n shall_v reign_v when_o the_o nation_n shall_v willing_o yield_v themselves_o up_o to_o be_v govern_v by_o his_o sceptre_n and_o shall_v live_v in_o subordination_n to_o the_o law_n of_o the_o gospel_n be_v it_o far_o therefore_o from_o any_o to_o think_v that_o the_o haleluia_o be_v sing_v to_o christ_n in_o reference_n to_o his_o monarchical_a reign_n and_o such_o a_o reign_n when_o all_o come_v to_o all_o be_v but_o vanity_n of_o vanity_n but_o leave_v this_o point_n let_v we_o come_v to_o that_o which_o be_v more_o pertinent_a to_o our_o purpose_n to_o the_o discourse_n concern_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o to_o the_o parallel_n between_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o dan._n 7_o and_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n mr_n hayne_n the_o beast_n rev._n 13._o express_v not_o the_o very_a same_o but_o a_o like_a kingdom_n to_o the_o four_o kingdom_n dan._n 7._o therefore_o it_o be_v not_o one_o and_o the_o same_o roman_a kingdom_n that_o the_o beast_n rev._n 1â—…_n express_v not_o the_o very_a same_o but_o a_o like_a kingdom_n i_o thus_o prove_v the_o chief_a mystical_a and_o figurative_a term_n in_o the_o revelation_n have_v reference_n to_o some_o thing_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n express_v some_o new_a matter_n like_o the_o old_a yet_o not_o the_o same_o with_o the_o old_a but_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n have_v in_o the_o figurative_a and_o mystical_a term_n thereof_o reference_n to_o the_o old_a testament_n namely_o to_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o propheâ—…ie_n of_o daniel_n therefore_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n express_v not_o the_o same_o but_o a_o like_a kingdom_n to_o that_o in_o daniel_n prophecy_n what_o i_o affirm_v of_o the_o chief_a mystical_a and_o figurative_a term_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v evident_a for_o egypt_n babylon_n the_o new_a jerusalem_n the_o wilderness_n paradise_n manna_n express_v new_a term_n like_v 〈…〉_z same_o answer_n i_o can_v see_v no_o reason_n but_o the_o four_o beast_n with_o ten_o 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o substance_n with_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n they_o be_v â—…et_o out_o by_o one_o and_o the_o same_o character_n with_o the_o same_o circumstance_n and_o both_o prophecy_n do_v pitch_n upon_o one_o and_o the_o same_o roman_a kingdom_n and_o what_o mr_n hayne_n do_v allege_v to_o 〈◊〉_d contrary_a in_o my_o apprehension_n be_v not_o of_o such_o great_a moment_n for_o what_o if_o it_o happen_v many_o time_n that_o the_o 〈◊〉_d mystical_a term_n in_o the_o revelation_n have_v reference_n to_o 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o old_a testament_n express_v some_o new_a matter_n 〈◊〉_d the_o old_a yet_o not_o the_o same_o with_o the_o old_a what_o if_o this_o be_v true_a in_o many_o particular_n as_o in_o those_o aforenamed_a yet_o it_o dâ—…th_v not_o follow_v that_o it_o be_v true_a in_o every_o particular_a we_o can_v show_v many_o instance_n to_o the_o contrary_a that_o the_o same_o truth_n be_v literal_o and_o historical_o mention_v in_o both_o prophecy_n first_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v describe_v to_o be_v a_o everlasting_a kingdom_n that_o shall_v not_o pass_v away_o dan._n 2._o and_o be_v not_o this_o one_o and_o the_o same_o numerical_a kingdom_n with_o that_o which_o be_v mention_v in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n concern_v the_o dominion_n of_o christ_n that_o he_o be_v alpha_n and_o omega_n the_o first_o and_o the_o last_o which_o be_v and_o which_o be_v and_o which_o be_v to_o come_v the_o lord_n almighty_a second_o muâ—…h_n be_v speak_v iâ—…_n the_o old_a prophet_n concern_v the_o future_a glory_n of_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n that_o shall_v be_v at_o the_o call_v of_o that_o nation_n and_o be_v not_o the_o same_o thing_n numerical_o and_o in_o term_n repeat_v by_o paul_n in_o roman_n 11_o and_o by_o john_n in_o the_o revelation_n but_o now_o let_v we_o come_v more_o particular_o to_o inquire_v concern_v the_o ten-horned_n beast_n whether_o he_o be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o both_o prophecy_n for_o if_o mr_n hayne_n or_o other_o interpreter_n of_o his_o way_n can_v make_v it_o appear_v that_o this_o beast_n be_v the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n and_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v the_o ten_o king_n in_o a_o lineal_a succession_n we_o will_v willing_o yield_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o he_o affirm_v but_o on_o the_o contrary_a if_o we_o can_v make_v it_o appear_v and_o that_o by_o true_a demonstration_n that_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n then_o we_o may_v conclude_v that_o one_o kingdom_n be_v identical_o literal_o and_o historical_o speak_v of_o in_o both_o prophecy_n and_o that_o john_n do_v but_o more_o full_o declare_v those_o thing_n which_o be_v more_o full_o decipher_v in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n this_o be_v that_o which_o we_o shoot_v at_o to_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o both_o daniel_n and_o john_n do_v describe_v one_o and_o
the_o same_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n under_o the_o type_n of_o a_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n this_o be_v once_o explain_v the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o number_n 666_o and_o other_o apocalyptical_a mystery_n will_v begin_v to_o be_v make_v clear_a but_o see_v that_o dr_n willet_n in_o his_o commentary_n upon_o daniel_n and_o in_o his_o appendix_n against_o grasserus_n be_v something_o more_o copious_a in_o this_o matter_n we_o will_v therefore_o more_o diligent_o inquire_v whether_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o daniel_n be_v the_o seleucian_n or_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n the_o query_n be_v of_o three_o sort_n the_o first_o from_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n the_o second_o from_o the_o ten_o horn_n the_o three_o from_o the_o description_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n the_o query_n from_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n be_v these_o querie_n 1_o how_o can_v the_o seleucidae_n be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n upon_o the_o earth_n under_o the_o type_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n see_v they_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o head_n of_o the_o three_o beast_n go_v before_o chap._n 7._o vers_fw-la 6._o chap._n 8._o vers_fw-la 8_o 22._o if_o they_o make_v one_o of_o the_o four_o head_n with_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n they_o can_v be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n the_o four_o beast_n must_v necessary_o be_v the_o roman_a seeing_z the_o third_z with_o four_o head_n be_v the_o grecian_a go_v before_o but_o dr_n willet_n thus_o reply_v alexander_n four_o captain_n be_v at_o the_o first_o regent_n under_o he_o and_o his_o successor_n aridaeus_n but_o they_o become_v the_o four_o beast_n when_o they_o erect_v the_o kingdom_n to_o themselves_o if_o we_o put_v alexander_n and_o his_o successor_n together_o we_o can_v give_v a_o clear_a reason_n why_o the_o three_o beast_n may_v be_v say_v to_o have_v four_o head_n because_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o monarchy_n of_o the_o people_n of_o greece_n that_o nation_n become_v divide_v into_o four_o kingdom_n as_o appear_v dan._n 8._o 8_o 22._o but_o if_o we_o take_v alexander_n and_o his_o successor_n aridaeus_n asunder_o from_o the_o four_o successor_n i_o can_v see_v possible_o how_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n in_o that_o abstract_n consideration_n may_v be_v say_v to_o have_v four_o head_n or_o that_o it_o may_v be_v decipher_v proper_o by_o such_o a_o character_n the_o four_o head_n do_v signify_v the_o four_o division_n of_o the_o greek_a monarchy_n and_o can_v this_o be_v a_o character_n of_o alexander_n kingdom_n which_o in_o itself_o consider_v have_v no_o head_n part_n or_o division_n at_o all_o the_o scripture_n speak_v plain_o that_o the_o grecian_a be_v one_o entire_a kingdom_n in_o he_o and_o after_o his_o eradication_n the_o dominion_n begin_v to_o be_v divide_v into_o four_o part_n therefore_o his_o successor_n quatenus_fw-la head_n have_v no_o be_v at_o all_o in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o his_o dominion_n much_o less_o can_v they_o be_v the_o character_n of_o his_o kingdom_n at_o who_o only_a extirpation_n they_o be_v to_o begin_v as_o head_n of_o the_o grecian_a state_n beside_o it_o will_v be_v a_o great_a work_n to_o prove_v out_o of_o the_o story_n that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n be_v govern_v by_o four_o principal_a regent_n in_o his_o time_n and_o further_o if_o it_o can_v be_v make_v appear_v still_o this_o will_v be_v a_o great_a question_n whether_o in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o monarchy_n the_o scripture_n will_v look_v to_o such_o inferior_a administration_n darius_n the_o king_n set_v over_o the_o mede-persian_a kingdom_n 120_o prince_n dan._n 6._o 1_o 2_o 3._o and_o yet_o we_o do_v not_o read_v that_o this_o number_n of_o regent_n be_v set_v forth_o as_o the_o special_a character_n of_o that_o monarchy_n we_o have_v a_o clear_a reason_n in_o the_o scripture_n wherefore_o the_o grecian_a state_n be_v figure_v by_o the_o type_n of_o four_o head_n scil_n in_o relation_n to_o the_o quadri-partite_a division_n of_o alexander_n kingdomâ—…_n after_o his_o death_n therefore_o the_o notion_n of_o the_o four_o regent_n of_o alexander_n during_o his_o life_n time_n i_o take_v rather_o to_o be_v a_o evasion_n than_o a_o just_a truth_n ground_v upon_o the_o prophecy_n or_o the_o civil_a story_n querie_n 2._o how_o can_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n upon_o the_o earth_n that_o shall_v be_v different_a from_o the_o former_a and_o shall_v devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n and_o tread_v it_o down_o and_o break_v it_o in_o piece_n chap._n 7._o vers_fw-la 23._o how_o can_v this_o be_v apply_v to_o they_o the_o seleucidae_n be_v far_o inferior_a to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n four_o king_n or_o kingdom_n do_v arise_v out_o of_o he_o but_o not_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o his_o strength_n chap._n 8._o vers_fw-la 22._o further_o the_o seleucians_n be_v far_o inferior_a to_o the_o former_a monarchy_n of_o babel_n and_o persia_n in_o greatness_n of_o power_n and_o largeness_n of_o dominion_n on_o the_o contrary_a if_o we_o apply_v the_o four_o beast_n to_o the_o roman_a all_o the_o property_n of_o that_o beast_n will_v be_v verify_v iâ—…_n him_z first_o the_o admirable_a condition_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n above_o the_o former_a second_o his_o multi-form_n and_o various_a shape_n three_o the_o greatness_n of_o terror_n four_o the_o high_a degree_n of_o strength_n five_o his_o iron-teeth_n and_o brazen-nayle_n six_o his_o action_n to_o devour_v and_o to_o break_v in_o piece_n seven_o the_o object_n of_o his_o victory_n to_o subdue_v the_o whole_a earth_n eight_o the_o time_n of_o the_o continuance_n and_o so_o the_o earth_n have_v long_a continue_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n than_o under_o any_o nay_o under_o aâ—…l_a the_o metal-kingdom_n all_o these_o property_n agree_v to_o the_o roman_a and_o i_o can_v possible_o see_v how_o they_o may_v be_v applicable_a to_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n but_o dr_n willet_n reply_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n make_v the_o four_o beast_n not_o so_o much_o in_o respect_n of_o great_a strength_n as_o in_o respect_n of_o great_a cruelty_n and_o hardness_n of_o disposition_n against_o the_o people_n of_o god_n the_o jew_n and_o therefore_o when_o it_o be_v say_v of_o this_o kingdom_n that_o it_o do_v devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n this_o be_v not_o simple_o the_o whole_a earth_n but_o the_o whole_a earth_n about_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n if_o we_o shall_v grant_v this_o principle_n of_o cruel_a disposition_n against_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n this_o will_v strong_o prove_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n for_o the_o jew_n suffer_v much_o from_o the_o babylonian_n much_o from_o the_o persian_n more_o from_o the_o grecian_n yet_o most_o of_o all_o from_o the_o roman_n they_o be_v under_o the_o roman_a tyranny_n for_o the_o space_n of_o 130_o year_n together_o and_o then_o last_o of_o all_o the_o nation_n and_o church_n be_v destroy_v by_o their_o mean_n the_o suffering_n of_o the_o jew_n under_o antiochus_n be_v great_a but_o they_o be_v not_o to_o be_v compare_v with_o the_o last_o and_o fatal_a destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n our_o saviour_n himself_o do_v testify_v as_o much_o when_o he_o speak_v concern_v the_o great_a calamity_n that_o shall_v come_v by_o the_o roman_n luk._n 21._o vers_fw-la 20_o 21_o 22_o 23._o and_o this_o also_o be_v well_o observe_v by_o a_o certain_a nameless_a writer_n in_o a_o tract_n concern_v antichrist_n and_o the_o four_o monarchy_n for_o say_v he_o quamvis_fw-la antiochus_n graviter_fw-la afflixit_fw-la juâ—…aeos_fw-la tamen_fw-la ea_fw-la afflictio_fw-la ad_fw-la tempus_fw-la tantum_fw-la duravit_fw-la &_o cum_fw-la illa_fw-la 〈◊〉_d quae_fw-la a_o romans_n facta_fw-la est_fw-la nequaquam_fw-la conferenda_fw-la therefore_o if_o the_o great_a degree_n of_o cruelty_n against_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n do_v give_v denomination_n to_o the_o four_o beast_n the_o great_a suffering_n of_o the_o jew_n have_v be_v under_o the_o roman_n second_o in_o the_o case_n of_o the_o monarchy_n in_o the_o chaldee_n vision_n i_o see_v no_o reason_n why_o the_o jew_n shall_v be_v call_v the_o only_a people_n of_o god_n in_o dan._n 2._o there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o how_o that_o kingdom_n shall_v break_v the_o metal-kingdom_n now_o be_v this_o verify_v in_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n do_v they_o only_o make_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n or_o have_v they_o be_v only_o use_v as_o instrument_n to_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n again_o it_o be_v mention_v that_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a till_o the_o saint_n take_v the_o kingdom_n now_o what_o warrant_n be_v there_o to_o take_v they_o only_o for_o the_o saint_n of_o
ask_v what_o and_o who_o be_v they_o after_o who_o the_o little_a horn_n shall_v arise_v be_v they_o not_o the_o ten_o king_n signify_v by_o the_o ten_o horn_n and_o be_v not_o then_o the_o little_a horn_n the_o eleven_o in_o the_o same_o succession_n mr_n mede_n in_o his_o apost_n pag._n 74._o think_v that_o the_o word_n do_v best_o run_v in_o this_o sense_n out_o of_o this_o kingdom_n ten_o king_n shall_v arise_v and_o another_o shall_v arise_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d behind_o they_o as_o the_o 70_o translate_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d this_o plain_o show_v the_o rise_n of_o ten_o horn_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n rise_v behind_o they_o in_o the_o order_n of_o time_n three_o let_v we_o go_v to_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o word_n go_v before_o for_o daniel_n will_v know_v the_o truth_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n and_o of_o the_o ten_o horn_n and_o of_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o come_v up_o after_o they_o and_o the_o angel_n answer_n be_v suitable_a to_o the_o question_n the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v and_o another_o shall_v arise_v up_o after_o they_o and_o shall_v be_v diverse_a from_o the_o first_o vers_n 24._o now_o be_v not_o here_o a_o plain_a antithesis_fw-la or_o opposition_n betwixt_o the_o ten_o horn_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o come_v up_o after_o upon_o these_o ground_n we_o may_v conclude_v that_o there_o be_v eleven_o horn_n mention_v in_o the_o text_n now_o if_o these_o be_v eleven_o king_n lineal_o succeed_v why_o be_v the_o beast_n call_v and_o set_v forth_o by_o the_o character_n of_o ten_o horn_n why_o be_v the_o most_o tyrannical_a prince_n leave_v out_o of_o the_o number_n but_o on_o the_o contrary_a if_o you_o take_v the_o four_o beast_n for_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n and_o the_o ten_o horn_n for_o the_o ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v in_o a_o famous_a change_n of_o state_n all_o thing_n will_v agree_v for_o though_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v more_o tyrannical_a than_o any_o of_o the_o ten_o yet_o it_o be_v not_o of_o that_o edition_n of_o horn_n from_o whence_o the_o beast_n fetch_v his_o proper_a denomination_n in_o the_o goat_n of_o graeciae_fw-la chap._n 8._o there_o be_v six_o horn_n in_o all_o first_o alexander_n the_o great_a horn_n second_o his_o successor_n four_o notable_a horn_n and_o then_o three_o out_o of_o one_o of_o they_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n a_o little_a horn._n yet_o we_o do_v not_o say_v that_o six_o horn_n but_o four_o head_n and_o four_o horn_n be_v the_o proper_a character_n of_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n for_o in_o a_o famous_a mutation_n of_o state_n that_o monarchy_n become_v divide_v into_o four_o realm_n so_o likewise_o though_o the_o little_a horn_n scil_n the_o papacy_n be_v more_o terrible_a than_o any_o of_o the_o ten_o go_v before_o yet_o the_o ten_o horn_n give_v the_o denomination_n to_o the_o beast_n because_o the_o roman_a in_o a_o famous_a alteration_n of_o government_n be_v parâ—…ed_v into_o ten_o inferior_a dominion_n there_o be_v a_o delineation_n of_o the_o roman_a by_o the_o same_o character_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n chap._n 17._o vers_fw-la 12._o now_o whereas_o dr_n willet_n make_v the_o question_n how_o ten_o king_n may_v arise_v out_o of_o one_o kingdom_n at_o one_o time_n i_o answer_v as_o well_o as_o four_o king_n or_o realm_n may_v arise_v out_o of_o one_o grecian_a kingdom_n at_o one_o time_n the_o four_o horn_n be_v four_o king_n or_o kingdom_n which_o shall_v stand_v up_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d out_o of_o that_o nation_n chap._n 8._o vers_fw-la 22._o so_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o king_n that_o shall_v arise_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d ex_fw-la regno_fw-la out_o of_o that_o four_o or_o roman_a kingdom_n chap._n 7._o vers_fw-la 24._o querie_n 2._o if_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o king_n in_o a_o lineal_a succession_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v one_o in_o the_o same_o row_n or_o order_n why_o do_v the_o spirit_n put_v such_o a_o difference_n between_o the_o one_o and_o the_o other_o according_a to_o the_o text_n there_o be_v a_o great_a distance_n between_o they_o they_o be_v of_o a_o former_a edition_n this_o of_o a_o latter_a they_o come_v up_o together_o and_o be_v of_o the_o same_o kind_n this_o after_o some_o pause_n or_o interval_n of_o time_n come_v up_o after_o they_o be_v diverse_a from_o they_o before_o who_o three_o of_o the_o former_a be_v pluck_v up_o by_o the_o root_n if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o row_n of_o seleucian_n king_n i_o can_v see_v how_o this_o can_v be_v true_a either_o in_o the_o general_n or_o in_o the_o particular_a accommodation_n in_o the_o general_a it_o be_v not_o true_a for_o the_o seleucian_n king_n reign_v one_o after_o another_o make_v but_o one_o dynastie_a for_o though_o some_o of_o the_o king_n be_v more_o mighty_a than_o other_o and_o some_o more_o cruel_a against_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n yet_o all_o make_v but_o one_o succession_n of_o king_n in_o the_o same_o kingdom_n now_o if_o you_o look_v to_o the_o text_n there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o a_o double_a change_n or_o form_n of_o state_n the_o first_o be_v when_o the_o ten_o king_n arise_v the_o second_o when_o the_o little_a horn_n arise_v up_o after_o they_o which_o be_v diverse_a from_o they_o and_o subdue_v three_o of_o the_o former_a king_n and_o so_o become_v great_a the_o scope_n of_o this_o scripture_n be_v concern_v the_o division_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n into_o ten_o regency_n or_o division_n at_o one_o time_n and_o after_o some_o space_n of_o time_n it_o show_v how_o the_o little_a horn_n arise_v and_o subdue_v three_o of_o the_o former_a realm_n we_o can_v see_v how_o this_o can_v be_v speak_v so_o proper_o of_o king_n reign_v one_o after_o another_o in_o the_o same_o policy_n or_o government_n neither_o be_v it_o true_a in_o the_o particular_a accommodation_n for_o they_o that_o will_v have_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n to_o be_v the_o little_a horn_n they_o have_v not_o yet_o clear_v the_o point_n first_o how_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v the_o ten_o seleucian_n king_n second_o how_o he_o be_v more_o potent_a than_o his_o father_n antiochus_n magnus_n or_o seleucâ—…_n nicanor_n three_o how_o he_o do_v pluck_v up_o three_o of_o the_o former_a seleucian_n king_n by_o the_o root_n four_o how_o he_o do_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a till_o the_o saint_n do_v take_v the_o kingdom_n which_o shall_v be_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o five_o how_o he_o do_v continue_v his_o dominion_n and_o persecution_n so_o long_o till_o the_o beast_n be_v destroy_v and_o his_o body_n give_v to_o the_o burn_a fire_n all_o these_o particular_n have_v not_o yet_o be_v clear_v in_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n something_o have_v be_v speak_v in_o the_o commentary_n which_o i_o take_v rather_o to_o be_v evasion_n than_o just_a answer_n on_o the_o contrary_a if_o you_o take_v the_o roman_a for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n all_o thing_n will_v agree_v for_o in_o a_o famous_a revolution_n of_o empire_n that_o monarchy_n become_v divide_v into_o ten_o inferior_a realm_n as_o it_o be_v set_v forth_o by_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten_o horned_a beast_n our_o of_o the_o sea_n rev._n 13._o 1._o after_o this_o another_o rose_z out_o of_o the_o earth_n this_o in_o daniel_n be_v call_v the_o little_a horn_n which_o be_v the_o emblem_n and_o type_n of_o the_o papal_a government_n now_o to_o this_o last_o edition_n of_o roman_a state_n all_o the_o aforemention_v particular_n do_v agree_v first_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o this_o be_v more_o dreadful_a than_o any_o of_o the_o horn_n go_v before_o second_o that_o it_o do_v eradicate_v some_o of_o the_o former_a to_o have_v elbow-room_n in_o italy_n three_o that_o it_o do_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n four_o that_o the_o wear_n out_o of_o the_o saint_n be_v till_o the_o body_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v cast_v into_o the_o burn_a fire_n and_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a do_v begin_v to_o reign_v with_o christ_n chap._n 19_o vers_fw-la 20._o and_o chap._n 20._o vers_fw-la 4._o querie_n 3_o if_o the_o ten_o horn_n be_v ten_o king_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n the_o last_o king_n why_o be_v it_o say_v i_o consider_v the_o horn_n and_o behold_v there_o come_v up_o among_o they_o another_o little_a horn_n vers_fw-la 8._o if_o these_o be_v so_o many_o king_n in_o a_o lineal_a succession_n how_o can_v the_o little_a horn_n that_o come_v last_o of_o all_o be_v say_v to_o come_v up_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d inter_fw-la ea_fw-la among_o they_o to_o have_v be_v and_o existence_n with_o they_o we_o do_v willing_o yield_v that_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v one_o of_o the_o seleucian_n
such_o a_o sense_n may_v be_v admit_v for_o we_o read_v in_o the_o scripture_n that_o the_o davidical_a kingdom_n shall_v be_v destroy_v for_o the_o sin_n of_o manass_v king_n of_o judah_n 2_o king_n 23._o 26._o yet_o the_o destruction_n be_v many_o year_n after_o his_o death_n though_o such_o a_o sense_n may_v be_v admit_v yet_o it_o will_v not_o stand_v in_o the_o present_a case_n for_o in_o this_o chapter_n the_o little_a horn_n be_v say_v to_o continue_v till_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n it_o be_v say_v in_o express_a term_n in_o the_o 26_o verse_n that_o the_o judgement_n shall_v sit_v and_o they_o shall_v take_v away_o his_o dominion_n to_o consume_v and_o to_o destroy_v it_o to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n here_o i_o demand_v who_o dominion_n be_v it_o that_o they_o shall_v take_v away_o be_v it_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n hornless_a and_o harmless_a no_o this_o be_v immediate_o speak_v of_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o shall_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a and_o shall_v change_v law_n and_o time_n a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n touch_v this_o little_a horn_n it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o judgement_n shall_v sit_v and_o they_o shall_v take_v away_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d his_o kingdom_n they_o shall_v bereave_v he_o of_o his_o dominion_n therefore_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n shall_v continue_v to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o to_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o yet_o further_o daniel_n do_v desire_v to_o know_v the_o truth_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n and_o of_o the_o ten_o horn_n &_o of_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o come_v up_o after_o they_o i_o behold_v say_v he_o and_o the_o same_o horn_n make_v war_n with_o the_o saint_n and_o prevail_v against_o they_o until_o the_o ancient_a of_o day_n come_v and_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a &_o the_o time_n come_v that_o the_o saint_n possess_v the_o kingdom_n vers_fw-la 22._o from_o these_o word_n also_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n do_v extend_v to_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n now_o how_o this_o shall_v be_v verify_v in_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n it_o be_v not_o as_o yet_o make_v so_o clear_a to_o i_o but_o if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o papacy_n all_o thing_n will_v agree_v for_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n must_v wear_v out_o the_o saint_n a_o time_n and_o time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n rev._n 12._o 14._o rev._n 11._o 7_o 8_o 9_o now_o when_o this_o time_n be_v once_o fulfil_v the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n shall_v both_o of_o they_o be_v cast_v into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n and_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o his_o saint_n shall_v begin_v upon_o the_o earth_n rev._n 19_o 20._o rev._n 20._o 1_o 2_o 3_o 4._o but_o by_o the_o way_n because_o some_o stand_v for_o a_o personal_a reign_n of_o christ_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n because_o then_o the_o note_n son_n of_o man_n be_v say_v to_o come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n i_o answer_v that_o they_o have_v no_o reason_n to_o take_v that_o strict_o which_o we_o can_v prove_v from_o the_o harmony_n of_o scripture_n aught_o to_o be_v construe_v with_o some_o kind_n of_o latitude_n these_o thing_n be_v show_v to_o daniel_n who_o see_v afar_o off_o as_o join_v together_o and_o yet_o in_o experience_n they_o do_v not_o meet_v in_o the_o same_o juncture_n of_o time_n as_o for_o example_n a_o man_n that_o travel_v in_o wales_n or_o some_o suchlike_a hilly_a country_n while_o he_o be_v yet_o at_o a_o long_a distance_n he_o may_v see_v the_o top_n of_o two_o great_a mountain_n as_o though_o they_o be_v near_o together_o yet_o when_o he_o come_v to_o look_v upon_o they_o with_o a_o more_o distinct_a view_n the_o one_o may_v be_v ten_o or_o twelve_o mile_n beyond_o the_o other_o in_o the_o distance_n of_o place_n it_o be_v well_o know_v also_o that_o when_o the_o apostle_n make_v mention_v of_o the_o come_n of_o antichrist_n they_o also_o speak_v of_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n 2_o thess._n 2._o what_o then_o shall_v we_o argue_v as_o many_o do_v that_o the_o discovery_n of_o antichrist_n will_v not_o be_v till_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n this_o can_v be_v we_o that_o live_v in_o these_o time_n may_v see_v more_o clear_o that_o antichrist_n have_v be_v reveal_v many_o hundred_o year_n ago_o and_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v if_o therefore_o a_o reason_n be_v demand_v why_o these_o two_o the_o revelation_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n be_v couple_v together_o we_o may_v say_v that_o the_o apostle_n who_o see_v afar_o off_o speak_v of_o these_o thing_n because_o they_o shall_v happen_v in_o the_o last_o time_n though_o in_o the_o particularity_n of_o time_n the_o one_o may_v be_v before_o the_o other_o in_o like_a manner_n the_o prophet_n daniel_n who_o live_v very_o remote_a from_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n from_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o from_o the_o come_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n to_o he_o all_o these_o thing_n in_o the_o general_n and_o in_o the_o lump_n may_v be_v represent_v together_o when_o in_o a_o more_o distinct_a and_o particular_a consideration_n the_o one_o may_v be_v before_o the_o other_o the_o consume_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n with_o the_o word_n of_o his_o mouth_n and_o the_o establishment_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n may_v be_v before_o the_o personal_a appear_v of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n but_o now_o it_o be_v not_o to_o our_o present_a purpose_n to_o meddle_v with_o this_o difficulty_n that_o which_o we_o have_v to_o say_v be_v only_o concern_v the_o four_o beast_n that_o either_o he_o must_v signify_v the_o seleucian_n or_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n but_o we_o have_v prove_v by_o many_o argument_n against_o dr_n willet_n and_o other_o that_o the_o seleucian_n can_v here_o be_v mean_v therefore_o we_o may_v safe_o conclude_v that_o the_o four_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n be_v the_o proper_a emblem_n note_n and_o type_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n from_o whence_o also_o we_o gather_v that_o daniel_n in_o his_o prophecy_n and_o john_n in_o the_o revelation_n so_o far_o as_o this_o point_n be_v concern_v do_v speak_v of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o matter_n and_o by_o the_o interpretation_n of_o the_o one_o we_o may_v find_v out_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o other_o prophecy_n there_o be_v no_o principle_n that_o can_v be_v more_o useful_a and_o demonstrative_a than_o this_o to_o discover_v the_o truth_n by_o the_o harmony_n of_o the_o prophecy_n now_o let_v we_o go_v to_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o so_o let_v we_o see_v how_o there_o be_v a_o chain_n of_o 666_o year_n from_o that_o beginning_n to_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n this_o shall_v be_v the_o subject_a of_o the_o chapter_n follow_v chap._n vi_o that_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n be_v not_o from_o the_o time_n of_o julius_n or_o augustus_n caesar_n or_o from_o any_o other_o vulgar_a beginning_n but_o precise_o from_o that_o instant_n when_o the_o church_n of_o god_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o 666_o before_o the_o go_v forth_o of_o the_o decree_n that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v head_n over_o all_o the_o church_n there_o be_v in_o this_o proposition_n two_o part_n that_o need_v special_a confirmation_n first_o that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n when_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n second_o that_o from_o this_o begin_n there_o be_v the_o space_n of_o 666_o year_n to_o the_o universal_a headship_n for_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n according_a to_o different_a relation_n man_n may_v different_o state_n the_o epocha_n thereof_o but_o lay_v aside_o all_o other_o consideration_n we_o be_v to_o note_v in_o what_o sense_n daniel_n do_v begin_v it_o as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o here_o i_o stand_v upon_o it_o that_o we_o be_v principal_o to_o look_v to_o the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n how_o the_o church_n and_o the_o continent_n adjoin_v come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n for_o the_o clear_n of_o this_o we_o will_v also_o demonstrate_v two_o thing_n first_o that_o the_o beginning_n of_o
receive_v some_o hint_n of_o the_o four_o metal_n of_o daniel_n image_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o golden_a age_n under_o saturn_n and_o of_o the_o silver_n age_n under_o jupiter_n etc._n etc._n we_o must_v not_o think_v whatsoever_o be_v speak_v by_o this_o poet_n to_o be_v altogether_o a_o fable_n that_o which_o he_o say_v concern_v deucalion_n flood_n in_o many_o particular_n it_o be_v a_o fable_n of_o his_o own_o make_n yet_o in_o the_o general_a ground_n we_o all_o know_v that_o it_o be_v a_o scripture-truth_n that_o there_o be_v a_o deluge_n to_o drown_v the_o world_n so_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o giant_n and_o of_o their_o heap_v of_o pelion_n upon_o ossa_n we_o may_v conceive_v that_o in_o this_o he_o have_v some_o respect_n to_o the_o giant_n before_o the_o flood_n and_o to_o the_o build_n of_o the_o tower_n of_o babel_n so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o four_o age_n of_o the_o world_n of_o the_o golden_a the_o silver_n the_o brass_n and_o the_o iron-age_n though_o in_o this_o matter_n to_o use_v the_o apostle_n expression_n he_o turn_v the_o truth_n of_o god_n into_o a_o lie_n yet_o in_o the_o ground_n it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o church_n be_v divide_v into_o four_o age_n and_o these_o age_n be_v figure_v by_o so_o many_o metal_n of_o the_o image_n in_o after_o time_n they_o that_o live_v in_o the_o church_n and_o have_v the_o right_a experience_n of_o thing_n do_v expound_v the_o babylonian_a to_o be_v the_o head_n of_o gold_n the_o mede-persian_a to_o be_v the_o silver_n the_o grecian_a to_o be_v the_o brass_n and_o the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o iron_n this_o be_v a_o true_a exposition_n in_o the_o main_a but_o in_o some_o particular_n they_o have_v go_v too_o much_o after_o ovid_n in_o his_o metamorphosis_n it_o be_v true_a that_o the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n be_v represent_v by_o the_o golden-metal_n but_o it_o be_v a_o common_a error_n in_o the_o ancient_n and_o now_o general_o among_o the_o historian_n chronologer_n and_o writer_n to_o begin_v the_o babylonian_a monarchy_n at_o ninus_n upon_o the_o front_n of_o many_o chronological_a table_n you_o shall_v find_v that_o ninus_n be_v picture_v as_o the_o founder_n of_o the_o babylonian_a cyrus_n of_o the_o persian_a alexander_n of_o the_o grecian_a julius_n caesar_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n this_o distribution_n though_o it_o may_v take_v in_o a_o great_a compass_n of_o time_n yet_o it_o do_v not_o agree_v with_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o holy_a ghost_n in_o some_o chief_a circumstance_n for_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o babylonian_a at_o ninus_n historian_n have_v take_v this_o out_o of_o thâ—…ir_n own_o head_n and_o not_o out_o of_o the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o from_o hence_o bodin_n in_o his_o method_n of_o history_n ch_n p._n 7._o have_v take_v occasion_n to_o dispute_v against_o the_o scripture_n and_o to_o strike_v out_o the_o truth_n because_o some_o have_v mingle_v their_o own_o invention_n with_o the_o word_n of_o god_n he_o have_v take_v this_o advantage_n upon_o the_o private_a error_n of_o some_o who_o have_v stand_v for_o the_o truth_n in_o the_o main_a but_o the_o latter_a expositor_n do_v decline_v this_o error_n of_o ninus_n and_o do_v pitch_n upon_o this_o that_o nabuchadnezzar_n be_v the_o head_n of_o gold_n and_o that_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n do_v begin_v from_o his_o monarchy_n they_o find_v by_o experience_n that_o the_o scripture_n do_v chief_o point_v to_o those_o several_a empire_n that_o be_v to_o stand_v in_o fullness_n of_o power_n one_o after_o another_o in_o those_o country_n where_o sometime_o the_o king_n of_o the_o lineage_n of_o david_n do_v bear_v rule_n these_o be_v the_o most_o approve_a interpreter_n which_o i_o so_o call_v because_o they_o go_v according_a to_o the_o mind_n of_o the_o scripture_n now_o according_a to_o their_o ground_n it_o follow_v by_o necessary_a consequence_n that_o the_o roman_a must_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o the_o time_n of_o their_o free-state_n when_o the_o church_n and_o all_o the_o country_n adjoin_v come_v under_o the_o lordship_n and_o dominion_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n and_o whereas_o in_o the_o chronographical_a table_n julius_n caesar_n be_v set_v forth_o as_o the_o founder_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n this_o be_v as_o false_a a_o imagination_n as_o that_o of_o ninus_n first_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o every_o metal-kingdom_n do_v rise_v and_o increase_v by_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o empire_n that_o go_v before_o now_o what_o part_n or_o parcel_n of_o the_o grecian_a empire_n do_v julius_n caesar_n bring_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n second_o what_o part_n or_o parcel_n of_o the_o nation_n about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n do_v he_o bring_v under_o the_o roman_a obedience_n if_o we_o speak_v in_o a_o latitude_n caesar_n do_v change_v the_o free-state_n into_o the_o government_n by_o one_o yet_o to_o speak_v accurate_o the_o roman_a do_v not_o begin_v then_o as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n but_o in_o the_o time_n of_o pompey_n when_o the_o jewish_a church_n come_v under_o the_o obedience_n of_o that_o nation_n and_o so_o our_o argument_n be_v found_v upon_o the_o principle_n of_o the_o best_a expositor_n for_o the_o true_a beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n now_o then_o to_o gather_v all_o into_o one_o sum_n we_o may_v conclude_v the_o roman_a to_o begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n when_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n this_o be_v demonstrate_v first_o by_o the_o analogy_n of_o the_o three_o former_a metal-kingdom_n which_o do_v begin_v each_o one_o as_o the_o church_n come_v under_o their_o dominion_n second_o by_o the_o end_n of_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n where_o the_o grecian_a end_v there_o the_o roman_a begin_v three_o by_o that_o which_o be_v necessary_a to_o the_o be_v of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n which_o begin_v to_o be_v applicable_a to_o the_o roman_a in_o the_o time_n aforemention_v four_o by_o the_o testimony_n of_o the_o evangelist_n s_o luke_n which_o do_v insinuate_v such_o a_o beginning_n five_o by_o the_o principle_n of_o the_o latter_a and_o most_o approve_a interpreter_n which_o be_v right_o lay_v do_v necessary_o prove_v such_o a_o beginning_n also_o have_v thus_o lay_v the_o foundation_n i_o shall_v now_o proceed_v to_o the_o building_n but_o there_o be_v some_o few_o objection_n that_o yet_o remain_v to_o be_v answer_v object_n 1._o mr_n mede_n stand_v upon_o it_o that_o the_o roman_a come_v up_o by_o the_o same_o degree_n as_o the_o grecian_a go_v down_o therefore_o there_o can_v be_v no_o determinate_a and_o set_a time_n of_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n sol._n what_o he_o speak_v in_o his_o apostasy_n of_o the_o lattertime_n concern_v the_o gradual_a increase_n of_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o roman_n we_o do_v yield_v to_o be_v a_o truth_n in_o the_o main_a but_o we_o here_o speak_v of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a in_o a_o more_o strict_a sense_n in_o that_o acception_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o here_o as_o there_o be_v a_o determinate_a time_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o babylonian_a persian_a and_o grecian_a empire_n so_o there_o must_v be_v a_o determinate_a beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n second_o daniel_n see_v in_o the_o vision_n the_o four_o beast_n come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n one_o after_o another_o and_o the_o four_o beast_n last_o of_o all_o there_o must_v then_o be_v some_o determinate_a time_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o four_o empire_n three_o it_o be_v the_o plot_n of_o the_o spirit_n by_o the_o four_o empire_n to_o decipher_v so_o many_o period_n of_o time_n according_a to_o this_o rule_n if_o there_o be_v no_o certain_a beginning_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n there_o will_v be_v a_o chasm_n there_o will_v be_v some_o part_n of_o time_n which_o will_v be_v long_o to_o no_o metal_n of_o the_o image_n for_o as_o mr_n mede_n himself_o do_v allow_v the_o image_n do_v comprehend_v four_o great_a revolution_n of_o time_n to_o begin_v one_o after_o another_o in_o a_o orderly_a succession_n these_o be_v his_o own_o word_n apost_n pag._n 69._o for_o the_o true_a account_n of_o the_o time_n in_o scripture_n we_o must_v have_v recourse_n to_o that_o secret_a calendar_n and_o great_a almanac_n of_o prophecy_n the_o four_o kingdom_n of_o daniel_n which_o be_v a_o prophetical_a chronologie_n of_o time_n measure_v by_o the_o succession_n of_o four_o principal_a kingdom_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o captivity_n of_o israel_n until_o the_o mystery_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v finish_v a_o course_n of_o time_n during_o which_o the_o church_n and_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o jew_n together_o
question_n be_v to_o i_o how_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v be_v 666_o here_o i_o muse_v and_o often_o ponder_v in_o my_o mind_n what_o be_v the_o manner_n and_o use_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o the_o scripture_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o riâ—…ng_n of_o government_n and_o their_o calculation_n by_o number_n to_o discover_v their_o beginning_n and_o here_o i_o find_v as_o i_o believe_v every_o man_n shall_v do_v the_o like_a who_o will_v give_v himself_o to_o observation_n that_o the_o prophetical_a scripture_n do_v very_o often_o reckon_v government_n either_o by_o the_o number_n of_o year_n to_o the_o time_n of_o their_o rise_n or_o by_o the_o number_n of_o year_n how_o long_o they_o shall_v continue_v now_o i_o be_v sure_a that_o 666_o can_v not_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n see_v in_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n it_o be_v large_o show_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v continue_v 1260_o prophetical_a day_n or_o year_n and_o that_o this_o time_n must_v commence_v from_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n or_o the_o ten_o king_n out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n therefore_o mr._n archer_n in_o his_o book_n of_o the_o personal_a reign_n be_v a_o very_a fabulous_a writer_n in_o this_o as_o in_o many_o other_o particular_n when_o he_o will_v needs_o have_v 666_o to_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n all_o the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n plain_o lay_v together_o do_v decipher_v this_o kingdom_n à _fw-la priori_fw-la and_o therefore_o the_o number_n must_v refer_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beginning_n or_o the_o stand_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o headship_n but_o then_o the_o great_a 〈◊〉_d be_v 〈◊〉_d what_o time_n i_o shall_v 〈◊〉_d to_o number_n in_o this_o caâ—…e_n i_o be_v help_v by_o the_o practice_n of_o chronologer_n for_o theâ—…_n when_o they_o have_v a_o prophetical_a number_n and_o do_v not_o know_v â—…rom_fw-mi what_o beginning_n to_o compute_v iâ—…_n aâ—…k_v how_o long_o it_o continue_v and_o where_o it_o make_v a_o eno_n and_o if_o they_o be_v certain_a of_o these_o two_o they_o will_v find_v out_o the_o three_o where_o it_o ought_v to_o begin_v it_o be_v a_o sure_a rule_n in_o this_o as_o in_o other_o kind_n of_o learning_n by_o two_o know_a thing_n you_o may_v come_v to_o discover_v a_o three_o unknown_a and_o sometime_o it_o so_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o some_o diligence_n must_v be_v use_v before_o we_o can_v come_v to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o two_o by_z and_o through_o which_o we_o may_v prove_v the_o three_o as_o for_o example_n we_o read_v that_o the_o prophet_n ezekiel_n be_v to_o lie_v upon_o his_o left_a side_n 390_o day_n which_o signify_v so_o many_o year_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o god_n in_o bear_v the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o israel_n again_o he_o be_v to_o turn_v and_o to_o lie_v upon_o his_o right_a side_n 40_o day_n which_o signify_v so_o many_o year_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o god_n in_o bear_v the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n ezek._n 4._o 4_o 5._o now_o for_o the_o application_n of_o the_o time_n the_o great_a queâ—…ion_n be_v where_o the_o 390_o year_n begin_v and_o where_o they_o make_v a_o end_n and_o how_o long_o they_o do_v continue_v for_o the_o continuation_n there_o be_v no_o doubt_n to_o be_v make_v and_o for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n this_o must_v be_v at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o chaldaean_n for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n though_o it_o be_v not_o set_v down_o in_o express_a term_n yet_o it_o may_v be_v collect_v from_o the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o text._n for_o five_o year_n before_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n ezekiel_n be_v to_o take_v a_o tile_n and_o portray_v upon_o it_o the_o city_n jerusalem_n and_o laâ—…_n sâ—…ge_v against_o it_o &_o build_v a_o fort_n against_o it_o so_o then_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o whole_a vision_n be_v to_o show_v that_o after_o the_o 390_o year_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o god_n be_v run_v out_o the_o time_n shall_v come_v that_o the_o chaldaean_n shall_v destroy_v both_o city_n and_o temple_n in_o this_o ezekiel_n be_v a_o sign_n to_o the_o home_n of_o israel_n to_o foretell_v the_o destruction_n of_o the_o city_n and_o temple_n five_o year_n before_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v ezek._n 1._o 2._o upon_o these_o ground_n chronologer_n do_v reason_n in_o this_o manner_n if_o the_o 390_o year_n do_v end_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o chaldaean_n they_o must_v necessary_o begin_v at_o the_o apostasy_n of_o jeroboam_fw-la for_o if_o you_o take_v the_o right_a vein_n of_o chronologie_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o king_n and_o number_v the_o time_n interchangeable_o as_o each_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o each_o king_n of_o israel_n begin_v to_o reign_v and_o to_o carry_v on_o the_o whole_a series_n and_o order_n of_o year_n you_o shall_v find_v by_o induction_n of_o singular_n that_o there_o will_v be_v a_o exact_a line_n of_o 390_o year_n from_o the_o defection_n of_o jeroboam_fw-la to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n aforesaid_a he_o that_o desire_v the_o particular_a account_n of_o the_o year_n and_o how_o it_o be_v exact_o compute_v let_v he_o go_v to_o the_o isagoge_n of_o calvisius_n and_o of_o the_o certainty_n of_o the_o account_n the_o chronologer_n thus_o speak_v hunc_fw-la igitur_fw-la numerum_fw-la annorum_fw-la 390_o ex_fw-la annotatione_n historiarum_fw-la huius_fw-la temporis_fw-la ab_fw-la initio_fw-la jeroboami_n usque_fw-la ad_fw-la excidium_fw-la hierosolymae_fw-la nos_fw-la colligemus_fw-la it_o a_o quidem_fw-la ne_fw-la conjecturas_fw-la nos_fw-la lectori_fw-la obâ—…rudamus_fw-la neque_fw-la etiam_fw-la sacrae_fw-la scripturae_fw-la vim_o faciamus_fw-la isag._n cap._n 40._o and_o in_o very_a deed_n his_o performance_n be_v answerable_a to_o the_o promise_n for_o he_o do_v exact_o prove_v by_o induction_n of_o singular_n and_o that_o from_o the_o word_n of_o scripture_n that_o there_o be_v 390_o year_n from_o the_o apostasy_n of_o jeroboam_fw-la to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n but_o now_o for_o the_o 40_o year_n of_o the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n this_o matter_n be_v somewhat_o more_o dark_a but_o yet_o nevertheless_o chronologer_n do_v reason_n in_o this_o wise_a if_o 40_o year_n be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o patience_n of_o god_n in_o bear_v the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n and_o those_o year_n must_v run_v complete_a at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o chaldee_n then_o it_o will_v follow_v according_a to_o the_o scripture-chronologie_a and_o the_o series_n of_o the_o time_n that_o they_o must_v necessary_o commence_v from_o the_o 13_o year_n of_o josiah_n now_o if_o a_o question_n be_v make_v why_o these_o year_n shall_v begin_v from_o the_o 13_o of_o josiah_n who_o be_v a_o reformer_n of_o the_o church_n though_o he_o be_v these_o time_n be_v to_o begin_v there_o because_o the_o lord_n do_v then_o begin_v to_o strive_v with_o that_o people_n to_o bring_v they_o to_o repentance_n by_o the_o ministry_n of_o jeremy_n these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n from_o the_o thirteen_o year_n of_o josiah_n the_o son_n of_o ammon_n king_n of_o judah_n even_o unto_o this_o day_n that_o be_v the_o three_o and_o twenty_o year_n the_o word_n of_o the_o lord_n have_v come_v unto_o i_o and_o i_o have_v speak_v unto_o you_o rise_v early_o and_o speak_v but_o you_o have_v not_o hearken_v and_o the_o lord_n have_v send_v unto_o you_o all_o his_o servant_n the_o prophet_n rise_v early_o and_o send_v they_o but_o you_o have_v not_o hearken_v nor_o incline_v your_o ear_n to_o hear_v jer._n 25._o 3_o 4._o from_o these_o word_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o 40_o year_n patience_n of_o god_n in_o bear_v the_o iniquity_n of_o the_o house_n of_o judah_n do_v begin_v from_o the_o ministry_n of_o jeremy_n and_o when_o these_o shall_v run_v complete_a than_o the_o prophet_n â—…zekiel_n do_v signify_v that_o there_o shall_v be_v the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n from_o this_o and_o from_o some_o such_o like_a passage_n i_o be_v move_v to_o take_v the_o like_a course_n i_o argue_v in_o this_o manner_n if_o 666_o be_v such_o a_o number_n of_o year_n and_o if_o this_o period_n of_o time_n also_o must_v end_v at_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o universal_a headship_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n by_o necessary_a consequence_n i_o do_v conclude_v that_o this_o time_n must_v begin_v 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n consult_v with_o chronologer_n i_o find_v that_o this_o be_v much_o about_o that_o time_n when_o cicero_n and_o antonius_n be_v consul_n at_o rome_n but_o here_o to_o i_o be_v the_o great_a difficulty_n
of_o they_o five_o be_v fall_v one_o be_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v and_o the_o beast_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n he_o be_v the_o eight_o to_o satisfy_v the_o doubt_n we_o do_v pitch_n upon_o this_o sense_n that_o the_o beast_n be_v both_o the_o eight_o dynasty_n and_o the_o seven_o head_n for_o if_o you_o reckon_v by_o the_o order_n of_o king_n the_o dynasty_a of_o the_o christian_a caesar_n be_v include_v he_o must_v needs_o be_v the_o eight_o but_o if_o you_o reckon_v by_o the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o be_v pagan_a and_o idolatrous_a form_n of_o government_n then_o that_o of_o the_o christian_a caesar_n must_v be_v status_fw-la exâ—…resimus_fw-la or_o exemptilis_fw-la a_o state_n exempt_v and_o put_v out_o of_o the_o calendar_n from_o whence_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o the_o beast_n if_o you_o reckon_v he_o among_o the_o king_n his_o place_n be_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o but_o yet_o among_o the_o head_n he_o be_v but_o the_o seven_o and_o so_o these_o word_n the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o he_o be_v the_o eight_o and_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o be_v plain_a as_o i_o take_v it_o and_o the_o knot_n be_v untie_v but_o leave_v this_o scruple_n i_o find_v that_o all_o solid_a interpreter_n do_v agree_v in_o the_o general_a sense_n of_o the_o text_n to_o wit_n that_o the_o antichristian_a time_n begin_v at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n the_o word_n of_o the_o angel_n be_v so_o clear_a for_o speak_v of_o the_o roman_a dominion_n and_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o that_o beast_n he_o express_o say_v these_o have_v no_o kingdom_n as_o yet_o but_o shall_v receive_v a_o kingdom_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n which_o plain_o show_v that_o their_o time_n shall_v be_v when_o the_o roman_a dominion_n shall_v come_v to_o the_o last_o and_o antichristian_a edition_n of_o state_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o old_a empire_n and_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v a_o infallible_a character_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o antichristian_a time_n and_o this_o no_o man_n can_v rational_o deny_v that_o do_v look_v upon_o the_o true_a scope_n of_o the_o angel_n interpretation_n but_o our_o question_n be_v concern_v the_o time_n of_o the_o great_a whore_n when_o be_v it_o that_o she_o do_v begin_v to_o ride_v the_o beast_n we_o can_v say_v that_o it_o be_v at_o that_o time_n when_o the_o king_n do_v rise_v out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n for_o then_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n do_v not_o dogmatical_o and_o conscientious_o acknowledge_v the_o church_n of_o rome_n the_o mother_n of_o all_o church_n to_o the_o resolution_n of_o the_o case_n we_o will_v consider_v what_o expositor_n do_v say_v to_o this_o purpose_n for_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n though_o there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o the_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n yet_o there_o be_v not_o the_o least_o word_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n now_o the_o reason_n ordinary_o give_v be_v very_o solid_a and_o it_o do_v agree_v with_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o scripture_n for_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o description_n under_o the_o resemblance_n of_o a_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n chap._n 13._o be_v again_o repeat_v under_o the_o similitude_n and_o type_n of_o a_o great_a whore_n chap._n 17._o both_o scripture_n speak_v of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o matter_n in_o substance_n though_o in_o a_o different_a manner_n and_o if_o need_n shall_v require_v we_o have_v many_o argument_n to_o prove_v the_o parallel_n now_o then_o in_o the_o present_a case_n see_v john_n speak_v of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n that_o in_o his_o day_n be_v the_o great_a city_n that_o rule_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n it_o be_v to_o our_o purpose_n to_o inquire_v when_o the_o church_n come_v within_o the_o verge_n of_o the_o dominion_n oâ—…_n that_o great_a city_n and_o here_o i_o say_v if_o we_o calculate_v the_o time_n aright_o and_o reckon_v 666_o year_n from_o that_o time_n when_o that_o great_a city_n come_v to_o have_v dominion_n over_o the_o church_n we_o shall_v precise_o come_v to_o that_o point_n and_o instant_n of_o time_n when_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n be_v make_v the_o catholic_n and_o the_o general_a mother_n of_o all_o other_o church_n the_o church_n first_o come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o then_o 666_o year_n after_o â—…hat_o church_n herself_o be_v declare_v universal_a mother_n of_o all_o church_n and_o here_o then_o our_o interpretation_n be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o substance_n in_o both_o scripture_n and_o whereas_o the_o woman_n have_v this_o inscription_n on_o her_o forehead_n mystery_n babylon_n the_o great_a the_o mother_n of_o harlot_n and_o the_o abomination_n of_o the_o earth_n the_o name_n then_o on_o the_o forehead_n of_o the_o woman_n be_v not_o a_o grammatical_a word_n consist_v of_o letter_n and_o syllable_n but_o it_o signify_v her_o universal_a maternity_n or_o motherhood_n when_o she_o begin_v to_o be_v declare_v universal_a mother_n over_o all_o other_o church_n now_o if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o time_n it_o come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o 666_o year_n from_o that_o time_n when_o the_o church_n and_o the_o territory_n of_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o obedience_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o this_o be_v the_o number_n of_o her_o maternity_n or_o general_a motherhood_n or_o of_o the_o name_n write_v in_o the_o forehead_n of_o the_o woman_n if_o we_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n his_o name_n be_v no_o other_o but_o his_o paternity_n or_o universal_a headship_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n be_v no_o other_o but_o the_o number_n of_o his_o universal_a headship_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdome_n and_o so_o the_o sense_n of_o one_o chapter_n be_v clear_a by_o the_o scope_n and_o drift_n of_o the_o other_o but_o we_o go_v on_o chap._n x._o a_o list_n of_o fifteen_o principle_n draw_v from_o the_o main_a sense_n of_o the_o prophecy_n concern_v the_o beast_n his_o name_n mark_v and_o number_n by_o the_o position_n of_o which_o the_o present_a interpretation_n be_v establish_v also_o the_o several_a exposition_n of_o mr._n potter_n and_o other_o writer_n be_v bring_v to_o trial_n for_o the_o more_o full_a proof_n of_o the_o point_n we_o must_v take_v the_o same_o method_n to_o prove_v the_o truth_n of_o our_o interpretation_n as_o divine_n do_v when_o they_o will_v prove_v the_o pope_n to_o be_v antichrist_n they_o do_v infallible_o determine_v he_o to_o be_v so_o because_o all_o the_o property_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v punctual_o pitch_v upon_o that_o seat_n or_o succession_n so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n we_o may_v say_v that_o 666_o be_v such_o a_o number_n of_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o this_o we_o take_v to_o be_v a_o infallible_a and_o undoubted_a truth_n because_o all_o the_o principle_n of_o the_o prophecy_n do_v pitch_n and_o main_o centre_n upon_o such_o a_o interpretation_n we_o can_v prove_v the_o truth_n thereof_o by_o the_o accumulation_n of_o note_n wâ—…_n may_v further_o take_v in_o the_o word_n of_o the_o jesuit_n suarez_n for_o he_o himself_o well_o observe_v that_o it_o be_v not_o sufficient_a to_o decipher_v antichrist_n by_o one_o two_o or_o three_o note_n but_o by_o the_o concurrence_n of_o all_o the_o property_n that_o do_v appertain_v to_o he_o so_o i_o may_v say_v for_o a_o tight_a exposition_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n thereof_o we_o must_v not_o rest_v in_o a_o few_o circumstance_n for_o so_o many_o have_v be_v bring_v for_o the_o name_n lateinos_n and_o m._n pâ—…tters_n interpretation_n also_o seem_v to_o be_v very_o fair_a but_o this_o be_v that_o which_o i_o main_o stand_v upon_o that_o their_o several_a interpretation_n will_v not_o agree_v with_o many_o principle_n the_o same_o course_n than_o that_o we_o take_v to_o prove_v the_o truth_n shall_v be_v to_o disprove_v their_o error_n but_o now_o to_o the_o principle_n in_o order_n princ._n 1_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n his_o mark_n and_o number_n do_v all_o agree_v to_o the_o papal_a tyranny_n by_o a_o special_a application_n this_o be_v prove_v from_o the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o text._n for_o the_o beast_n be_v a_o tyrannical_a empire_n or_o government_n and_o not_o only_o so_o but_o also_o a_o roman_a tyrannical_a empire_n in_o the_o last_o edition_n thereof_o therefore_o these_o character_n be_v special_o applicable_a to_o that_o government_n and_o to_o the_o hierarchy_n thereof_o and_o not_o to_o any_o other_o they_o err_v therefore_o that_o seek_v after_o the_o number_n in_o the_o
thing_n be_v most_o necessary_a for_o the_o calculation_n of_o the_o time_n and_o for_o the_o exposition_n of_o the_o prophecy_n but_o whereas_o mr._n potter_n do_v whole_o build_v upon_o the_o extraction_n of_o the_o square-root_n in_o a_o figurate_a number_n i_o can_v see_v how_o this_o do_v agree_v with_o the_o practice_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o other_o scripture_n i_o must_v needs_o confess_v that_o he_o speak_v very_o rational_o in_o these_o word_n as_o they_o follow_v i_o have_v say_v he_o but_o beat_v &_o make_v plain_a the_o same_o path_n which_o mr._n forbes_n and_o other_o commentator_n have_v tread_v out_o before_o but_o i_o be_o now_o come_v to_o the_o place_n where_o they_o either_o stand_v still_o or_o turn_v out_o of_o the_o way_n they_o say_v that_o the_o number_n 12_o be_v the_o square_a root_n of_o 144_o why_o then_o do_v they_o not_o proceed_v in_o the_o same_o method_n to_o find_v out_o the_o root_n of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n see_v they_o say_v it_o be_v oppose_v to_o the_o number_n 144_o these_o learned_a man_n can_v be_v suppose_v to_o be_v guilty_a of_o so_o much_o nescience_n as_o to_o be_v ignorant_a of_o the_o square-root_n of_o a_o number_n rather_o they_o think_v it_o unbeseeming_a the_o wisdom_n of_o god_n and_o the_o majesty_n of_o the_o scripture_n to_o wrap_v up_o such_o divine_a mystery_n in_o humane_a invention_n but_o be_v it_o what_o it_o will_v be_v it_o be_v the_o foundation_n of_o geometry_n and_o arithmetic_n it_o be_v that_o also_o in_o and_o through_o which_o many_o famous_a invention_n have_v be_v bring_v to_o light_n and_o the_o word_n themselves_o also_o do_v insinuate_v that_o the_o discovery_n be_v to_o be_v make_v by_o wisdom_n so_o far_o mr._n potter_n pag._n 47._o in_o this_o i_o do_v agree_v with_o he_o that_o it_o be_v the_o foundation_n of_o geometry_n and_o arithmetic_n in_o some_o good_a measure_n to_o extract_v the_o square-root_n of_o any_o figurate_a number_n yet_o for_o all_o that_o i_o can_v see_v when_o the_o spirit_n either_o in_o daniel_n or_o in_o the_o revelation_n do_v speak_v of_o tyrannical_a state_n or_o empire_n under_o divers_a emblem_n and_o figure_n that_o we_o shall_v discover_v and_o find_v out_o these_o government_n by_o calculate_v the_o square-root_n of_o any_o number_n but_o rather_o we_o shall_v go_v to_o the_o chronologie_n of_o the_o time_n and_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n and_o in_o this_o sense_n we_o hold_v that_o humane_a learning_n be_v exceed_o necessary_a and_o for_o the_o invention_n of_o the_o square-root_n it_o be_v very_o necessary_a in_o its_o kind_n princ._n 15._o the_o number_n ought_v so_o in_o special_a to_o be_v expound_v that_o it_o may_v be_v in_o some_o sort_n discoverable_a to_o the_o people_n that_o live_v in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n and_o in_o the_o age_n immediate_o follow_v though_o they_o live_v before_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n therefore_o when_o it_o be_v say_v let_v he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n s._n john_n in_o these_o word_n speak_v to_o the_o people_n that_o live_v in_o his_o day_n and_o in_o the_o age_n immediate_o follow_v that_o by_o this_o they_o shall_v understand_v the_o sign_n of_o the_o come_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n and_o he_o do_v yet_o further_o show_v in_o what_o revolution_n of_o time_n he_o shall_v appear_v there_o be_v seven_o king_n five_o be_v fall_v one_o be_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v and_o the_o beast_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n he_o be_v the_o eight_o in_o which_o word_n of_o he_o he_o do_v plain_o show_v that_o when_o seven_o form_n of_o government_n be_v fall_v in_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n than_o the_o beast_n shall_v begin_v as_o the_o eight_o potentate_n at_o the_o same_o time_n also_o he_o say_v that_o the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v be_v divide_v into_o ten_o inferior_a kingdom_n that_o these_o have_v no_o be_v as_o yet_o but_o receive_v a_o kingdom_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n by_o the_o collation_n of_o both_o these_o scripture_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o number_n be_v discoverable_a in_o the_o time_n of_o john_n and_o not_o only_o to_o john_n by_o revelation_n but_o to_o other_o also_o that_o will_v employ_v themselves_o by_o search_n from_o hence_o then_o we_o may_v clear_o discern_v that_o they_o be_v in_o a_o error_n who_o will_v have_v the_o number_n 666_o to_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o yet_o make_v their_o account_n by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n so_o danaeus_n in_o his_o treatise_n de_fw-fr antichristo_fw-la the_o spirit_n of_o god_n in_o that_o place_n say_v he_o meddle_v not_o with_o arithmetical_a signification_n of_o letter_n but_o with_o the_o time_n and_o number_n of_o year_n wherein_o those_o thing_n shall_v be_v accomplish_v that_o be_v there_o speak_v of_o and_o for_o the_o particular_a time_n he_o refer_v we_o to_o the_o year_n 666_o pag._n 13_o 14._o alstedius_n say_v denotatur_fw-la tempus_fw-la quo_fw-la antichristus_fw-la inchoaturus_fw-la regnum_fw-la suum_fw-la scil_n anno_o 666_o quo_fw-la tempore_fw-la coepit_fw-la papa_n maxim_n dominari_fw-la theol._n polem_n part._n 4._o controu._n 5._o pag._n 388._o the_o like_a be_v say_v by_o eckard_n the_o lutheran_n and_o other_o though_o in_o this_o matter_n we_o do_v agree_v with_o the_o forename_a expositor_n that_o about_o the_o 666_o year_n from_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v set_v up_o though_o this_o be_v true_a in_o some_o latitude_n of_o speech_n yet_o it_o can_v be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o text._n for_o what_o knowledge_n have_v the_o people_n that_o live_v in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n and_o in_o the_o age_n immediate_o follow_v of_o the_o account_n by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n why_o shall_v not_o the_o christian_n that_o live_v in_o spain_n find_v out_o the_o number_n by_o the_o spanish_a aera_fw-la the_o christian_n in_o aegyâ—…t_n and_o africa_n by_o the_o aera_fw-la of_o dioclesian_n and_o the_o christian_n under_o the_o emperor_n of_o constantinople_n by_o the_o indiction_n these_o and_o many_o other_o way_n of_o account_n be_v ancient_o use_v dyonisius_n the_o less_o about_o the_o year_n 532_o do_v begin_v to_o compute_v by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o that_o way_n of_o computation_n come_v not_o into_o vulgar_a use_n many_o year_n after_o it_o be_v therefore_o very_o strange_a that_o man_n shall_v number_v the_o time_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n after_o the_o account_n by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n and_o yet_o certain_a hundred_o year_n after_o the_o church_n shall_v be_v whole_o ignorant_a of_o that_o way_n of_o computation_n and_o thus_o lay_v all_o thing_n together_o we_o have_v prove_v by_o the_o concatenation_n and_o connexion_n of_o all_o particular_n that_o we_o be_v the_o true_a interpretation_n because_o it_o do_v agree_v with_o all_o the_o body_n of_o the_o circumstance_n fore-alledged_n and_o for_o other_o exposition_n we_o have_v show_v the_o reason_n why_o we_o can_v rest_v in_o they_o because_o in_o several_a principle_n more_o or_o less_o they_o do_v cross_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n now_o it_o remain_v that_o we_o compare_v the_o substance_n of_o our_o interpretation_n with_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o apostle_n s_o paul_n 2_o thess._n 2._o chap._n xi_o a_o brief_a description_n of_o the_o doctrine_n of_o s._n paul_n 2_o thess._n 2._o and_o how_o he_o do_v full_o agree_v with_o the_o present_a interpretation_n all_o interpreter_n and_o writer_n in_o a_o manner_n do_v agree_v in_o this_o that_o the_o beast_n his_o name_n and_o image_n speak_v of_o rev._n 13._o be_v all_o one_o and_o the_o same_o in_o substance_n with_o the_o description_n of_o the_o great_a antichrist_n in_o the_o thessalonian_n let_v we_o come_v to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text._n vers._n 1._o &_o 2._o now_o we_o beseech_v you_o brethren_n by_o the_o come_n of_o our_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n and_o by_o our_o gather_v together_o to_o he_o that_o you_o be_v not_o soon_o shake_v in_o mind_n nor_o be_v trouble_v neither_o by_o spirit_n nor_o by_o word_n nor_o by_o letter_n as_o from_o we_o as_o though_o the_o day_n of_o christ_n be_v at_o hand_n in_o these_o word_n there_o be_v some_o darkness_n in_o our_o english_a translation_n for_o whereas_o the_o translation_n have_v it_o we_o beseech_v you_o brethren_n by_o the_o come_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o the_o cause_n of_o the_o come_n of_o the_o lord_n the_o apostle_n in_o the_o former_a epistle_n have_v speak_v of_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n to_o judgement_n of_o the_o resurrection_n from_o the_o
the_o other_o side_n i_o conceive_v that_o it_o be_v too_o high_a to_o call_v hen._n 8._o or_o any_o other_o supreme_a magistrate_n a_o head_n much_o more_o a_o good_a head_n of_o the_o church_n the_o eminency_n transcendency_n and_o sublimity_n of_o that_o prerogative_n belong_v to_o christ_n alone_o our_o prince_n have_v use_v such_o a_o title_n and_o in_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o statute_n in_o a_o moderate_a way_n the_o people_n have_v ascribe_v it_o to_o they_o to_o wit_n a_o spiritual_a power_n authority_n and_o jurisdiction_n that_o ever_o have_v belong_v to_o king_n and_o prince_n which_o david_n solomon_n the_o king_n of_o judah_n and_o christian_a emperor_n have_v ever_o exercise_v in_o their_o respective_a dominion_n this_o no_o doubt_n have_v be_v the_o sense_n of_o well-meaning_a man_n and_o so_o mr._n bedel_n do_v expound_v it_o in_o the_o forementioned_a place_n and_o pag._n 56._o but_o for_o my_o part_n be_v enlighten_v and_o better_o inform_v i_o pray_v god_n such_o title_n be_v no_o more_o use_v and_o let_v that_o passage_n next_o under_o thou_o and_o thy_o christ_n in_o all_o cause_n ecclesiastical_a in_o these_o his_o majesty_n dominion_n supreme_a head_n and_o governor_n let_v the_o exuberancy_n of_o such_o a_o title_n pass_v among_o the_o iniquity_n of_o our_o holy_a thing_n our_o godly_a friend_n have_v be_v offend_v at_o it_o our_o enemy_n have_v insult_v experience_n have_v show_v much_o danger_n in_o the_o use_n of_o it_o and_o the_o present_a treatise_n i_o doubt_v not_o will_v show_v what_o a_o evil_a thing_n it_o be_v to_o take_v away_o the_o prerogative_n of_o christ_n and_o to_o make_v other_o head_n of_o the_o church_n in_o his_o room_n of_o all_o man_n live_v the_o erastians_n have_v great_a cause_n to_o look_v to_o this_o for_o let_v prince_n be_v once_o tell_v that_o there_o be_v no_o church-government_n in_o the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o that_o they_o themselves_o be_v the_o sole_a fountain_n of_o church-power_n by_o this_o mean_n it_o will_v be_v effect_v that_o the_o name_n and_o power_n of_o christ_n over_o his_o own_o church_n will_v be_v pluck_v down_o and_o the_o name_n and_o headship_n of_o prince_n will_v be_v only_o set_v up_o in_o matter_n of_o this_o nature_n if_o you_o give_v a_o inch_n man_n will_v take_v a_o ell._n rather_o for_o act_n past_a we_o shall_v often_o think_v upon_o that_o expression_n of_o the_o prophet_n i_o will_v pour_v upon_o the_o house_n of_o david_n and_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o jerusalem_n the_o spirit_n of_o grace_n and_o supplication_n and_o they_o shall_v look_v to_o he_o who_o they_o have_v pierce_v zach._n 12._o 10._o christ_n be_v not_o only_o pierce_v in_o a_o literal_a sense_n when_o his_o body_n be_v run_v through_o with_o a_o spear_n but_o he_o be_v pierce_v also_o when_o his_o name_n and_o headship_n be_v take_v away_o from_o he_o and_o give_v to_o another_o so_o far_o as_o a_o whole_a nation_n have_v be_v mediate_o or_o immediate_o direct_o or_o indirect_o implicate_v and_o involve_v in_o such_o a_o sin_n so_o far_o i_o believe_v they_o ought_v to_o mourn_v if_o this_o be_v not_o do_v god_n perhaps_o may_v rebuke_v we_o when_o our_o army_n go_v forth_o against_o those_o that_o worship_n the_o beast_n and_o uphold_v his_o name_n and_o headship_n in_o enmity_n to_o the_o government_n of_o christ._n though_o not_o in_o the_o favour_n of_o the_o enemy_n yet_o we_o may_v be_v chastise_v for_o our_o own_o fault_n and_o the_o lord_n may_v be_v provoke_v to_o appear_v against_o we_o when_o the_o lamb_n go_v forth_o on_o his_o white_a horse_n against_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o army_n the_o army_n that_o follow_v be_v upon_o white_a horse_n clothe_v in_o fine_a linen_n white_a and_o clean_a rev._n 19_o 14._o further_o also_o by_o the_o process_n of_o this_o discourse_n information_n may_v be_v give_v to_o certain_a in_o these_o time_n who_o be_v lead_v by_o the_o mere_a show_n and_o colour_n of_o some_o passage_n in_o the_o prophecy_n do_v think_v it_o a_o part_n of_o their_o duty_n to_o level_a magistracy_n abolish_v law_n and_o to_o turn_v all_o thing_n up-side_n down_o in_o church_n and_o commonwealth_n of_o such_o i_o may_v say_v that_o they_o mingle_v the_o precious_a truth_n of_o god_n with_o fable_n of_o their_o own_o comment_n in_o the_o metamorphosis_n of_o ovid_n we_o read_v of_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o world_n of_o the_o chaos_n of_o the_o giant_n heap_v of_o pelion_n upon_o ossa_n of_o deucalion_n flood_n of_o the_o four_o age_n of_o the_o golden_a the_o silver_n the_o brazen_a and_o the_o iron_n age._n these_o thing_n be_v not_o all_o fiction_n because_o they_o have_v some_o ground_n of_o truth_n in_o the_o scripture_n neither_o be_v they_o all_o truth_n because_o they_o be_v mingle_v with_o fiction_n of_o the_o invention_n of_o man_n of_o the_o same_o kind_n be_v some_o author_n who_o be_v for_o the_o five_o monarchy_n they_o think_v that_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n will_v be_v the_o dissolution_n of_o all_o earthly_a kingdom_n but_o by_o the_o purport_n and_o whole_a drift_n of_o the_o present_a discourse_n they_o may_v understand_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v not_o contrary_a to_o government_n power_n and_o authority_n pure_o as_o such_o but_o only_o to_o government_n as_o idolatrous_a as_o tyrannical_a as_o contrary_a to_o the_o law_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o his_o church_n in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n the_o empire_n of_o babel_n be_v resemble_v to_o a_o lion_n of_o persia_n to_o a_o bear_n of_o greece_n to_o a_o leopard_n of_o rome_n to_o a_o beast_n of_o divers_a shape_n all_o these_o monarchy_n erect_v and_o set_v up_o on_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o davidical_a kingdom_n be_v parallel_v to_o so_o many_o beast_n buâ—…_n to_o what_o beast_n shall_v we_o resemble_v in_o its_o right_a constitution_n the_o davidical_a kingdom_n itself_o in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n the_o angel_n do_v express_o say_v that_o there_o be_v eight_o king_n and_o yet_o the_o beast_n have_v but_o seven_o head_n chap._n 17._o how_o can_v this_o be_v i_o have_v full_o prove_v that_o the_o dynasty_a race_n and_o succession_n of_o the_o christian_a caesar_n do_v make_v the_o seven_o roman_a king_n but_o no_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n therefore_o the_o mediatoriâ—…n_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v not_o contrary_a to_o government_n as_o such_o neither_o be_v nor_o ever_o shall_v be_v build_v upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o government_n as_o government_n but_o upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o government_n only_o as_o tyrannical_a and_o opposite_a to_o the_o law_n of_o the_o gospel_n there_o be_v no_o such_o cause_n then_o why_o solid_a and_o judicious_a man_n in_o these_o day_n shall_v set_v aside_o this_o kind_n of_o learning_n which_o be_v so_o much_o for_o the_o credit_n &_o authority_n of_o the_o christian_a magistrate_n and_o for_o the_o government_n of_o the_o church_n in_o some_o point_n if_o i_o be_o not_o mistake_v there_o be_v in_o this_o prophecy_n as_o strong_a if_o not_o strong_a proof_n then_o in_o any_o other_o book_n of_o the_o new_a testament_n as_o for_o example_n though_o bishop_n be_v put_v down_o the_o service-book_n take_v away_o the_o ordination_n of_o minister_n bring_v near_o the_o rule_n all_o this_o be_v do_v man_n be_v not_o please_v what_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o difference_n the_o difficulty_n lie_v in_o the_o church-state_n robinson_n and_o other_o of_o that_o way_n do_v plead_v that_o we_o have_v no_o example_n for_o a_o national_a church_n in_o the_o new_a testament_n and_o the_o bring_n in_o of_o whole_a nation_n by_o the_o power_n of_o the_o magistrate_n this_o be_v the_o principal_a rock_n of_o offence_n i_o confess_v it_o be_v true_a that_o we_o have_v no_o example_n of_o a_o national_a church_n in_o the_o apostle_n time_n for_o how_o can_v all_o nation_n come_v in_o at_o that_o particular_a instant_n when_o the_o great_a part_n of_o they_o do_v still_o remain_v in_o their_o idolatry_n and_o the_o emperor_n themselves_o be_v the_o great_a enemy_n of_o the_o church_n now_o if_o we_o apply_v ourselves_o to_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n we_o shall_v plain_o see_v how_o the_o spirit_n do_v foretell_v that_o after_o the_o preach_v of_o the_o gospel_n the_o church_n shall_v fall_v under_o grievous_a persecution_n in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o pagan_a caesar_n when_o that_o time_n be_v end_v the_o empire_n itself_o shall_v become_v christian._n what_o else_o shall_v be_v the_o meaning_n of_o that_o expression_n now_o be_v come_v salvation_n and_o strength_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o god_n and_o the_o power_n of_o his_o christ_n rev._n 12._o 10._o this_o do_v note_v no_o other_o but_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o gospel_n in_o the_o throne_n in_o the_o time_n of_o
the_o conscientious_a reader_n whosoever_o he_o be_v that_o have_v a_o mind_n give_v to_o he_o to_o calculate_v the_o time_n and_o to_o search_v into_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o most_o admire_a book_n of_o the_o revelation_n before_o i_o come_v to_o the_o body_n of_o the_o treatise_n it_o shall_v not_o be_v impertinent_a to_o remove_v a_o few_o prejudices_fw-la in_o the_o begin_n and_o that_o i_o may_v the_o better_o be_v understand_v brief_o to_o show_v the_o whole_a pattern_n of_o the_o work_n when_o the_o spirit_n do_v speak_v of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n thereof_o he_o do_v insinuate_v that_o every_o vulgar_a understanding_n be_v not_o fit_a for_o such_o a_o computation_n for_o say_v he_o here_o be_v wisdom_n let_v he_o that_o have_v understanding_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n etc._n etc._n now_o i_o do_v not_o assume_v to_o myself_o such_o a_o peculiarity_n of_o wisdom_n above_o other_o man_n for_o none_o have_v great_a cause_n to_o have_v the_o consideration_n of_o his_o own_o unworthiness_n to_o be_v set_v before_o he_o but_o because_o i_o have_v have_v a_o long_a time_n a_o great_a inclination_n to_o the_o study_n of_o the_o prophecy_n to_o compare_v they_o with_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n and_o find_v the_o lord_n blessing_n upon_o my_o endeavour_n i_o be_o the_o more_o willing_a to_o communicate_v that_o to_o other_o which_o i_o have_v find_v to_o before_o my_o private_a satisfaction_n i_o may_v speak_v it_o with_o modesty_n that_o i_o have_v spare_v no_o pain_n to_o compare_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n period_n with_o period_n time_n with_o time_n vision_z with_o vision_z i_o have_v peruse_v many_o commentary_n both_o of_o the_o modern_a and_o ancient_a time_n and_o use_v all_o mean_n convenient_a for_o the_o discovery_n of_o truth_n and_o therefore_o though_o in_o this_o kind_n of_o learning_n i_o will_v not_o take_v it_o upon_o i_o to_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d yet_o i_o may_v be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d though_o i_o have_v not_o this_o wisdom_n i_o do_v profess_v myself_o to_o be_v the_o lover_n and_o admirer_n of_o they_o that_o have_v it_o now_o whereas_o it_o may_v be_v some_o prejudice_n that_o in_o this_o treatise_n mention_n be_v make_v of_o a_o five_o monarchy_n and_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n i_o must_v needs_o acknowledge_v the_o truth_n of_o the_o doctrine_n right_o state_v but_o not_o as_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o chiliast_n which_o do_v ordinary_o congregate_v with_o it_o many_o heterogeneal_a falsity_n and_o unsavoury_a error_n for_o though_o there_o may_v be_v cause_n to_o maintain_v the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n yet_o it_o be_v not_o necessary_a to_o maintain_v his_o visible_a and_o personal_a reign_n and_o though_o there_o may_v be_v cause_n to_o defend_v the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o martyr_n slay_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n yet_o it_o be_v not_o necessary_a to_o defend_v their_o historical_a literal_a and_o corporal_a resurrection_n at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n and_o though_o with_o mr._n brightman_n and_o mr._n forbes_n we_o hold_v the_o new_a jerusalem_n to_o be_v the_o glorious_a state_n of_o the_o church_n upon_o earth_n yet_o we_o be_v far_o from_o the_o riot_n of_o their_o opinion_n who_o hold_v that_o man_n shall_v live_v without_o ordinance_n without_o sin_n and_o misery_n in_o those_o time_n but_o if_o it_o be_v further_o allege_v that_o they_o that_o be_v for_o this_o way_n the_o very_o best_a of_o they_o have_v many_o absurdity_n i_o answer_v that_o piscator_fw-la alstedius_n mede_n and_o some_o other_o have_v but_o general_o speak_v of_o the_o thing_n and_o have_v not_o descend_v to_o particular_n and_o as_o they_o have_v have_v great_a reason_n to_o depart_v from_o other_o interpreter_n so_o have_v they_o use_v great_a moderation_n in_o manage_v the_o point_n leave_v many_o thing_n for_o the_o discovery_n of_o future_a time_n on_o the_o other_o side_n for_o the_o 1000_o year_n i_o will_v glad_o know_v of_o they_o that_o differ_v where_o they_o will_v seat_v this_o period_n of_o time_n if_o they_o will_v say_v that_o it_o be_v the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n in_o heaven_n then_o let_v they_o show_v what_o be_v the_o battle_n of_o gog_n and_o magog_n and_o how_o the_o camp_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o the_o belove_a city_n may_v be_v besiege_v in_o heaven_n but_o if_o they_o take_v it_o for_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n then_o they_o must_v necessary_o come_v to_o admit_v one_o member_n in_o this_o disjunctive_a they_o must_v say_v either_o this_o period_n of_o time_n be_v already_o past_a or_o else_o it_o be_v to_o come_v if_o it_o be_v already_o past_a where_o have_v the_o church_n enjoy_v these_o year_n of_o her_o felicity_n and_o of_o her_o rest_n from_o persecution_n upon_o earth_n add_v moreover_o to_o all_o this_o that_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n for_o 1000_o year_n be_v immediate_o oppose_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o martyr_n to_o their_o death_n that_o have_v be_v in_o all_o antichristian_a time_n those_o soul_n be_v only_o represent_v in_o the_o figure_n to_o live_v again_o that_o be_v behead_v for_o the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o for_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n that_o have_v not_o worship_v the_o beast_n nor_o receive_v his_o mark_n etc._n etc._n if_o therefore_o we_o will_v right_o understand_v the_o meaning_n of_o these_o thing_n here_o be_v no_o visible_a or_o personal_a reign_n as_o some_o do_v imagine_v but_o when_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n be_v set_v up_o as_o the_o regent-law_n among_o the_o nation_n then_o the_o lord_n christ_n do_v take_v the_o kingdom_n and_o do_v begin_v to_o reign_v and_o this_o the_o lord_n name_v be_v praise_v be_v begin_v already_o by_o the_o preach_a of_o the_o eternal_a gospel_n by_o luther_n and_o other_o rev._n 14._o 6_o 7._o for_o now_o whole_a nation_n kingdom_n and_o commonwealth_n have_v set_v up_o the_o faith_n of_o christ_n as_o the_o religion_n of_o the_o state_n when_o it_o be_v persecute_v and_o tread_v down_o before_o by_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o by_o all_o state_n and_o government_n that_o do_v own_o and_o submit_v to_o he_o as_o head_n of_o the_o church_n and_o for_o the_o martyr_n i_o conceive_v that_o here_o be_v no_o liâ—…eral_n and_o corporeal_a resurrection_n of_o their_o body_n only_a john_n in_o the_o vision_n and_o in_o the_o figure_n see_v the_o soul_n of_o they_o that_o be_v behead_v for_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o antichristian_a tyranny_n be_v end_v he_o see_v their_o deliverance_n and_o emersion_n from_o under_o this_o kind_n of_o death_n these_o thing_n i_o think_v good_a more_o large_o to_o note_v to_o take_v off_o the_o prejudice_n of_o the_o millenarian_a opinion_n mere_a necessity_n do_v compel_v i_o to_o maintain_v that_o which_o i_o conceive_v to_o be_v a_o truth_n of_o god_n and_o if_o the_o matter_n be_v right_o state_v i_o believe_v here_o will_v be_v nothing_o find_v that_o will_v cross_v the_o analogy_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n the_o authority_n of_o the_o magistrate_n and_o the_o support_n of_o the_o public_a ministry_n but_o rather_o it_o will_v establish_v all_o these_o thing_n but_o to_o come_v a_o little_a more_o near_o to_o the_o main_a scope_n of_o the_o present_a discourse_n see_v i_o take_v 666_o to_o be_v the_o number_n of_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n of_o universal_a headship_n in_o this_o perhaps_o they_o may_v be_v offend_v that_o be_v against_o all_o calculation_n of_o prophetical_a number_n but_o for_o such_o a_o way_n in_o general_a we_o have_v good_a ground_n from_o the_o scripture_n both_o of_o the_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n if_o any_o have_v go_v too_o far_o in_o other_o point_n to_o determine_v to_o a_o particular_a year_n before_o the_o prophecy_n have_v be_v fulfil_v and_o so_o have_v be_v mistake_v in_o the_o present_a case_n there_o can_v be_v the_o same_o suspicion_n of_o falsehood_n when_o we_o say_v that_o 666_o be_v the_o number_n of_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o which_o respect_n it_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n in_o this_o we_o be_v on_o the_o sure_a side_n because_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o thing_n be_v already_o verify_v and_o make_v good_a in_o the_o experience_n of_o the_o church_n and_o whereas_o all_o the_o reform_a church_n and_o our_o late_a assembly_n of_o divine_n in_o their_o confession_n of_o faith_n chap._n 25._o sect._n 6._o do_v place_n the_o formality_n of_o antichristianism_n in_o this_o as_o the_o
reproof_n and_o instruction_n in_o righteousness_n i_o shall_v do_v it_o the_o rather_o because_o many_o in_o these_o time_n be_v preoccupate_v with_o prejudice_n paraeus_n in_o his_o commentary_n upon_o the_o revelation_n and_o in_o the_o preface_n of_o the_o work_n have_v these_o word_n apocalypsin_fw-la interpretari_fw-la non_fw-la est_fw-la nodos_fw-la aenigmatum_fw-la omnium_fw-la solvere_fw-la apices_fw-la omnes_fw-la aâ—…u_fw-la fodere_fw-la nihil_fw-la omnino_fw-la ignorare_fw-la vel_fw-la quid_fw-la imago_fw-la quid_fw-la character_n quid_fw-la numerus_fw-la nominis_fw-la bestiae_fw-la quid_fw-la bestia_fw-la ipsa_fw-la etc._n etc._n by_o this_o it_o be_v evident_a what_o the_o forename_a interpreter_n do_v judge_n concern_v these_o point_n to_o wit_n the_o beast_n the_o name_n the_o mark_n &_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n he_o take_v they_o to_o be_v but_o punctilio_n and_o nicety_n in_o this_o kind_n of_o learning_n but_o save_v the_o great_a worth_n of_o so_o judicious_a a_o author_n i_o shall_v now_o endeavour_v to_o make_v good_a the_o contradictory_n to_o his_o assertion_n and_o shall_v prove_v these_o to_o be_v point_n very_o momentous_a and_o much_o conduce_v to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o whole_a prophecy_n first_o if_o you_o take_v the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n in_o the_o main_a scope_n it_o be_v for_o the_o most_o part_n carry_v on_o in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beginning_n and_o continuance_n of_o that_o kingdom_n as_o it_o stand_v in_o diametral_a opposition_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o of_o his_o saint_n the_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n that_o send_v his_o angel_n of_o â—…et_a purpose_n to_o sigâ—…e_v to_o the_o church_n thing_n that_o must_v short_o come_v to_o pass_v â—…endeth_v a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o prophetical_a narration_n in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o in_o the_o delineation_n of_o the_o name_n mark_v and_o number_n the_o essential_a badge_n and_o character_n of_o the_o kingdom_n therefore_o it_o must_v needs_o be_v a_o matter_n very_o behooveful_a to_o the_o right_a understanding_n of_o other_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n to_o define_v in_o the_o beginning_n what_o be_v signify_v under_o these_o emâ—…ems_n or_o typical_a expression_n second_o the_o holy_a spirit_n speak_v of_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n 〈◊〉_d name_n mark_v and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o iâ—…_n give_v worship_n to_o the_o image_n and_o in_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d mark_n the_o great_a sin_n of_o the_o world_n have_v consist_v in_o these_o latter_a time_n chap._n 13._o vers_fw-la 11_o 12_o 13_o 14_o 15_o 16._o now_o than_o if_o the_o great_a sin_n of_o the_o world_n have_v primary_o and_o chief_o consist_v in_o these_o thing_n it_o be_v a_o most_o material_a point_n to_o find_v out_o what_o the_o holy_a spirit_n do_v mean_a by_o these_o symbolical_a and_o figurative_a expression_n i_o can_v mourn_v for_o a_o sin_n private_o in_o heart_n neither_o can_v i_o public_o reprove_v it_o in_o other_o but_o i_o must_v first_o know_v what_o the_o sin_n be_v but_o that_o this_o idolatry_n may_v more_o full_o appear_v let_v we_o amplify_v it_o by_o two_o circumstance_n first_o by_o the_o circumstance_n of_o place_n where_o and_o how_o far_o it_o have_v be_v use_v and_o here_o it_o be_v plain_a in_o all_o the_o part_n of_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o beast_n none_o may_v buy_v nor_o sell_v but_o he_o that_o worship_v the_o image_n and_o receive_v the_o mark_n he_o cause_v all_o both_o small_a and_o great_a rich_a and_o poor_a free_a and_o bond_n to_o be_v subject_a to_o his_o law_n if_o you_o look_v to_o the_o latitude_n of_o the_o dominion_n the_o scripture_n speak_v of_o a_o very_a large_a and_o ample_a dominion_n that_o the_o beast_n have_v for_o the_o nation_n be_v deceive_v chap._n 20._o vers_fw-la 3._o all_o the_o world_n worship_v the_o beast_n chap._n 13._o vers_fw-la 8._o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n do_v also_o agree_v to_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n chap._n 17._o vers_fw-la 17._o therefore_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v very_o great_a and_o by_o consequent_a the_o sin_n must_v be_v a_o ecumenical_a sin_n practise_v in_o all_o the_o part_n and_o precinct_n of_o so_o large_a a_o dominion_n see_v also_o it_o be_v not_o the_o sin_n of_o one_o particular_a nation_n city_n or_o church_n but_o in_o a_o manner_n the_o general_a and_o the_o common_a apostasy_n of_o the_o time_n therefore_o it_o be_v of_o great_a moment_n to_o be_v consider_v the_o sin_n of_o jeroboam_fw-la be_v much_o speak_v of_o in_o the_o scripture_n that_o it_o be_v a_o sin_n of_o departure_n from_o the_o true_a god_n and_o that_o it_o continue_v long_o after_o his_o death_n yet_o for_o all_o this_o it_o be_v only_o practise_v within_o the_o compass_n of_o the_o ten_o triâ—…es_n so_o long_o as_o they_o continue_v a_o kingdom_n but_o now_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o receive_n of_o his_o mark_n have_v overspread_v all_o nation_n in_o the_o christian_a world_n only_o there_o have_v be_v some_o faithful_a witness_n which_o have_v stand_v for_o the_o truth_n and_o have_v be_v slay_v for_o the_o testimony_n sake_n second_o for_o the_o circumstance_n of_o time_n how_o long_o shall_v it_o be_v that_o man_n must_v worship_v the_o beast_n and_o receive_v his_o mark_n this_o must_v be_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o second_o beast_n for_o though_o i_o do_v not_o full_o agree_v with_o mr_n mede_n as_o may_v appear_v by_o that_o which_o i_o shall_v afterward_o deliver_v that_o the_o ten-horned_a &_o the_o two-horned_a beast_n be_v exact_a contemporary_n in_o all_o their_o time_n yet_o in_o substance_n and_o in_o the_o main_a they_o be_v say_v to_o be_v of_o equal_a continuance_n the_o time_n of_o the_o ten-horned_a beast_n be_v 42_o month_n or_o 1260_o prophetical_a day_n or_o ordinary_a year_n so_o then_o some_o small_a proportion_n be_v deduct_v this_o period_n will_v be_v the_o time_n also_o of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n and_o of_o the_o world_n receive_v the_o mark_n and_o the_o image_n which_o he_o make_v therefore_o see_v this_o sin_n shall_v continue_v many_o age_n together_o it_o behove_v we_o to_o make_v the_o more_o diligent_a search_n into_o the_o matter_n nabuchadnezzar_n set_v up_o a_o great_a image_n as_o the_o type_n of_o the_o babylonian_a majesty_n he_o cause_v all_o the_o state_n of_o that_o empire_n to_o come_v together_o to_o the_o dedication_n of_o the_o image_n he_o command_v they_o all_o under_o pain_n of_o death_n to_o fall_v down_o before_o it_o he_o have_v a_o note_n of_o distinction_n also_o to_o discern_v between_o the_o worshipper_n of_o the_o image_n and_o those_o that_o refuse_v that_o worship_n yet_o all_o this_o be_v do_v as_o it_o be_v in_o a_o instant_n of_o time_n but_o for_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n set_v up_o in_o honour_n of_o the_o roman_a majesty_n this_o have_v continue_v many_o age_n here_o all_o nation_n language_n and_o people_n be_v require_v to_o worship_n here_o be_v a_o penalty_n lay_v upon_o all_o that_o shall_v refuse_v to_o yield_v obedience_n to_o the_o command_n and_o here_o be_v a_o mark_n to_o distinguish_v between_o those_o that_o be_v the_o beast_n and_o those_o that_o be_v none_o of_o he_o these_o tyrannical_a and_o idolatrous_a practice_n have_v continue_v by_o the_o fore-appointment_n and_o counsel_n of_o god_n for_o many_o generation_n therefore_o consider_v the_o largeness_n of_o the_o place_n and_o the_o long_a continuance_n of_o the_o time_n that_o the_o world_n have_v sin_v and_o do_v yet_o continue_v sin_v against_o christ_n in_o these_o very_a thing_n we_o may_v conclude_v that_o it_o be_v no_o nice_a curiosity_n to_o find_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o beast_n his_o name_n mark_v and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n three_o if_o we_o consider_v the_o grievous_a judgement_n of_o god_n denounce_v against_o all_o those_o that_o worship_v the_o beast_n his_o image_n and_o receive_v his_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n and_o their_o right_a hand_n that_o they_o shall_v drink_v of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n which_o be_v pour_v out_o without_o mixture_n in_o the_o cup_n of_o his_o indignation_n also_o that_o they_o shall_v be_v torment_v with_o fire_n and_o brimstone_n in_o the_o presence_n of_o the_o holy_a angel_n and_o of_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o smoke_n of_o their_o burn_a shall_v ascend_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o chap._n 14._o vers_fw-la 9_o 10_o 11._o the_o learned_a grasserus_n right_o observe_v that_o in_o the_o whole_a canon_n of_o scripture_n there_o be_v nowhere_o a_o more_o terrible_a judgement_n threaten_v than_o that_o which_o be_v here_o denounce_v against_o the_o man_n that_o worship_v the_o beast_n and_o receive_v his_o mark._n and_o shall_v
we_o account_v it_o but_o a_o curiosity_n to_o find_v out_o the_o meaning_n of_o christ_n in_o these_o thing_n in_o which_o also_o the_o precious_a soul_n of_o many_o thousand_o be_v so_o deep_o hazard_v and_o that_o for_o ever_o to_o their_o eternal_a perdition_n if_o they_o repent_v not_o our_o saviour_n foreseeing_a the_o great_a calamity_n that_o shall_v befall_v the_o church_n and_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n have_v great_a tenderness_n of_o heart_n towards_o they_o at_o the_o instant_n of_o his_o suffer_v he_o say_v daughter_n of_o jerusalem_n weep_v not_o for_o i_o but_o weep_v for_o yourselves_o and_o for_o your_o child_n for_o the_o day_n be_v come_v in_o which_o they_o shall_v say_v bless_a be_v the_o barren_a that_o do_v not_o bear_v and_o the_o pap_n that_o never_o give_v suck_v luk._n 23._o 28_o 29_o 30._o even_o so_o at_o this_o present_a day_n though_o the_o friend_n and_o follower_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n be_v the_o great_a enemy_n that_o we_o have_v yet_o nevertheless_o have_v we_o the_o heart_n of_o christ_n and_o do_v we_o see_v the_o greatness_n of_o their_o sin_n and_o the_o grievousness_n of_o the_o wrath_n to_o come_v we_o will_v have_v tender_a affection_n towards_o they_o we_o will_v mourn_v over_o they_o with_o many_o tear_n but_o how_o shall_v we_o do_v this_o if_o we_o ourselves_o do_v not_o understand_v what_o this_o sin_n be_v and_o what_o judgement_n the_o lord_n will_v bring_v upon_o they_o for_o these_o thing_n therefore_o it_o be_v no_o idle_a speculation_n to_o meditate_v on_o this_o subject_n which_o concern_v the_o sin_n of_o the_o world_n and_o the_o great_a judgement_n of_o god_n because_o of_o the_o sin_n four_o if_o we_o consider_v the_o special_a cause_n of_o the_o martyrdom_n and_o the_o suffering_n of_o the_o saint_n it_o be_v special_o for_o these_o thing_n and_o therefore_o in_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o edict_n be_v make_v that_o all_o who_o will_v not_o worship_v the_o image_n shall_v be_v put_v to_o death_n chap._n 13._o vers_fw-la 15._o the_o victory_n of_o the_o saint_n also_o that_o stand_v upon_o the_o glassy_a sea_n mingle_v with_o fire_n be_v of_o they_o that_o have_v overcome_v the_o beast_n his_o image_n mark_v name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n chap._n 15._o v._n 2_o 3._o at_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o thousand_o year_n also_o those_o soul_n saâ—…e_v upon_o throne_n and_o judgement_n be_v give_v to_o they_o that_o be_v behead_v for_o the_o witness_n of_o jesus_n and_o for_o the_o word_n of_o god_n that_o have_v not_o worship_v the_o beast_n nor_o receive_v his_o mark._n we_o may_v conclude_v then_o that_o these_o be_v the_o special_a cause_n of_o the_o martyr_n suffering_n in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o be_v the_o eminent_a object_n of_o their_o victory_n and_o crown_n in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o kingdom_n now_o shall_v we_o think_v the_o knowledge_n of_o these_o thing_n to_o be_v a_o nice_a speculation_n i_o think_v that_o there_o be_v nothing_o more_o serious_o to_o be_v think_v of_o and_o i_o believe_v also_o that_o it_o be_v the_o mind_n of_o christ_n that_o we_o shall_v so_o judge_v of_o the_o matter_n five_o if_o we_o consider_v the_o object_n of_o the_o vial_n upon_o what_o kind_n of_o person_n they_o be_v pour_v out_o they_o be_v pour_v out_o upon_o a_o people_n that_o be_v distinguish_v by_o such_o badge_n and_o cognisance_n as_o these_o that_o have_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o worship_v his_o image_n chap._n 16._o vers_fw-la 1_o 2_o 10_o 13._o now_o then_o if_o we_o will_v know_v what_o the_o vial_n be_v and_o wherein_o the_o justice_n of_o god_n do_v appear_v in_o his_o pour_v forth_o of_o they_o in_o these_o time_n for_o these_o be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o vial_n it_o will_v be_v a_o point_n very_o necessary_a and_o material_a to_o the_o open_n of_o this_o doctrine_n to_o show_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o mark_n of_o his_o name_n for_o the_o vial_n full_a of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n have_v their_o several_a and_o respective_a operation_n upon_o these_o kind_n of_o man_n therefore_o it_o be_v no_o matter_n of_o light_a curiosity_n to_o discover_v what_o these_o thing_n be_v and_o what_o kind_n of_o person_n be_v decipher_v and_o set_v forth_o under_o these_o character_n six_o consider_v the_o promise_n that_o be_v make_v to_o the_o church_n that_o after_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n than_o the_o dragon_n shall_v deceive_v the_o nation_n no_o more_o chap._n 20._o v._n 3._o that_o wherein_o the_o nation_n have_v be_v deceive_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n be_v in_o the_o matter_n of_o worship_v the_o beast_n in_o adore_v his_o image_n and_o in_o receive_v his_o mark_n as_o may_v appear_v chap._n 13._o v._n 13_o 14._o chap._n 20._o v._n 3._o further_o whereas_o it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n do_v deceive_v they_o that_o dwell_v on_o the_o earth_n by_o the_o mean_n of_o those_o miracle_n he_o have_v power_n to_o do_v here_o we_o must_v not_o think_v that_o this_o deceive_a of_o the_o nation_n be_v only_o at_o that_o instant_n but_o he_o have_v deceive_v they_o and_o do_v deceive_v they_o and_o will_v deceive_v they_o in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o it_o be_v particular_o say_v of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n to_o wit_n the_o delude_a king_n that_o they_o shall_v agree_v to_o give_v their_o kingdom_n to_o the_o beast_n till_o the_o word_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v fulfil_v when_o those_o time_n be_v once_o fulfil_v the_o dragon_n shall_v deceive_v the_o nation_n no_o more_o for_o though_o he_o and_o the_o beast_n be_v two_o yet_o in_o this_o business_n they_o be_v but_o one_o the_o dragon_n deceive_v the_o nation_n by_o the_o beast_n the_o beast_n be_v the_o dragon_n vicegerent_n in_o deceive_v the_o nation_n when_o the_o beast_n be_v destroy_v the_o dragon_n also_o shall_v be_v bind_v up_o that_o he_o shall_v deceive_v the_o nation_n no_o more_o if_o we_o descend_v to_o particular_n and_o inquire_v wherein_o the_o nation_n have_v be_v deceive_v the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o prophecy_n do_v direct_v we_o to_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o to_o the_o receive_n of_o his_o mark._n it_o be_v no_o frivolous_a study_n then_o to_o dive_v into_o the_o sense_n and_o to_o search_v into_o the_o mean_v of_o these_o thing_n see_v they_o be_v the_o subject-matter_n of_o such_o a_o universal_a delusion_n and_o who_o can_v tell_v when_o these_o thing_n shall_v come_v to_o be_v more_o clear_o know_v to_o the_o conscience_n of_o they_o which_o have_v be_v former_o seduce_v when_o they_o shall_v come_v also_o more_o perfect_o and_o full_o to_o know_v what_o the_o spirit_n mean_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n his_o mark_n and_o image_n and_o how_o they_o have_v great_o sin_v against_o christ_n in_o yield_v to_o these_o thing_n who_o can_v tell_v what_o a_o mean_a this_o may_v be_v of_o their_o undeceive_n we_o may_v probable_o suppose_v that_o the_o state_n and_o government_n of_o this_o world_n may_v more_o easy_o be_v bring_v off_o from_o their_o subjection_n to_o the_o beast_n when_o we_o shall_v define_v the_o true_a natural_a meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n and_o lay_v the_o definition_n before_o the_o conscience_n in_o the_o great_a controversy_n betwixt_o the_o see_v of_o rome_n and_o other_o state_n it_o be_v remarkable_a what_o the_o champion_n of_o that_o church_n do_v usual_o propound_v they_o speak_v much_o of_o the_o stability_n of_o that_o seat_n ground_v upon_o the_o promise_n tue_fw-la petrus_n etc._n etc._n and_o in_o very_a deed_n if_o we_o look_v to_o experience_n how_o many_o kingdom_n how_o many_o church_n in_o the_o east_n and_o in_o the_o west_n have_v total_o perish_v and_o have_v come_v to_o nothing_o when_o that_o church_n and_o see_v have_v continue_v in_o the_o great_a glory_n and_o that_o for_o many_o age_n now_o this_o be_v lay_v as_o a_o foundation_n be_v not_o here_o great_a reason_n allege_v to_o the_o conscience_n that_o the_o state_n of_o christendom_n shall_v yet_o continue_v their_o obedience_n to_o the_o catholic_n apostolic_a roman_a see_n as_o they_o call_v it_o none_o can_v deny_v but_o that_o authority_n have_v be_v wondrous_o and_o miraculos_o preserve_v in_o all_o time_n and_o in_o all_o change_n of_o time_n and_o for_o my_o own_o part_n i_o do_v open_o confess_v that_o to_o i_o it_o be_v a_o great_a wonder_n to_o see_v a_o state_n oâ—…_n government_n to_o continue_v so_o many_o age_n and_o yet_o to_o abide_v one_o and_o the_o same_o still_o but_o when_o i_o read_v the_o scripture_n i_o find_v that_o the_o
roman_a dominion_n in_o the_o last_o and_o antichristian_a edition_n must_v continue_v a_o long_a time_n â—…o_o the_o admiration_n of_o the_o world_n the_o caesarean_a majesty_n be_v to_o continue_v some_o good_a space_n of_o time_n and_o that_o be_v cut_v off_o the_o antichristian_a be_v to_o be_v restore_v as_o the_o wonder_n of_o the_o world_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v say_v that_o all_o they_o who_o name_n be_v not_o write_v in_o the_o book_n of_o life_n from_o the_o foundation_n of_o the_o world_n shall_v admire_v when_o they_o behold_v the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v chap._n 17._o vers_fw-la 8._o now_o then_o if_o we_o can_v make_v it_o appear_v what_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o these_o thing_n when_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n begin_v and_o how_o long_o it_o must_v continue_v if_o we_o can_v show_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o name_n mark_v and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n and_o how_o all_o these_o be_v applicable_a to_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o see_v of_o rome_n and_o to_o the_o world_n live_v in_o subjection_n to_o that_o headship_n if_o these_o thing_n can_v be_v clear_v as_o by_o the_o lord_n assistance_n i_o shall_v endeavour_v to_o clear_v they_o in_o the_o process_n of_o this_o treatise_n i_o hope_v that_o this_o will_v not_o any_o long_o be_v account_v a_o fruitless_a inquiry_n which_o may_v be_v the_o mean_a under_o the_o grace_n of_o god_n to_o redeem_v the_o soul_n of_o man_n from_o such_o a_o thraldom_n for_o put_v case_n you_o have_v to_o do_v with_o such_o a_o one_o who_o place_v a_o great_a part_n of_o his_o religion_n in_o yield_a subjection_n to_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n you_o shall_v do_v much_o towards_o his_o conviction_n when_o out_o of_o the_o scripture_n in_o general_a you_o shall_v be_v able_a to_o prove_v such_o a_o obligation_n to_o be_v contrary_a to_o faith_n in_o christ._n and_o this_o many_o worthy_a writer_n have_v do_v already_o yet_o you_o shall_v do_v more_o when_o out_o of_o this_o particular_a scripture_n you_o shall_v be_v able_a solid_o to_o prove_v the_o profession_n of_o such_o a_o allegiance_n to_o be_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n if_o they_o that_o separate_v from_o our_o church_n and_o cite_v that_o scripture_n come_v out_o of_o babylon_n my_o people_n will_v first_o define_v what_o babylon_n be_v and_o that_o the_o church_n of_o england_n be_v the_o babylon_n that_o st._n john_n speak_v of_o they_o will_v carry_v on_o their_o business_n more_o demonstrative_o and_o apocalyptical_o till_o this_o be_v do_v they_o do_v but_o beat_v the_o air._n the_o same_o law_n may_v be_v give_v to_o we_o when_o we_o charge_v the_o roman_a catholic_n that_o they_o be_v such_o that_o receive_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o justify_v the_o charge_n we_o shall_v define_v in_o the_o first_o place_n what_o the_o beast_n his_o name_n mark_v image_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n do_v signify_v and_o when_o this_o be_v do_v we_o shall_v show_v how_o these_o thing_n do_v agree_v to_o the_o head-ship_n of_o the_o roman_a bishop_n if_o there_o be_v no_o performance_n of_o this_o how_o can_v we_o accuse_v they_o of_o a_o sin_n and_o we_o ourselves_o be_v altogether_o ignorant_a what_o that_o sin_n be_v therefore_o the_o right_a determination_n of_o these_o thing_n be_v no_o trivial_a matter_n as_o some_o imagine_v seven_o if_o we_o consider_v the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n for_o 1000_o year_n to_o the_o better_a understanding_n of_o this_o it_o be_v behoveful_a for_o we_o first_o of_o all_o to_o know_v what_o be_v the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n over_o those_o that_o have_v the_o mark_v and_o worship_v the_o image_n for_o it_o be_v the_o scope_n of_o the_o spirit_n to_o set_v the_o reign_n of_o christ_n in_o immediate_a opposition_n to_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n if_o therefore_o we_o can_v well_o understand_v the_o nature_n and_o manner_n of_o the_o beast_n reign_v over_o those_o that_o have_v his_o mark_n and_o worship_v his_o image_n we_o shall_v be_v the_o more_o able_a to_o see_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ._n for_o the_o knowledge_n of_o one_o contrary_a do_v exceed_o conduce_v to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o other_o special_o in_o that_o point_n wherein_o the_o contrariety_n do_v stand_v and_o the_o contrariety_n between_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o beast_n do_v lie_v in_o the_o sovereignty_n now_o for_o the_o clear_n of_o this_o truth_n we_o can_v prove_v it_o from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o from_o the_o coherence_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o in_o the_o former_a part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o 13_o chapt_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 19_o it_o be_v the_o plot_n of_o the_o spirit_n to_o describe_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o its_o first_o institution_n in_o the_o greatness_n of_o its_o power_n in_o its_o cruelty_n against_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o time_n of_o its_o continuance_n and_o in_o other_o adjunct_n of_o that_o dominion_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o 19_o chap._n he_o show_v how_o the_o beast_n be_v cast_v into_o the_o lake_n of_o fire_n and_o when_o this_o be_v do_v he_o begin_v to_o â—…peak_v of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o resurrection_n of_o the_o martyr_n from_o the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o prophecy_n it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v oppose_v to_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n for_o 1000_o year_n where_o the_o beast_n do_v make_v a_o end_n at_o that_o instant_n of_o time_n the_o reign_n of_o christ_n do_v begin_v and_o where_o the_o death_n of_o the_o martyr_n be_v full_o complete_a there_o the_o resurrection_n and_o emersion_n out_o of_o the_o antichristian_a death_n do_v immediate_o ensue_v now_o for_o the_o consequent_n that_o follow_v the_o destruction_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n john_n tell_v we_o i_o see_v a_o angel_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n have_v the_o key_n of_o the_o bottomless_a pâ—…t_n and_o a_o great_a chain_n in_o his_o hand_n and_o he_o lay_v hold_v on_o the_o dragon_n and_o bind_v he_o 1000_o year_n further_o he_o do_v cast_v he_o into_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n and_o set_v a_o seal_n upon_o he_o that_o he_o shall_v deceive_v the_o nation_n no_o more_o chap._n 20._o vers_fw-la 1_o 2._o now_o if_o the_o question_n be_v put_v how_o and_o wherein_o be_v the_o nation_n deceive_v i_o answer_v it_o be_v in_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o in_o receive_v his_o mark_n for_o it_o be_v mention_v in_o the_o two_o last_o verse_n of_o the_o former_a chapter_n that_o the_o false_a prophet_n deceive_v they_o that_o receive_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o worship_v his_o image_n when_o the_o beast_n be_v destroy_v than_o the_o dragon_n be_v bind_v up_o and_o so_o a_o end_n be_v put_v to_o the_o deceive_a of_o the_o nation_n by_o all_o that_o have_v be_v speak_v it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o all_o his_o time_n be_v immediate_o oppose_v to_o the_o thousand_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ._n therefore_o if_o we_o will_v know_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n in_o what_o manner_n he_o shall_v reign_v upon_o the_o earth_n and_o how_o his_o martyr_n shall_v reign_v with_o he_o it_o be_v needful_a that_o we_o shall_v understand_v what_o be_v the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n over_o those_o that_o receive_v his_o mark_n and_o worship_v his_o image_n it_o be_v needful_a also_o that_o we_o shall_v understand_v the_o whole_a antichrisian_a time_n to_o be_v the_o season_n of_o the_o death_n suffering_n and_o behead_n of_o the_o marâ—…yrs_n for_o the_o testimony_n sake_n when_o this_o time_n be_v end_v then_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o rise_n or_o a_o stand_n up_o from_o this_o death_n the_o right_a state_v of_o these_o thing_n will_v prepare_v the_o way_n for_o the_o discovery_n of_o the_o 1000_o year_n and_o for_o aught_o as_o i_o can_v discern_v one_o chief_a reason_n wherefore_o we_o be_v so_o dark_a in_o the_o apprehension_n and_o confuse_a in_o the_o notion_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n be_v this_o because_o we_o do_v not_o first_o expound_v and_o make_v clear_a the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n what_o it_o be_v what_o his_o name_n mark_v or_o image_n be_v nor_o what_o be_v the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n these_o and_o many_o other_o reason_n may_v be_v bring_v to_o prove_v the_o use_n and_o profit_n of_o the_o discovery_n but_o to_o gather_v up_o all_o into_o one_o sum_n if_o any_o think_v these_o thing_n to_o be_v a_o nicety_n â—…et_v they_o consider_v first_o that_o these_o be_v the_o distinctive_a badge_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n second_o that_o
the_o great_a sin_n of_o the_o christian_a world_n for_o many_o age_n have_v be_v in_o worship_v the_o image_n and_o receive_v the_o mark._n three_o the_o grievous_a judgement_n of_o god_n denounce_v against_o man_n for_o these_o thing_n four_o the_o cause_n of_o the_o martyr_n suffering_n because_o they_o will_v not_o worship_v the_o beast_n nor_o receive_v his_o mark._n five_o the_o object_n of_o the_o vial_n they_o be_v pour_v out_o upon_o a_o people_n distinguish_v by_o these_o character_n six_o the_o deceive_a of_o the_o nation_n in_o the_o matter_n of_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o worship_n of_o his_o image_n seven_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n which_o will_v be_v the_o more_o demonstrative_o understand_v by_o the_o right_n state_v of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n â—…ver_o those_o that_o worship_v the_o image_n and_o receive_v the_o mark_n all_o these_o consideration_n lay_v together_o plain_o show_v the_o use_n and_o profitableness_n of_o the_o discovery_n now_o let_v we_o proceed_v to_o the_o second_o point_n to_o the_o possibility_n thereof_o chap._n ii_o concern_v the_o possibility_n of_o the_o discovery_n and_o how_o that_o there_o be_v certain_a demonstrative_a principle_n to_o bring_v the_o truth_n to_o light_v there_o be_v now_o live_v in_o these_o time_n many_o who_o think_v that_o there_o be_v no_o meddle_v with_o this_o prophecy_n especial_o in_o the_o matter_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n but_o i_o will_v entreat_v all_o such_o serious_o to_o ponder_v in_o their_o own_o heart_n whether_o by_o this_o opinion_n of_o they_o they_o do_v not_o secret_o accuse_v the_o lord_n christ_n either_o for_o want_v of_o truth_n or_o want_v of_o wisdom_n for_o what_o man_n of_o truth_n will_v call_v that_o a_o revelation_n which_o be_v no_o revelation_n at_o all_o and_o what_o man_n of_o wisdom_n will_v say_v bless_a be_v he_o that_o read_v and_o keep_v the_o word_n of_o the_o prophecy_n when_o there_o be_v no_o possibility_n to_o read_v it_o so_o as_o to_o understand_v and_o particular_o shall_v the_o lord_n jesus_n give_v serious_a warning_n to_o his_o church_n and_o people_n shall_v he_o show_v they_o so_o long_o beforehand_o the_o great_a sin_n of_o the_o world_n which_o shall_v consist_v in_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o in_o receive_v of_o his_o mark_n and_o when_o all_o come_v to_o all_o shall_v it_o be_v presumption_n to_o show_v what_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o christ_n in_o these_o thing_n to_o what_o end_n be_v they_o reveal_v if_o there_o be_v no_o use_n of_o the_o revelation_n at_o all_o and_o there_o be_v no_o use_n if_o it_o be_v so_o difficult_a that_o it_o can_v possible_o be_v understand_v it_o be_v a_o special_a part_n of_o love_n in_o christ_n to_o send_v and_o signify_v to_o his_o servant_n thing_n that_o must_v come_v short_o to_o pass_v but_o what_o part_n of_o love_n be_v it_o to_o signify_v it_o in_o that_o manner_n that_o they_o can_v possible_o understand_v what_o he_o mean_v you_o will_v say_v it_o be_v reveal_v to_o some_o select_a one_o i_o grant_v that_o some_o of_o the_o servant_n of_o christ_n have_v a_o peculiar_a gift_n to_o understand_v the_o typical_a expression_n in_o this_o prophecy_n as_o every_o member_n in_o the_o church_n have_v his_o peculiar_a gift_n dispense_v to_o the_o edification_n of_o the_o whole_a body_n and_o therefore_o they_o be_v bind_v to_o lay_v out_o their_o talon_n this_o way_n for_o the_o common_a good_a but_o what_o shall_v we_o say_v of_o they_o that_o account_v it_o curiosity_n in_o any_o whosoever_o to_o meddle_v with_o these_o study_n and_o be_v absolute_o for_o the_o conceal_n of_o these_o thing_n from_o the_o people_n but_o if_o it_o be_v allege_v that_o experience_n show_v how_o they_o have_v be_v deceive_v who_o have_v bestow_v their_o pain_n in_o this_o kind_n of_o study_n i_o answer_v the_o same_o experience_n plain_o show_v that_o they_o who_o have_v come_v with_o a_o sincere_a mind_n to_o find_v out_o the_o truth_n to_o study_v the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n to_o compare_v time_n with_o time_n vision_z with_o vision_z and_o the_o prophecy_n with_o the_o story_n have_v have_v a_o good_a return_n of_o their_o labour_n i_o may_v say_v without_o prejudice_n to_o those_o that_o go_v before_o that_o bullinger_n in_o his_o time_n brightman_n in_o his_o time_n grasserus_n in_o his_o time_n mede_n in_o his_o time_n each_o of_o these_o have_v make_v their_o several_a and_o respective_a addition_n to_o the_o clear_n of_o the_o prophecy_n if_o we_o endeavour_v to_o carry_v on_o the_o work_n where_o they_o leave_v it_o at_o least_o with_o the_o same_o industry_n and_o fidelity_n we_o may_v by_o the_o blessing_n of_o god_n be_v the_o instrument_n of_o bring_v those_o mystery_n to_o light_n that_o be_v not_o discern_v in_o former_a age_n and_o for_o my_o part_n i_o do_v firm_o believe_v that_o god_n will_v not_o cease_v to_o raise_v up_o such_o in_o the_o time_n follow_v as_o shall_v clear_v the_o thing_n that_o have_v lie_v dark_a in_o the_o prophecy_n and_o do_v yet_o remain_v hide_v to_o we_o but_o for_o the_o present_a because_o many_o think_v that_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n be_v unsearchable_a mystery_n let_v i_o lay_v down_o some_o reason_n to_o prove_v the_o possibility_n and_o the_o evidence_n of_o the_o discovery_n first_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n be_v the_o essential_a character_n of_o a_o state_n or_o government_n obvious_a to_o the_o view_n of_o man_n it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o write_n of_o s._n paul_n that_o there_o be_v many_o thing_n in_o they_o hard_a to_o be_v understand_v 2_o pet._n 3._o 16._o there_o may_v be_v good_a reason_n give_v for_o this_o to_o wit_n the_o sublimity_n and_o the_o spiritualness_n of_o the_o matter_n for_o a_o natural_a man_n that_o have_v no_o experience_n in_o his_o own_o heart_n how_o can_v he_o judge_v of_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o apostle_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o life_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o lead_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o comfort_n of_o the_o spirit_n of_o the_o put_n off_o of_o the_o old_a man_n and_o the_o put_v on_o of_o the_o new_a when_o a_o man_n have_v no_o experience_n how_o can_v he_o understand_v these_o thing_n that_o be_v so_o large_o speak_v of_o in_o the_o epistle_n to_o the_o roman_n now_o it_o be_v not_o so_o with_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o mark_n these_o be_v the_o badge_n of_o a_o government_n obvious_a to_o the_o sense_n of_o all_o man_n if_o there_o be_v any_o difficulty_n it_o lie_v only_o in_o the_o typical_a and_o figurative_a way_n of_o expression_n second_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n be_v the_o essential_a character_n of_o a_o state_n or_o government_n which_o the_o church_n have_v have_v long_a experience_n of_o for_o many_o age_n for_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n that_o shall_v be_v over_o jew_n and_o gentile_n in_o the_o latter_a time_n though_o there_o be_v many_o thing_n speak_v in_o the_o scripture_n concern_v this_o dominion_n yet_o there_o be_v sundry_a passage_n hard_o to_o be_v determine_v because_o the_o event_n have_v not_o yet_o show_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o prophecy_n now_o there_o be_v nothing_o want_v so_o far_o as_o it_o concern_v the_o event_n to_o make_v know_v to_o the_o church_n what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n three_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n be_v such_o character_n that_o the_o church_n in_o be_v have_v the_o present_a experience_n of_o many_o thing_n be_v dark_a in_o the_o old_a prophet_n because_o the_o story_n of_o those_o time_n be_v lose_v to_o we_o the_o jew_n can_v better_a understand_v the_o meaning_n of_o some_o prophecy_n than_o we_o can_v and_o i_o believe_v the_o great_a knot_n in_o expound_v the_o 70_o week_n of_o daniel_n lie_v principal_o in_o this_o to_o show_v precise_o and_o determinate_o where_o that_o number_n of_o time_n do_v begin_v there_o be_v a_o excellent_a agreement_n between_o the_o greek_a historian_n about_o the_o respective_a time_n of_o the_o king_n of_o persia_n but_o the_o knot_n lie_v in_o this_o right_o to_o determine_v who_o that_o darius_n be_v in_o who_o time_n the_o temple_n be_v build_v and_o the_o city_n repair_v this_o thing_n be_v better_o know_v to_o the_o ancient_a jew_n than_o it_o be_v to_o we_o but_o now_o for_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o mark_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n there_o be_v not_o the_o like_a reason_n of_o darkness_n in_o these_o because_o they_o
be_v in_o the_o present_a experience_n of_o man_n and_o the_o story_n concern_v these_o thing_n be_v in_o recent_a memory_n four_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n be_v again_o and_o again_o repeat_v in_o several_a part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n upon_o sundry_a occasion_n and_o therefore_o though_o one_o text_n be_v dark_a and_o obscure_a it_o may_v be_v make_v more_o clear_a by_o compare_v it_o with_o parallel_a place_n in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o vintage_n we_o read_v that_o blood_n come_v unto_o the_o horse_n bridle_v a_o thousand_o and_o six_o hundred_o furlong_n rev._n 14_o 20._o now_o so_o far_o as_o i_o apprehend_v it_o be_v hard_o to_o show_v what_o be_v the_o number_n of_o furlong_n see_v no_o other_o text_n do_v speak_v of_o the_o number_n but_o for_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n these_o be_v speak_v of_o in_o divers_a text_n and_o therefore_o we_o have_v great_a help_n to_o understand_v the_o meaning_n of_o they_o and_o therefore_o if_o this_o text_n by_o itself_o be_v hard_a to_o be_v understand_v yet_o it_o may_v be_v make_v easy_a be_v compare_v with_o many_o other_o place_n five_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n his_o mark_n image_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n be_v so_o repeat_v that_o their_o repetition_n be_v in_o another_o place_n and_o another_o manner_n and_o this_o conduce_v very_o much_o to_o the_o clear_n of_o that_o which_o be_v obscure_a the_o four_o monarchical_a kingdom_n be_v something_o dark_o set_v forth_o under_o the_o type_n of_o the_o four_o metal_n to_o help_v this_o matter_n the_o holy_a ghost_n repeat_v they_o again_o under_o the_o similitude_n of_o four_o beast_n chap._n 7._o even_o so_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n which_o exercise_v all_o the_o power_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n in_o his_o presence_n be_v something_o obscure_o deliver_v chap._n 13._o now_o to_o remedy_v the_o obscurity_n the_o holy_a spirit_n deliver_v the_o same_o matter_n in_o another_o manner_n chap._n 17._o there_o be_v the_o same_o delineation_n for_o the_o substance_n of_o the_o matter_n but_o there_o a_o woman_n be_v say_v to_o ride_v a_o scarlet-coloured_n beast_n full_a of_o the_o name_n of_o blasphemy_n therefore_o by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o woman_n or_o the_o whorish_a church_n we_o may_v find_v out_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n see_v these_o be_v so_o many_o several_a form_n of_o expression_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o matter_n six_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n be_v direct_o oppose_v to_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lamb._n it_o be_v well_o observe_v by_o modern_a expositor_n that_o in_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n there_o be_v a_o direct_a antithesis_fw-la and_o contraposition_n between_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o beast_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o follower_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o follower_n of_o the_o beast_n those_o that_o have_v the_o name_n of_o the_o father_n write_v in_o the_o forehead_n and_o those_o that_o have_v the_o mark_v of_o the_o beast_n therefore_o if_o we_o can_v understand_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o lamb_n and_o those_o that_o have_v his_o father_n name_v write_v in_o their_o forehead_n we_o may_v by_o these_o be_v guide_v to_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o beast_n his_o name_n mark_v and_o those_o that_o have_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n seven_o it_o be_v express_o say_v in_o the_o text_n let_v he_o that_o have_v understanding_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n etc._n etc._n these_o word_n imply_v that_o the_o matter_n be_v not_o so_o unsearchable_a but_o by_o diligent_a and_o narrow_a enquiry_n he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n may_v find_v out_o what_o these_o thing_n be_v and_o what_o they_o signify_v we_o read_v of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o 144000_o that_o be_v seal_v in_o their_o forehead_n chap._n 7._o but_o there_o be_v no_o mention_n make_v of_o any_o such_o thing_n that_o he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n shall_v count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o seal_a one_o the_o elect_n of_o god_n that_o stand_v out_o for_o his_o truth_n in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n be_v peculiar_o know_v to_o himself_o who_o they_o be_v and_o what_o they_o be_v and_o therefore_o he_o do_v not_o require_v of_o any_o man_n to_o find_v out_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o number_n but_o when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o beast_n his_o name_n number_n and_o the_o mark_n of_o his_o name_n the_o will_n of_o the_o lord_n jesus_n be_v that_o every_o man_n be_v so_o concern_v that_o he_o shall_v endeavour_v to_o find_v out_o the_o natural_a and_o genuine_a sense_n of_o these_o typical_a expression_n and_o whereas_o it_o be_v say_v let_v he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o meaning_n be_v this_o that_o they_o that_o have_v a_o peculiar_a dexterity_n give_v they_o of_o god_n to_o compare_v the_o prophecy_n and_o the_o story_n together_o shall_v do_v their_o endeavour_n to_o bring_v the_o truth_n to_o light_v for_o the_o public_a good_a if_o any_o be_v of_o that_o judgement_n that_o this_o be_v a_o secret_a that_o be_v impenetrable_a let_v he_o show_v the_o meaning_n of_o that_o phrase_n chap._n 17._o vers_fw-la 9_o there_o the_o same_o expression_n be_v use_v here_o be_v the_o mind_n that_o have_v wisdom_n the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o mountain_n on_o which_o the_o woman_n sit_v now_o all_o the_o world_n know_v or_o may_v know_v that_o this_o be_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n but_o because_o the_o seven_o hill_n be_v parabolical_o set_v forth_o by_o seven_o head_n there_o be_v some_o kind_n of_o wisdom_n to_o be_v use_v to_o show_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o expression_n and_o so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n when_o the_o spirit_n speak_v of_o a_o beast_n his_o name_n mark_v and_o number_n all_o the_o wisdom_n here_o require_v be_v to_o render_v these_o thing_n plain_o and_o naked_o which_o the_o spirit_n do_v decipher_v mystical_o and_o figurative_o now_o then_o to_o collect_v all_o together_o into_o oâ—…e_a sum_n 1._o see_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n be_v the_o character_n of_o a_o government_n obvious_a to_o the_o sense_n of_o man_n 2._o see_v also_o that_o the_o church_n have_v have_v long_a experience_n of_o these_o thing_n 3._o see_v the_o church_n experience_n be_v in_o fresh_a and_o recent_a memory_n 4._o see_v that_o these_o character_n be_v again_o and_o again_o repeat_v in_o several_a place_n of_o the_o prophecy_n 5._o see_v they_o be_v repeat_v in_o a_o various_a and_o different_a manner_n 6._o because_o there_o be_v a_o immediate_a contrariety_n between_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o lamb_n the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lamb._n 7._o because_o the_o word_n itself_o say_v that_o it_o be_v the_o duty_n of_o he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n to_o calculate_v the_o number_n all_o the_o forementioned_a reason_n do_v plain_o show_v that_o these_o matter_n do_v carry_v demonstration_n in_o they_o and_o that_o there_o be_v a_o possibility_n to_o find_v out_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n thereof_o and_o though_o many_o both_o in_o these_o and_o in_o former_a time_n speak_v of_o such_o thing_n as_o the_o ancient_a geographer_n do_v of_o the_o unhabitableness_n of_o the_o torrid_a zone_n yet_o as_o experience_n have_v show_v that_o these_o region_n be_v well_o inhabit_a and_o though_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n be_v very_o great_a yet_o there_o be_v many_o help_v for_o habitation_n so_o in_o like_a manner_n though_o in_o the_o present_a case_n the_o holy_a spirit_n use_v a_o dark_a and_o a_o figurative_a way_n of_o expression_n yet_o we_o shall_v not_o despair_v of_o a_o true_a discovery_n of_o these_o mystery_n rather_o we_o shall_v consider_v the_o many_o help_n which_o the_o lord_n have_v afford_v we_o to_o find_v out_o the_o certainty_n of_o his_o meaning_n when_o he_o speak_v so_o serious_o to_o the_o church_n there_o be_v a_o wide_a difference_n to_o be_v make_v between_o that_o knowledge_n which_o be_v build_v upon_o opinion_n and_o tradition_n and_o that_o true_a scientifical_a knowledge_n found_v upon_o the_o cleverness_n of_o demonstration_n this_o in_o the_o general_n all_o will_v confess_v but_o when_o we_o come_v to_o singular_n we_o be_v not_o so_o prompt_a to_o make_v the_o distinction_n as_o we_o shall_v for_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o in_o some_o subject_n which_o may_v be_v demonstrative_o handle_v many_o time_n we_o converse_v but_o probably_n and_o topical_o and_o that_o which_o be_v more_o to_o be_v consider_v in_o demonstrative_a matter_n we_o many_o time_n content_v ourselves_o with_o a_o bare_a
appellation_n that_o consist_v only_o of_o letter_n and_o syllable_n how_o will_v this_o redound_v to_o the_o benefit_n or_o perfection_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n if_o man_n of_o all_o degree_n and_o order_n shall_v receive_v a_o name_n mere_o consist_v of_o numeral_a letter_n and_o suchlike_a trifle_n but_o if_o you_o take_v the_o name_n for_o the_o sovereign_a power_n and_o headship_n there_o be_v nothing_o more_o rational_a and_o common_a than_o for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n to_o make_v law_n that_o all_o shall_v live_v in_o subjection_n to_o their_o power_n and_o authority_n and_o experience_v plain_o show_v that_o in_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o christian_a world_n strict_a law_n have_v be_v make_v for_o the_o preservation_n of_o the_o dignity_n of_o the_o catholic_n apostolic_a roman_a see_n as_o they_o call_v it_o and_o for_o the_o maintenance_n of_o the_o decree_v make_v by_o that_o authority_n than_o there_o have_v be_v for_o the_o support_n and_o defence_n of_o their_o own_o community_n among_o many_o take_v this_o one_o instance_n of_o the_o statute_n exit_fw-la officio_fw-la make_v here_o in_o england_n in_o the_o time_n of_o hen._n 4._o in_o which_o statute_n it_o be_v provide_v that_o all_o they_o shall_v be_v burn_v public_o in_o the_o sight_n of_o the_o people_n that_o do_v maintain_v teach_v inform_v open_o or_o in_o secret_a any_o thing_n contrary_a to_o the_o catholic_n faith_n and_o the_o determination_n of_o the_o holy_a church_n and_o so_o in_o the_o time_n follow_v by_o virtue_n of_o this_o law_n the_o faithful_a martyr_n under_o the_o title_n of_o lollard_n have_v be_v public_o burn_v for_o speak_v preach_v write_a and_o declare_v against_o the_o decree_n and_o superstition_n establish_v by_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n and_o it_o be_v as_o plain_a that_o neither_o the_o scripture_n nor_o any_o article_n of_o the_o creed_n nor_o any_o other_o point_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n be_v receive_v among_o they_o but_o that_o which_o be_v warrant_v by_o this_o authority_n from_o whence_o we_o may_v easy_o collect_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o law_n and_o injunction_n of_o the_o beast_n that_o none_o may_v buy_v nor_o sell_v but_o such_o only_a that_o have_v the_o mark_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n we_o be_v not_o to_o take_v the_o name_n alphabetical_o for_o to_o what_o end_n shall_v he_o command_v man_n to_o receive_v such_o a_o name_n as_o this_o but_o if_o you_o take_v the_o name_n for_o the_o universal_a headship_n and_o the_o mark_n for_o the_o public_a own_n of_o subjection_n to_o this_o headship_n there_o be_v great_a reason_n give_v for_o the_o make_n of_o such_o a_o statute_n and_o it_o be_v full_o prove_v by_o the_o event_n the_o seven_o argument_n be_v take_v from_o the_o essence_n of_o the_o great_a antichrist_n as_o he_o be_v set_v forth_o 2_o thess._n 2._o for_o the_o pith_n and_o marrow_n of_o the_o apostle_n in_o this_o description_n be_v to_o express_v the_o great_a sublimity_n of_o power_n that_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n shall_v assume_v to_o himself_o in_o and_o over_o the_o church_n of_o god_n these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n he_o as_o god_n sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n show_v himself_o that_o he_o be_v god_n vers_fw-la 4._o from_o these_o word_n we_o may_v gather_v the_o essence_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n lie_v in_o the_o affectation_n of_o a_o kind_n of_o godlike_a dominion_n and_o headship_n in_o and_o over_o the_o church_n of_o god_n now_o then_o as_o the_o â—…on_n of_o god_n have_v merit_v of_o his_o father_n to_o be_v only_a head_n and_o only_a lord_n so_o must_v our_o subjection_n be_v render_v to_o he_o without_o communicability_n of_o such_o a_o prerogative_n to_o any_o other_o for_o though_o there_o be_v god_n many_o and_o lord_n many_o there_o be_v but_o one_o universal_a head_n on_o who_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o church_n do_v depend_v in_o this_o sense_n as_o the_o son_n have_v merit_v of_o the_o father_n to_o be_v the_o supreme_a lord_n and_o head_n there_o be_v none_o de_fw-la jure_fw-la can_v be_v but_o himself_o only_o now_o then_o when_o paul_n in_o the_o thessalonian_n do_v describe_v the_o essence_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n he_o do_v show_v that_o it_o do_v chief_o confist_n in_o the_o headship_n and_o dominion_n over_o the_o church_n and_o this_o be_v that_o which_o john_n in_o the_o revelation_n call_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o so_o far_o we_o have_v go_v in_o the_o discovery_n of_o the_o subject_a of_o the_o number_n we_o have_v show_v by_o many_o reason_n that_o the_o name_n be_v the_o headship_n of_o the_o beast_n now_o we_o shall_v in_o the_o next_o chapter_n endeavour_v to_o calculate_v and_o compute_v the_o number_n chap._n iu._n concern_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n where_o it_o be_v show_v that_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n begin_v public_o to_o be_v establish_v under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o fâ—…th_v metal_n kingdom_n for_o the_o carry_v on_o of_o this_o complicate_v proposition_n we_o be_v to_o make_v two_o thing_n clear_a first_o that_o the_o name_n or_o sovereign_a dominion_n of_o the_o beast_n begin_v precise_o at_o that_o time_n of_o the_o universal_a headship_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n second_o that_o there_o be_v a_o câ—…in_n of_o 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal_n kingdom_n to_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n afcreâ—…aid_v first_o concern_v the_o eâ—…sion_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o earth_n i_o find_v a_o great_a consent_n in_o the_o commentary_n controversy_n and_o story_n of_o the_o church_n that_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n begin_v in_o the_o universal_a headship_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n crackanâ—…orp_n in_o his_o treatise_n against_o spalaâ—…_n call_v it_o the_o câ—…_n one_o of_o the_o building_n and_o in_o very_a deed_n though_o many_o author_n do_v stiff_o maintain_v that_o the_o name_n be_v the_o word_n lateinos_n and_o that_o the_o number_n be_v make_v out_o of_o the_o numeral_a letter_n of_o that_o name_n yet_o if_o you_o put_v they_o upon_o it_o to_o state_n the_o original_a of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n they_o do_v general_o in_o a_o manner_n pitch_n upon_o the_o year_n aforesaid_a but_o we_o will_v not_o depend_v upon_o authority_n therefore_o to_o the_o right_n compute_v of_o â—…he_a true_a apocalyptical_a time_n we_o will_v observe_v these_o ensue_a principle_n principle_n 1._o there_o must_v be_v some_o particular_a instant_n of_o time_n when_o the_o antichristian_a state_n type_v by_o the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n have_v its_o first_o visible_a rise_n out_o of_o the_o earth_n this_o be_v prove_v from_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n and_o i_o behold_v another_o beast_n come_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o he_o have_v two_o horn_n like_o the_o lamb_n and_o he_o speak_v as_o the_o dragon_n rev._n 13._o 11._o and_o therefore_o as_o there_o be_v a_o certain_a and_o determinate_a time_n when_o the_o babylonian_a lion_n and_o the_o persian_a bear_n come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n that_o be_v as_o there_o be_v a_o certain_a time_n when_o the_o babylolonian_a and_o persian_a monarchy_n begin_v so_o there_o must_v be_v a_o particular_a and_o certain_a term_n of_o time_n when_o the_o antichristian_a monarchy_n must_v come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o earth_n also_o if_o this_o be_v well_o observe_v it_o will_v cut_v off_o a_o multitude_n of_o superâ—…luous_a diâ—…putes_n concern_v the_o infancy_n childhood_n middle_a age_n and_o other_o degree_n of_o the_o antichristian_a state_n in_o these_o point_v every_o man_n may_v abound_v in_o his_o own_o fancy_n but_o sure_o i_o be_o according_a to_o the_o true_a apocalyptical_a process_n there_o be_v mention_v make_v but_o of_o one_o visible_a and_o remarkable_a beginning_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n and_o this_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o his_o rise_a ouâ—…_n of_o the_o earth_n princ._n 2._o second_o the_o time_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o this_o beast_n must_v be_v after_o the_o dissipation_n of_o the_o old_a empire_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n type_v and_o figure_v by_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n there_o be_v two_o branch_n in_o this_o principle_n the_o first_o be_v this_o that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n must_v needs_o be_v place_v after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n this_o be_v clear_o prove_v from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o 13_o and_o 17_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n both_o these_o scripture_n do_v pitch_n upon_o this_o that_o there_o must_v be_v a_o take_n away_o of_o the_o imperial_a majesty_n and_o a_o kind_n of_o chasm_n
of_o the_o old_a empire_n behind_o and_o so_o go_v forward_o apply_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n to_o what_o time_n we_o please_v no_o there_o be_v some_o particular_a instant_n of_o time_n when_o the_o beast_n rise_v up_o out_o of_o the_o earth_n when_o his_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n begin_v and_o thiâ—…_n must_v needs_o be_v at_o the_o decree_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n when_o it_o be_v determine_v that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v head_n over_o all_o church_n so_o then_o if_o we_o lie_v these_o three_o principle_n together_o first_o that_o the_o beast_n have_v a_o determinate_a beginning_n of_o his_o kingdom_n second_o that_o this_o determinate_a beginning_n be_v after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n three_o that_o it_o be_v after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n in_o such_o time_n when_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n begin_v first_o public_o and_o solemn_o to_o be_v establish_v if_o we_o put_v all_o these_o three_o together_o we_o shall_v inevitable_o piâ—…ch_v upon_o that_o time_n when_o the_o decree_n go_v forth_o that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v the_o head_n over_o all_o church_n for_o if_o we_o look_v to_o the_o story_n we_o shall_v find_v that_o present_o after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n the_o bishop_n of_o constantinople_n be_v to_o have_v equal_a privilege_n with_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n by_o the_o decree_n of_o the_o council_n of_o chalcedon_n nay_o further_o the_o bishop_n of_o constantinople_n be_v in_o a_o fair_a possibility_n for_o the_o universal_a headship_n than_o be_v he_o of_o rome_n only_o then_o in_o the_o time_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n the_o decree_n be_v enact_v that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v the_o head_n of_o all_o church_n and_o from_o that_o time_n downward_o this_o have_v be_v a_o privilege_n perpetual_o annex_v to_o that_o chair_n and_o so_o then_o we_o have_v the_o true_a beginning_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n out_o of_o the_o earth_n and_o it_o be_v right_o and_o apocalyptical_o apply_v â—…o_o the_o time_n by_o the_o position_n of_o the_o three_o principle_n aforenamed_a but_o here_o bellarmine_n and_o baronius_n deny_v that_o the_o universal_a headship_n begin_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n for_o say_v bellarmine_n phocas_n do_v not_o ordain_v this_o by_o way_n of_o a_o new_a institution_n but_o only_o by_o way_n of_o declaration_n of_o a_o thing_n ever_o before_o acknowledge_v in_o the_o church_n in_o answer_n to_o this_o mornay_n in_o his_o history_n of_o the_o papacy_n tell_v we_o that_o all_o historian_n down_o from_o that_o time_n as_o paulus_n diaconus_fw-la freculphus_n rhegino_n anastasius_n sabelliâ—…us_n blondus_fw-la pomponius_n laetus_n and_o other_o agree_v in_o this_o begin_n progress_n 22._o pag._n 118._o and_o for_o baronius_n he_o say_v an._n 606._o therefore_o what_o do_v phocas_n bestow_v upon_o the_o roman_a church_n nothing_o true_o only_o he_o do_v declare_v by_o his_o sentence_n that_o the_o name_n of_o the_o ecumenical_a bishop_n be_v unlawful_o usurp_v by_o the_o bishop_n of_o constantinople_n when_o it_o be_v due_a romanae_fw-la tantum_fw-la ecclesiae_fw-la only_o to_o the_o roman_a church_n i_o can_v but_o admire_v at_o the_o boldness_n of_o this_o great_a annalist_n that_o he_o shall_v go_v so_o palpable_o against_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n and_o against_o some_o chief_a record_n of_o their_o own_o for_o if_o we_o look_v a_o little_a before_o in_o the_o time_n of_o gregory_n the_o great_a we_o shall_v find_v that_o there_o be_v a_o sharp_a contest_v betwixt_o he_o and_o the_o bishop_n of_o constantinople_n about_o the_o primacy_n for_o john_n the_o four_o surname_v the_o easter_n bishop_n of_o constantinople_n do_v begin_v to_o assume_v the_o title_n of_o universal_a bishop_n about_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n 580_o 26_o year_n before_o the_o matter_n be_v determine_v for_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n he_o be_v the_o more_o embolden_v to_o do_v this_o because_o he_o see_v the_o seat_n of_o the_o empire_n establish_v at_o constantinople_n and_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n besiege_v by_o the_o lombard_n and_o consequent_o the_o bishop_n of_o that_o city_n bring_v to_o a_o low_a ebb_n now_o these_o attempt_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o constantinople_n they_o of_o rome_n do_v most_o strong_o oppose_v but_o none_o more_o than_o gregory_n the_o great_a as_o may_v appear_v by_o sundry_a passage_n in_o his_o epistle_n at_o this_o very_a day_n in_o they_o we_o find_v everywhere_o that_o he_o do_v strong_o dispute_v against_o the_o name_n and_o title_n of_o universal_a bishop_n and_o do_v say_v in_o effect_n that_o it_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n he_o do_v again_o and_o again_o inculcate_v that_o the_o title_n be_v new_a profane_a contrary_a to_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o the_o use_v of_o the_o church_n and_o whereas_o bellarmine_n and_o baronius_n have_v this_o creephole_n that_o he_o do_v only_o inveigh_v against_o the_o encroachment_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o constantinople_n he_o do_v again_o and_o again_o repeat_v that_o none_o of_o his_o predecessor_n do_v ever_o use_v such_o a_o profane_a title_n nullus_fw-la decessorum_fw-la meorum_fw-la hoc_fw-la tam_fw-la profano_fw-la vocabulo_fw-la uti_fw-la consuevit_fw-la lib._n 4._o epist._n 80._o but_o that_o which_o be_v most_o to_o our_o purpoâ—…e_n he_o do_v everywhere_o place_v the_o formality_n of_o antichristianism_n in_o the_o universal_a headship_n and_o they_o that_o affect_v so_o to_o be_v call_v he_o do_v express_o term_v they_o the_o praecursor_n and_o forerunner_n of_o antichrist_n to_o let_v pass_v all_o other_o we_o will_v recite_v those_o word_n of_o he_o as_o they_o be_v in_o his_o six_o book_n and_o thirty_o epistle_n to_o the_o emperor_n mauritius_n consider_v say_v he_o that_o when_o antichrist_n shall_v call_v himself_o god_n the_o matter_n itself_o be_v but_o small_a and_o frivolous_a yet_o most_o pernicious_a if_o you_o look_v to_o the_o quality_n of_o the_o word_n it_o consist_v only_o of_o two_o syllable_n but_o if_o you_o regard_v the_o weight_n of_o iniquity_n the_o matter_n be_v very_o great_a for_o i_o may_v bold_o say_v that_o whosoever_o call_v himself_o or_o desire_v to_o be_v call_v by_o other_o the_o universal_a priest_n or_o bishop_n be_v in_o his_o elation_n of_o mind_n the_o forerunner_n of_o antichrist_n in_o elatione_fw-la suâ_fw-la antichristum_n praecurrit_fw-la because_o in_o like_a pride_n he_o prefer_v himself_o before_o other_o and_o in_o his_o four_o book_n epist._n 34._o he_o write_v to_o constantia_n the_o empress_n be_v it_o far_o say_v he_o that_o your_o time_n shall_v thus_o be_v defile_v with_o the_o exaltation_n of_o one_o man_n and_o then_o add_v in_o hâc_fw-la ejus_fw-la superbiâ_fw-la quid_fw-la aliud_fw-la nisi_fw-la propanqua_fw-la jaâ—…_n antichristi_fw-la esse_fw-la tempora_fw-la designatur_fw-la by_o this_o arrogancy_n what_o else_o be_v portend_v but_o that_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n be_v now_o at_o hand_n and_o more_o full_o to_o john_n himself_o he_o use_v these_o word_n lib._n 4._o epist._n 38._o tu_fw-la quid_fw-la christo_fw-la universalis_fw-la scilicet_fw-la ecclesiae_fw-la capiti_fw-la in_fw-la extremi_fw-la judicii_fw-la dicturus_fw-la es_fw-la examine_v qui_fw-la cuncta_fw-la ejus_fw-la membra_fw-la tibimet_fw-la conaris_fw-la universalis_fw-la appellatione_fw-la supponere_fw-la what_o will_v thou_o answer_v to_o christ_n the_o head_n of_o the_o universal_a church_n in_o the_o trial_n of_o the_o day_n of_o judgement_n see_v that_o by_o this_o name_n universal_a thou_o seek_v to_o enthral_v the_o member_n of_o his_o body_n to_o thyself_o and_o that_o which_o make_v more_o to_o our_o purpose_n he_o tell_v he_o that_o the_o time_n concern_v the_o come_n of_o antichrist_n begin_v to_o be_v fulfil_v and_o that_o there_o be_v â—…ow_o a_o performance_n of_o the_o prophecy_n omnia_fw-la enim_fw-la quae_fw-la praedicta_fw-la sunt_fw-la fiunt_fw-la rex_fw-la superbiae_fw-la prope_fw-la est_fw-la &_o quod_fw-la dici_fw-la nefas_fw-la est_fw-la sacerdotum_fw-la est_fw-la praeparatus_fw-la exercitus_fw-la all_o prophecy_n begin_v now_o to_o be_v fulfil_v and_o that_o which_o i_o dread_v to_o speak_v the_o king_n of_o pride_n be_v at_o hand_n and_o a_o army_n of_o priest_n do_v attend_v he_o now_o for_o these_o and_o suchlike_a passage_n between_o gregory_n and_o john_n of_o constantinople_n i_o can_v think_v otherwise_o of_o they_o but_o that_o they_o do_v happen_v by_o the_o singular_a providence_n of_o god_n to_o excite_v the_o world_n to_o look_v after_o the_o revelation_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n for_o as_o when_o our_o lord_n christ_n be_v bear_v at_o bethlehem_n there_o be_v a_o hurly-burly_n in_o judaea_n the_o star_n appear_v the_o wise_a man_n come_v to_o jerusalem_n and_o the_o whole_a city_n be_v trouble_v what_o be_v the_o end_n of_o god_n in_o all_o this_o but_o to_o stir_v they_o
up_o to_o attention_n to_o look_v after_o the_o messiah_n of_o who_o so_o much_o be_v sooken_v in_o the_o prophecy_n so_o in_o the_o like_a case_n many_o thing_n be_v foretell_v in_o the_o write_n of_o the_o apostle_n concern_v the_o come_n of_o antichrist_n when_o that_o time_n shall_v begin_v to_o draw_v near_o the_o lord_n be_v please_v to_o suffer_v such_o a_o dust_n to_o be_v raise_v between_o constantinople_n and_o rome_n to_o rouse_v up_o the_o spirit_n of_o man_n to_o examine_v those_o thing_n which_o be_v foretell_v in_o the_o scripture_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n there_o be_v much_o speak_v concern_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n now_o when_o this_o name_n or_o headship_n be_v come_v to_o the_o beginning_n thereof_o gregory_n do_v plain_o declare_v that_o the_o formality_n of_o antichristianism_n do_v consist_v in_o this_o title_n and_o that_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n be_v then_o at_o the_o door_n and_o i_o wish_v one_o day_n his_o say_n do_v not_o strong_o witness_v against_o all_o his_o successor_n who_o with_o one_o joint_a consent_n down_o from_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n 606_o have_v appropriate_v this_o title_n to_o themselves_o to_o the_o great_a dishonour_n of_o christ_n the_o true_a head_n of_o the_o church_n but_o if_o they_o allege_v that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v only_o a_o ministerial_a head_n as_o christ_n vicar_n to_o this_o i_o answer_v however_o they_o may_v evade_v by_o subtlety_n of_o word_n indeed_o and_o in_o truth_n they_o have_v take_v for_o many_o age_n together_o the_o dignity_n of_o christ_n and_o have_v make_v he_o only_o the_o titular_a head_n of_o the_o church_n for_o be_v it_o not_o clear_a by_o the_o story_n that_o all_o do_v depend_v upon_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o roman_a see_n the_o credit_n of_o scripture_n the_o interpretation_n of_o scripture_n the_o make_n of_o law_n the_o abrogation_n of_o divine_a law_n and_o all_o thing_n in_o a_o manner_n have_v depend_v upon_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o roman_a bishop_n what_o he_o will_v he_o have_v set_v up_o what_o he_o will_v he_o have_v pluck_v down_o and_o when_o all_o this_o be_v do_v be_v he_o only_o a_o titular_a head_n indeed_o and_o in_o â—…uth_n the_o headship_n of_o christ_n have_v be_v make_v but_o a_o cypher_n and_o the_o word_n of_o gregory_n have_v be_v find_v too_o true_a in_o the_o event_n but_o for_o the_o passage_n out_o of_o he_o two_o thing_n be_v brief_o to_o be_v observe_v first_o if_o we_o go_v to_o the_o 600_o year_n immediate_o after_o the_o birth_n of_o christ_n there_o be_v then_o no_o ecumenical_a bishop_n for_o though_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n have_v go_v very_o far_o and_o have_v make_v many_o progression_n in_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n yet_o the_o authority_n itself_o be_v not_o public_o establish_v in_o all_o that_o time_n if_o it_o be_v so_o we_o may_v believe_v that_o gregory_n will_v not_o have_v inveigh_v against_o that_o headship_n as_o he_o do_v second_o in_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n 606_o the_o decree_n be_v enact_v that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v head_n over_o all_o church_n which_o dignity_n the_o whole_a succession_n have_v enjoy_v now_o above_o this_o 1000_o year_n and_o that_o which_o gregory_n do_v call_v antichristian_a in_o other_o that_o all_o his_o follower_n have_v assume_v to_o this_o very_a day_n therefore_o thuanus_n in_o his_o 67_o book_n do_v speak_v very_o pithy_o phocas_n bonifacio_n tertio_fw-la ensign_fw-la episcopi_fw-la universalis_fw-la titulos_fw-la quos_fw-la nuper_fw-la gregorius_n in_o johanne_n constantinopolitano_fw-it improbaverat_fw-la prolixè_fw-la attribuit_fw-la phocas_n do_v large_o ascribe_v to_o boniface_n the_o three_o those_o eminent_a title_n of_o universal_a bishop_n which_o gregory_n do_v late_o inveigh_v against_o in_o john_n of_o constantinople_n now_o then_o to_o gather_v all_o into_o one_o sum_n we_o may_v see_v how_o the_o prophecy_n and_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n do_v agree_v first_o that_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n have_v a_o determinate_a time_n when_o he_o rise_v up_o out_o of_o the_o earth_n second_o that_o this_o time_n be_v after_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten-horned_n beast_n or_o the_o ten_o king_n out_o of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o empire_n three_o it_o be_v to_o be_v apply_v to_o such_o a_o time_n only_o when_o the_o name_n and_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n begin_v public_o to_o be_v set_v up_o all_o these_o three_o lay_v together_o do_v necessary_o bring_v we_o to_o the_o decree_n of_o the_o headship_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n and_o so_o we_o do_v conclude_v that_o this_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o it_o be_v mention_v in_o the_o prophecy_n now_o by_o what_o account_n the_o number_n be_v 666_o we_o will_v show_v in_o the_o two_o chapter_n follow_v chap._n v._o that_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o and_o last_o metal-kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n and_o the_o truth_n of_o this_o be_v prove_v against_o the_o position_n of_o junius_n broughton_n piscator_fw-la dr._n willet_n and_o other_o for_o the_o carry_v on_o of_o our_o matter_n we_o need_v not_o embark_v in_o that_o great_a question_n whether_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n or_o whether_o the_o opinion_n of_o junius_n and_o his_o follower_n be_v receive_v we_o be_v sure_o both_o way_n to_o make_v the_o account_n good_a that_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v 666._o the_o matter_n be_v so_o firm_o ground_v upon_o the_o event_n let_v we_o then_o proceed_v according_a to_o junius_n his_o method_n let_v we_o say_v that_o the_o babylonian_a be_v the_o first_o metal-kingdom_n that_o the_o mede-persian_a be_v the_o second_o that_o the_o macedonian_a in_o alexander_n be_v the_o three_o that_o the_o seleucian_n be_v the_o four_o here_o according_a to_o this_o analogy_n there_o must_v be_v a_o end_n of_o all_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n when_o syria_n judaea_n and_o all_o that_o oriental_a tract_n come_v under_o the_o obedience_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n now_o then_o if_o you_o reckon_v from_o the_o final_a conclusion_n of_o all_o the_o four_o persecute_v empire_n and_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o that_o nation_n do_v succeed_v in_o the_o rule_n over_o the_o church_n there_o will_v be_v a_o exact_a period_n of_o 666_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o so_o we_o do_v concord_n with_o the_o principle_n of_o junius_n but_o we_o do_v not_o say_v that_o there_o be_v a_o dissolution_n of_o all_o four_o metal-kingdom_n but_o only_o a_o dissolution_n of_o the_o three_o and_o a_o beginning_n of_o the_o four_o now_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a or_o the_o four_o kingdom_n we_o make_v the_o account_n and_o for_o the_o clear_a manifestation_n of_o the_o truth_n we_o will_v debate_v this_o point_n more_o full_o for_o it_o be_v a_o rule_v case_n in_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n that_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n be_v various_o repeat_v for_o clear_a explication_n as_o for_o ensample_n the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n be_v more_o obscure_o deliver_v revel_v 11._o now_o if_o we_o compare_v it_o with_o the_o description_n chap._n 13_o and_o chap._n 17._o all_o three_o scripture_n will_v exceed_o illustrate_v one_o and_o the_o same_o truth_n and_o so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n if_o it_o can_v be_v solid_o prove_v that_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o daniel_n be_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n we_o may_v safe_o conclude_v that_o the_o same_o matter_n be_v repeat_v more_o large_o in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n mr_n medâ—…_n speak_v to_o very_o good_a purpose_n concern_v the_o description_n of_o the_o ten-horned_a beast_n rev._n 13._o these_o be_v his_o word_n toâ—…a_fw-la autem_fw-la haec_fw-la descriptio_fw-la petita_fw-la est_fw-la ex_fw-la propheâ—…iâ_fw-la danielis_fw-la cap._n 7._o ubi_fw-la de_fw-la eâdem_fw-la agitur_fw-la quâ_fw-la hic_fw-la bestiâ_fw-la romanâ_fw-la status_fw-la novissimi_fw-la sed_fw-la quae_fw-la ibi_fw-la danieli_fw-it ab_fw-la angelo_n succinctius_fw-la narrantur_fw-la ea_fw-la hîc_fw-la johanni_n interjectâ_fw-la quasi_fw-la explicatione_n fusius_fw-la deducuntur_fw-la comment_fw-fr apocal._n pag._n 190._o from_o which_o word_n of_o he_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o one_o and_o the_o same_o roman_a dominion_n in_o the_o last_o and_o antichristian_a state_n thereof_o be_v the_o subject_a matter_n of_o both_o scripture_n and_o so_o we_o have_v a_o certain_a and_o a_o demonstrative_a principle_n to_o build_v upon_o for_o not_o only_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n itself_o will_v be_v clear_v by_o compare_v one_o part_n with_o another_o that_o which_o be_v more_o dark_a with_o that_o which_o be_v more_o
height_n the_o heaven_n and_o in_o breadth_n the_o corner_n of_o the_o earth_n likewise_o the_o other_o kingdom_n aâ—…e_v semblance_v to_o a_o ram_n and_o to_o a_o goat_n buck_n and_o both_o in_o sundry_a horn_n and_o now_o all_o the_o nation_n be_v name_v that_o be_v therein_o contain_v answer_n first_o for_o the_o great_a tree_n it_o be_v not_o so_o much_o a_o figure_n of_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n as_o of_o the_o king_n nabuchadnezzar_n in_o his_o own_o personal_a greatness_n for_o when_o the_o tree_n be_v cut_v down_o and_o nabuchadnezzar_n fall_v the_o babylonian_a empire_n stand_v foâ—…_n the_o kingdom_n of_o persia_n and_o greece_n it_o be_v not_o needful_a that_o these_o two_o shall_v be_v all_o the_o nation_n which_o daniel_n do_v number_n after_o the_o babylonian_n first_o how_o do_v this_o distinguish_v the_o monarchy_n after_o the_o scripture-difference_n the_o scripture_n distinguish_v they_o according_a to_o the_o change_n from_o people_n to_o people_n chap._n 2._o vers_fw-la 44._o chap._n 7._o vers_fw-la 27._o if_o therefore_o the_o babylonian_n persian_n grecian_n be_v all_o the_o people_n how_o shall_v we_o make_v four_o monarchy_n of_o three_o people_n second_o that_o of_o persia_n and_o greece_n be_v again_o repeat_v chap._n 8._o because_o they_o be_v more_o summary_o describe_v in_o the_o former_a chapter_n for_o if_o we_o look_v narrow_o to_o the_o matter_n the_o seven_o chapter_n be_v for_o the_o most_o part_n take_v up_o in_o the_o descrption_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n mr_n broughton_n the_o leg_n of_o the_o image_n be_v the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n in_o the_o mighty_a kingdom_n syria_n and_o egypt_n answer_n piscator_fw-la do_v build_v much_o upon_o this_o reason_n and_o therefore_o to_o avoid_v repetition_n we_o will_v defer_v the_o examination_n thereof_o till_o we_o come_v to_o he_o mr_n broughton_n daniel_n chap._n 7._o vers_fw-la 13._o one_o like_a to_o the_o son_n of_o man_n etc._n etc._n the_o jew_n grant_v christ_n here_o to_o be_v mean_v and_o if_o we_o have_v not_o deceive_v they_o by_o forge_v a_o general_n four_o monarchy_n by_o refuse_v the_o plainness_n of_o daniel_n they_o will_v have_v come_v to_o the_o faith_n long_o ago_o answer_n this_o be_v a_o good_a caution_n in_o the_o general_n and_o christian_a man_n ought_v to_o take_v heed_n how_o they_o turn_v all_o into_o nice_a dispute_n atheistical_a and_o gainsay_v people_n will_v soon_o take_v advantage_n yet_o for_o all_o this_o we_o have_v sufficient_a matter_n to_o convince_v the_o jew_n that_o their_o messiah_n be_v come_v that_o he_o be_v cut_v off_o that_o the_o â—…0_n week_n of_o daniel_n be_v at_o a_o end_n because_o jerusalem_n have_v be_v destroy_v long_o ago_o and_o the_o 70_o week_n do_v lead_v we_o to_o that_o fatal_a destruction_n for_o our_o interpretation_n that_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o monarchy_n it_o be_v not_o this_o that_o keep_v the_o jew_n in_o his_o blindness_n and_o unbelief_n but_o rather_o it_o will_v be_v a_o great_a stumbling-block_n in_o his_o way_n to_o take_v the_o seleucian_n for_o the_o four_o monarchy_n mr_n broughton_n who_o affirm_v this_o to_o be_v a_o four_o monarchy_n how_o can_v he_o make_v it_o good_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v set_v up_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o seleucian_n suppose_v a_o jew_n shall_v read_v in_o the_o gospel_n write_v by_o saint_n matthew_n that_o our_o saviour_n be_v bear_v in_o bethlem_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o as_o the_o other_o evangelist_n do_v express_o say_v in_o the_o time_n of_o augustus_n caesar_n who_o cause_v all_o the_o world_n to_o be_v tax_v etc._n etc._n here_o then_o if_o a_o jew_n shall_v be_v of_o the_o judgement_n of_o these_o learned_a man_n that_o the_o roman_a be_v none_o of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n and_o that_o there_o be_v a_o total_a dissolution_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n before_o the_o come_n of_o christ_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a in_o this_o method_n and_o way_n of_o interpretation_n how_o can_v they_o possible_o make_v good_a that_o scripture_n foremention_v in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o shall_v never_o be_v destroy_v dan._n 2._o 44._o if_o the_o lord_n will_v raise_v up_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n and_o the_o evangelist_n all_o with_o one_o mouth_n do_v say_v that_o the_o kingdom_n be_v raise_v up_o in_o that_o time_n when_o all_o be_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n we_o may_v safe_o conclude_v that_o the_o roman_a must_v needs_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n and_o in_o particular_a the_o four_o and_o the_o last_o kingdom_n and_o whereas_o it_o be_v allege_v one_o like_o the_o son_n of_o man_n come_v in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n vers_fw-la 13._o we_o do_v willing_o yield_v when_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n in_o the_o last_o and_o antichristian_a state_n thereof_o shall_v be_v bring_v to_o a_o final_a destruction_n then_o in_o those_o time_n the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n shall_v be_v set_v up_o upon_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o last_o day_n and_o there_o shall_v be_v a_o union_n betwixt_o jew_n and_o gentile_n under_o christ_n their_o king_n according_a to_o the_o scripture_n and_o though_o we_o do_v not_o press_v the_o strictness_n of_o the_o letter_n for_o a_o personal_a and_o visible_a reign_n of_o christ_n as_o many_o have_v do_v and_o many_o now_o do_v yet_o i_o trust_v that_o the_o jew_n and_o the_o gentile_a shall_v find_v it_o true_a that_o both_o people_n shall_v come_v under_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n when_o his_o gospel_n shall_v be_v the_o regent_n law_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n but_o of_o this_o matter_n something_o more_o large_o afterward_o mr_n broughton_n i_o will_v show_v thou_o what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o wrath_n chap._n 8._o vers_fw-la 21._o this_o place_n strong_o overthrow_v their_o error_n that_o seign_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n mean_v by_o the_o leg_n of_o the_o image_n see_v the_o greek_n be_v the_o dealer_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o wrath_n and_o it_o have_v be_v a_o strange_a thing_n that_o this_o last_o vision_n repeat_v the_o former_a shall_v neglect_v the_o roman_n if_o they_o have_v be_v speak_v of_o before_o answer_n we_o have_v show_v how_o the_o former_a kingdom_n 〈◊〉_d repeat_v in_o the_o latter_a vision_n we_o yield_v that_o there_o be_v a_o repetitiâ—…n_n of_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n but_o not_o a_o repetition_n of_o they_o in_o the_o full_a number_n for_o what_o a_o way_n of_o reason_v be_v this_o the_o babylonian_n be_v not_o reckon_v chap._n 8._o therefore_o he_o be_v none_o of_o the_o four_o great_a empire_n mention_v in_o the_o chapter_n go_v â—…efore_o let_v we_o come_v to_o the_o main_a reason_n which_o mr_n broughtâ—…_n say_v strong_o overthrow_v their_o error_n who_o feign_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n his_o argument_n be_v draw_v from_o that_o expression_n i_o will_v show_v thou_o what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o last_o end_n of_o indignation_n â—…ll_o that_o may_v be_v gather_v from_o hence_o be_v this_o that_o the_o greek_n may_v be_v dealer_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o wrath_n if_o we_o compare_v they_o with_o the_o time_n of_o daniel_n yet_o according_a to_o this_o sense_n the_o roman_n may_v be_v latter_a than_o they_o second_o if_o we_o look_v to_o the_o true_a translation_n of_o the_o word_n as_o junius_n and_o piscator_fw-la have_v it_o the_o interpretation_n must_v run_v thus_o i_o will_v make_v know_v to_o thou_o what_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o extremity_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d of_o that_o indignation_n when_o antiochus_n shall_v afflict_v the_o church_n and_o therefore_o the_o angel_n do_v expound_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o these_o word_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o their_o kingdom_n when_o transgressor_n be_v come_v to_o a_o full_a end_n a_o king_n of_o fierce_a countenance_n shall_v stand_v up_o vers_n 23._o so_o then_o according_a to_o the_o true_a sense_n the_o greek_n be_v not_o so_o much_o the_o dealer_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o wrath_n as_o antiochus_n in_o particular_a be_v a_o dealer_n against_o the_o saint_n in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o the_o grecian_a tyranny_n here_o then_o be_v a_o plain_a fallacy_n à _fw-la dicto_fw-la secundum_fw-la quid_fw-la ad_fw-la dictum_fw-la simplicitur_fw-la mr_n broughton_n chap._n 12._o vers_fw-la 1._o and_o at_o that_o time_n shall_v michael_n stand_v up_o that_o stand_v for_o the_o child_n of_o thy_o people_n when_o antiochus_n go_v to_o war_n against_o parthia_n leave_v lysias_n behind_o he_o to_o have_v root_v out_o the_o jew_n then_o michael_n stand_v up_o here_o the_o term_n of_o daniel_n people_n must_v needs_o mean_v the_o jew_n and_o not_o the_o
grecian_a nor_o the_o roman_a can_v be_v set_v forth_o by_o this_o character_n since_o the_o grecian_a be_v describe_v in_o the_o scripture_n in_o the_o nature_n of_o a_o tetrarchy_n or_o a_o kingdom_n divide_v into_o four_o part_n and_o the_o roman_a in_o the_o nature_n of_o a_o decarchy_n or_o a_o kingdom_n divide_v into_o ten_o inferior_a realm_n these_o be_v the_o three_o false_a principle_n on_o which_o interpreter_n do_v usual_o build_v and_o therefore_o the_o interpretation_n can_v be_v good_a that_o stand_v upon_o such_o a_o sandy_a foundation_n for_o the_o mixture_n of_o marriage_n which_o piscator_fw-la call_v evidentem_fw-la collationem_fw-la a_o evident_a collation_n i_o do_v acknowledge_v that_o the_o mixture_n of_o marriage_n mention_v chap._n 2._o be_v again_o repeat_v chap._n 11._o in_o the_o one_o text_n it_o be_v say_v that_o they_o shall_v mingle_v themselves_o with_o the_o seed_n of_o man_n and_o in_o the_o other_o that_o there_o be_v a_o interchangeable_a marriage_n one_o or_o two_o betwixt_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n but_o what_o of_o all_o this_o they_o that_o be_v like_a in_o some_o thing_n be_v not_o altogether_o the_o same_o if_o that_o general_a rule_n omne_fw-la simile_n non_fw-la est_fw-la idem_fw-la be_v observe_v in_o the_o exposition_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n we_o shall_v have_v a_o clear_a sense_n of_o some_o vision_n then_o now_o we_o have_v but_o this_o great_a fallacy_n have_v impose_v upon_o interpreter_n they_o have_v take_v that_o for_o the_o same_o which_o be_v parallel_n in_o some_o thing_n only_o there_o be_v some_o that_o have_v go_v so_o far_o in_o these_o time_n as_o that_o they_o have_v take_v the_o little_a horn_n for_o some_o late_a prince_n some_o for_o mahomet_n and_o some_o for_o this_o and_o some_o for_o that_o here_o i_o confess_v there_o may_v be_v a_o similitude_n in_o some_o particular_n and_o the_o allusion_n may_v hold_v in_o some_o few_o circumstance_n but_o if_o you_o go_v to_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o note_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o to_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n here_o it_o will_v be_v very_o hard_a to_o make_v good_a the_o assertion_n there_o be_v a_o resemblance_n only_o between_o the_o marriage_n mention_v chap._n 2._o and_o chap._n 11._o but_o if_o we_o go_v to_o the_o main_a scope_n the_o whole_a carriage_n of_o the_o text_n do_v plain_o show_v that_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n and_o so_o consequeâ—…ly_o the_o mixture_n of_o marriage_n and_o the_o mingle_v 〈◊〉_d the_o seed_n of_o man_n must_v necessary_o be_v in_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n and_o yet_o further_o to_o satisfy_v the_o doubt_n they_o who_o do_v look_v more_o diligent_o into_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o prophecy_n they_o find_v many_o thing_n in_o the_o grecian_a which_o be_v but_o as_o type_n and_o figure_n of_o some_o notable_a event_n in_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n let_v we_o take_v for_o instance_n the_o little_a horn_n mention_v in_o the_o eight_o of_o daniel_n now_o here_o all_o do_v agree_v that_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n be_v the_o little_a horn_n mean_v in_o this_o chapter_n yet_o whosoever_o he_o be_v that_o diligent_o read_v the_o word_n of_o st._n paul_n in_o 2_o thess._n 2._o he_o shall_v find_v that_o the_o apostle_n do_v apply_v many_o thing_n to_o the_o roman_a antichrist_n and_o so_o do_v john_n in_o the_o revelation_n that_o be_v here_o ascribe_v to_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n to_o salve_v the_o matter_n interpreter_n tell_v we_o that_o antiochus_n be_v the_o figure_n of_o the_o antichrist_n to_o come_v we_o may_v proceed_v in_o the_o same_o method_n and_o so_o we_o may_v say_v that_o the_o interchangeable_a marriage_n between_o the_o seleucâ—…dae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n be_v but_o figure_n of_o the_o future_a mingle_n with_o the_o seed_n of_o man_n and_o of_o all_o other_o mean_n that_o shall_v be_v use_v to_o the_o keep_n up_o of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n in_o the_o last_o and_o antichristian_a state_n thereof_o but_o let_v we_o proceed_v piscator_fw-la the_o same_o thing_n also_o may_v be_v clear_o demonstrate_v from_o the_o word_n vers_fw-la 34_o 35._o where_o daniel_n among_o many_o other_o thing_n do_v speak_v unto_o the_o king_n thou_o see_v till_o that_o a_o stone_n be_v cut_v out_o without_o hand_n which_o smite_v the_o image_n upon_o the_o foot_n that_o be_v part_n of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n and_o break_v they_o to_o piece_n and_o the_o stone_n which_o smite_v the_o image_n become_v a_o great_a mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n this_o stone_n daniel_n do_v expound_v vers_fw-la 44._o to_o be_v the_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v and_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v then_o to_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n by_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n after_o the_o overthrow_n of_o those_o four_o kingdom_n as_o it_o be_v evident_a from_o the_o text_n and_o true_o about_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n christ_n be_v bear_v when_o augustus_n do_v bear_v rule_n etc._n etc._n in_o the_o 35_o year_n from_o his_o birth_n he_o send_v the_o holy_a spirit_n from_o heaven_n into_o the_o apostle_n with_o who_o power_n they_o be_v endue_v do_v preach_v the_o gospel_n first_o at_o jerusalem_n to_o the_o jew_n and_o then_o afterward_o everywhere_o in_o the_o whole_a world_n to_o the_o gentile_n as_o the_o book_n of_o the_o act_n do_v testify_v therefore_o since_o at_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o at_o his_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n the_o four_o kingdom_n prefigure_v by_o this_o image_n be_v already_o destroy_v and_o see_v also_o that_o the_o roman_a empire_n do_v continue_v at_o that_o time_n it_o do_v necessary_o follow_v that_o that_o four_o kingdom_n can_v any_o way_n be_v understand_v of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o roman_n answer_n that_o the_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o this_o we_o free_o assent_v but_o whereas_o piscator_fw-la do_v allege_v that_o all_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n do_v expire_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n this_o we_o deny_v let_v we_o consider_v the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n for_o they_o must_v govern_v in_o this_o case_n first_o it_o be_v say_v concern_v the_o kingdom_n represent_v by_o the_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n that_o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n will_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v if_o this_o be_v so_o it_o will_v necessary_o follow_v that_o the_o roman_a must_v be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n because_o our_o saviour_n be_v bear_v his_o gospel_n be_v preach_v the_o gentile_n be_v bring_v to_o the_o faith_n in_o those_o time_n when_o the_o roman_n have_v the_o sovereign_a dominion_n over_o the_o earth_n and_o particular_o over_o those_o part_n where_o the_o church_n be_v seat_v the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n be_v destroy_v and_o all_o that_o tract_n of_o land_n from_o euphrates_n to_o the_o border_n of_o egypt_n be_v whole_o bring_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n therefore_o since_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o roman_a the_o roman_a must_v necessary_o be_v the_o four_o and_o the_o last_o kingdom_n secondlâ—…_n it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o stone_n become_v a_o great_a mâ—…untain_n and_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n now_o when_o do_v thiâ—…_n come_v to_o pass_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v weak_a and_o small_a at_o his_o inâ—…arnation_n and_o in_o the_o time_n immediate_o follow_v but_o after_o that_o the_o stone_n smite_v the_o image_n upon_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n after_o that_o he_o have_v break_v the_o roman_a kingdom_n in_o the_o last_o and_o antichristian_a state_n thereof_o then_o and_o not_o till_o then_o it_o become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o whole_a earth_n now_o this_o be_v not_o at_o the_o incarnatioâ—…_n but_o we_o look_v for_o the_o performance_n thereof_o at_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o majestical_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n as_o it_o be_v plain_o discover_v in_o the_o whole_a book_n of_o the_o revelation_n three_o it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o stone_n smite_v the_o image_n upon_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n that_o be_v part_n of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n this_o show_v plain_o that_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n can_v be_v the_o four_o and_o the_o last_o metal-kingdom_n for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v never_o so_o much_o as_o touch_v these_o kingdom_n they_o be_v all_o utter_o destroy_v by_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n before_o the_o come_v of_o christ_n in_o the_o flesh._n now_o if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o roman_a as_o to_z the_o last_o of_o the_o four_o persecute_v empire_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o these_o last_o
the_o second_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n we_o gather_v these_o four_o observation_n first_o concern_v the_o time_n of_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n it_o must_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n for_o though_o it_o be_v only_o say_v that_o in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n speak_v indefinite_o shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v yet_o in_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o vision_n it_o be_v employ_v to_o be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o metal-kingdom_n for_o according_a to_o the_o order_n of_o the_o vision_n nabuchadnezzar_n first_o see_v the_o head_n of_o gold_n than_o the_o breast_n of_o silver_n the_o belly_n and_o thigh_n of_o brass_n the_o leg_n of_o iron_n the_o foot_n and_o toe_n part_n of_o iron_n and_o part_n of_o clay_n and_o then_o after_o some_o consideration_n he_o see_v a_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n that_o smite_v the_o image_n upon_o his_o foot_n therefore_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n when_o the_o image_n be_v in_o its_o last_o and_o low_a region_n at_o leastwise_o the_o eminent_a operation_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n be_v upon_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n second_o we_o be_v to_o observe_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v small_a in_o the_o beginning_n it_o be_v a_o little_a stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n for_o look_v what_o difference_n there_o be_v betwixt_o a_o little_a stone_n and_o a_o great_a mountain_n so_o the_o same_o difference_n be_v betwixt_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n when_o it_o begin_v and_o that_o kingdom_n when_o itself_o become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o earth_n calvin_n upon_o the_o place_n speak_v very_o well_o propheta_fw-la admonet_fw-la exordia_fw-la regni_fw-la christi_fw-la fore_fw-la contempta_fw-la the_o prophet_n do_v well_o admonish_v we_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o be_v weak_a and_o contemptible_a three_o we_o be_v to_o note_n also_o that_o the_o progress_n of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v from_o small_a beginning_n first_o it_o be_v a_o stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n and_o then_o by_o degree_n in_o time_n though_o the_o space_n of_o time_n be_v not_o express_v in_o the_o text_n it_o become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o earth_n four_o concern_v the_o mean_n of_o the_o increase_n how_o it_o come_v to_o that_o plenitude_n or_o fullness_n of_o power_n it_o smite_v upon_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n of_o the_o image_n and_o so_o the_o iron_n the_o clay_n â—…he_v brass_n the_o silver_n the_o gold_n be_v break_v all_o together_o and_o the_o stone_n become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o earth_n vers_fw-la 34_o 35._o these_o be_v the_o four_o observation_n draw_v from_o the_o second_o chapter_n now_o let_v we_o apply_v ourselves_o to_o polanus_fw-la and_o other_o interpreter_n of_o that_o way_n and_o here_o we_o agree_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v in_o some_o sense_n begin_v at_o his_o incarnation_n and_o this_o be_v one_o chief_a argument_n to_o prove_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n because_o the_o lord_n christ_n come_v in_o the_o flesh_n and_o his_o gospel_n be_v preach_v and_o many_o church_n be_v gather_v when_o the_o roman_n do_v bear_v rule_n but_o our_o question_n be_v whether_o do_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v as_o the_o five_o monarchy_n as_o a_o mountain_n that_o do_v fill_v the_o earth_n in_o this_o sense_n he_o can_v be_v say_v to_o begin_v in_o that_o fullness_n and_o amplitude_n of_o power_n at_o the_o incarnation_n for_o from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n be_v small_a in_o the_o beginning_n second_o that_o it_o grow_v by_o degree_n three_o that_o the_o mean_n of_o the_o increase_n be_v by_o wear_v out_o the_o four_o kingdom_n the_o stone_n smite_v the_o image_n upon_o the_o foot_n and_o toe_n and_o so_o become_v a_o mountain_n and_o fill_v the_o earth_n if_o we_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o event_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v when_o the_o roman_n do_v bear_v rule_n his_o kingdom_n be_v small_a in_o the_o beginning_n but_o by_o degree_n first_o by_o wear_v out_o rome_n imperial_a and_o after_o that_o by_o wear_v out_o rome_n papal_n this_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v come_v to_o the_o fullness_n of_o all_o monarchical_a power_n over_o the_o whole_a earth_n now_o on_o the_o contrary_a let_v we_o suppose_v that_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n joint_o or_o the_o seleucidae_n alone_o do_v make_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n for_o so_o junius_n broughton_n piscator_fw-la polanus_fw-la hayne_n willet_n and_o other_o will_v have_v it_o upon_o their_o ground_n i_o demand_v first_o how_o do_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n begin_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n if_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n do_v make_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n second_o see_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v begin_v as_o a_o little_a stone_n cut_v out_o of_o the_o mountain_n how_o do_v they_o prove_v that_o this_o kingdom_n do_v come_v to_o that_o small_a beginning_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n three_o see_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v increase_v by_o decree_n in_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n how_o do_v it_o increase_v in_o the_o duration_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o the_o lagidae_n four_o see_v the_o mean_n of_o the_o increase_n be_v by_o the_o wear_n out_o of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n the_o stone_n smite_v the_o image_n upon_o the_o foot_n how_o do_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n wear_v out_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o seleucidae_n and_o lagidae_n be_v they_o not_o total_o destroy_v some_o year_n before_o the_o come_v of_o christ_n in_o the_o flesh_n by_o the_o mean_n of_o the_o roman_n all_o these_o thing_n put_v together_o do_v weaken_v that_o principle_n of_o the_o dissolution_n of_o all_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n at_o the_o come_v of_o christ_n in_o the_o flesh_n and_o that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v begin_v at_o the_o incarnation_n in_o the_o fullness_n of_o monarchical_a power_n now_o because_o mr_n hayne_n earth_n have_v labour_v very_o much_o in_o this_o point_n we_o will_v take_v his_o argument_n into_o consideration_n mr_n hayne_n when_o herod_n pilate_n and_o the_o jewish_a ruler_n rise_v up_o against_o jesus_n christ_n god_n set_v he_o to_o be_v his_o king_n on_o mount_n zion_n and_o give_v he_o so_o eminent_a a_o kingdom_n that_o to_o it_o all_o king_n judge_n and_o people_n must_v submit_v or_o else_o be_v crush_v with_o a_o iron-scepter_n but_o herod_n pilate_n and_o the_o ruler_n of_o the_o jew_n rise_v up_o against_o jesus_n christ_n 1500_o year_n ago_o and_o more_o therefore_o god_n set_v up_o christ_n his_o kiâ—…g_n on_o mount_n zion_n and_o give_v he_o a_o kingdom_n so_o eminent_a 1500_o year_n ago_o and_o more_o answer_n for_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n 1500_o year_n ago_o i_o yield_v that_o this_o be_v true_a according_a to_o the_o right_a meaning_n of_o the_o scripture_n but_o the_o great_a question_n be_v whether_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n when_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a shall_v become_v the_o monarchical_a people_n whether_o do_v that_o kingdom_n begin_v 1500_o year_n ago_o yea_o or_o no_o i_o do_v call_v that_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n to_o speak_v clear_o in_o the_o point_n not_o when_o he_o have_v a_o power_n in_o himself_o great_a than_o any_o earthly_a dominion_n not_o when_o by_o the_o merit_n of_o his_o death_n and_o donation_n of_o his_o father_n he_o begin_v to_o have_v right_a to_o all_o earthly_a kingdom_n for_o this_o be_v give_v to_o he_o at_o his_o ascension_n but_o by_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n i_o understand_v when_o the_o lord_n christ_n after_o the_o several_a and_o respective_a time_n of_o the_o tyrannical_a kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n according_a to_o the_o free_a dispensation_n of_o his_o father_n do_v actual_o take_v into_o his_o possession_n the_o sovereignty_n over_o the_o earth_n and_o that_o his_o gospel_n come_v to_o be_v the_o regent_n law_n over_o the_o nation_n now_o this_o monarchical_a kingdom_n i_o deny_v that_o it_o begin_v 1500_o year_n ago_o it_o be_v not_o full_o begin_v as_o yet_o though_o we_o have_v some_o beginning_n thereof_o by_o the_o preach_a of_o the_o eternal_a gospel_n by_o luther_n and_o those_o that_o follow_v the_o scope_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v to_o show_v that_o this_o kingdom_n must_v begin_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n of_o the_o late_a edition_n but_o to_o come_v to_o particular_n it_o be_v mention_v rev._n
under_o these_o tyrant_n but_o in_o this_o matter_n let_v we_o answer_v mr_n hayne_n with_o mr_n hayne_n in_o the_o first_o page_n of_o his_o book_n he_o speak_v of_o the_o eternity_n of_o christ_n kingdom_n and_o of_o its_o extent_n to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o afterward_o in_o the_o second_o page_n he_o speak_v as_o follow_v of_o this_o extent_n say_v he_o be_v christ_n kingdom_n yet_o in_o regard_n that_o god_n have_v soâ—…etimes_o permit_v satan_n and_o wicked_a man_n in_o extraordnary_n manner_n to_o domineer_v and_o to_o exercise_v their_o worldly_a and_o ungodly_a power_n and_o that_o at_o other_o time_n he_o have_v make_v his_o own_o sovereignty_n by_o remarkable_a mercy_n and_o judgement_n to_o appear_v god_n and_o christ_n upon_o this_o more_o glorious_a expression_n of_o their_o more_o overrule_v may_v be_v then_o especial_o say_v to_o have_v a_o kingdom_n and_o to_o reign_v because_o in_o such_o time_n their_o glory_n and_o majesty_n do_v more_o manifest_o show_v itself_o exod._n 15._o 18._o 1_o sam._n 12._o 12._o obad._n vers_fw-la 21._o rev._n 12._o 10._o in_o like_a manner_n i_o may_v say_v though_o at_o the_o ascension_n of_o christ_n there_o be_v give_v to_o he_o a_o kingdom_n far_o great_a than_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o world_n yet_o in_o regard_n that_o it_o have_v please_v god_n the_o father_n for_o many_o age_n together_o to_o permit_v rome_n imperial_a and_o afterward_o rome_n papal_n in_o a_o extraordinary_a manner_n to_o exercise_v their_o worldly_a power_n and_o see_v also_o it_o be_v his_o pleasure_n after_o some_o age_n to_o make_v his_o sovereignty_n know_v in_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o tyranny_n of_o these_o state_n and_o in_o set_v up_o the_o gospel_n as_o the_o regent_n law_n in_o this_o respect_n the_o reign_n of_o christ_n may_v be_v say_v to_o begin_v at_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o the_o last_o and_o antichristian_a state_n thereof_o but_o a_o little_a further_o to_o open_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o scripture_n when_o michael_n and_o his_o angel_n i._n e._n christ_n and_o his_o primitive_a martyr_n have_v conquer_v the_o dragon_n present_o and_o immediate_o upon_o the_o conquest_n this_o acclamation_n be_v hear_v i_o hear_v a_o loud_a voice_n say_v in_o heaven_n now_o be_v come_v salvation_n and_o strength_n and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o god_n and_o the_o power_n of_o his_o christ_n for_o the_o accuser_n of_o our_o brethren_n be_v cast_v down_o rev._n 12._o 10._o here_o i_o demand_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d by_o that_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o power_n of_o christ_n you_o be_v to_o note_n that_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o place_n be_v concern_v the_o fight_n between_o the_o lord_n christ_n and_o his_o primitive_a martyr_n on_o the_o one_o side_n and_o the_o power_n of_o the_o persecute_v empire_n of_o the_o roman_n on_o the_o otherside_n after_o a_o long_a and_o terrible_a fight_n the_o dragon_n be_v overcome_v by_o the_o faith_n and_o patience_n of_o the_o martyr_n by_o the_o prayer_n of_o faith_n ground_v upon_o the_o promise_n of_o god_n and_o in_o the_o time_n of_o constantine_n the_o great_a when_o the_o christian_a faith_n as_o the_o best_a expositor_n will_v have_v it_o become_v religio_fw-la imperii_fw-la the_o religion_n of_o the_o empire_n then_o at_o that_o time_n the_o kingdom_n of_o god_n and_o the_o power_n of_o his_o christ_n be_v reveal_v to_o the_o world_n the_o deliverance_n and_o salvation_n of_o the_o church_n from_o under_o the_o ten_o first_o persecution_n be_v much_o desire_v before_o but_o it_o be_v not_o effect_v till_o the_o day_n of_o constantine_n the_o great_a to_o his_o time_n then_o that_o notable_a expression_n the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o god_n and_o the_o power_n of_o his_o christ_n be_v come_v be_v more_o immediate_o â—…o_o be_v apply_v by_o that_o which_o the_o church_n have_v have_v experience_n of_o already_o we_o may_v learn_v what_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o her_o deliverance_n from_o under_o antichristian_a suffering_n and_o of_o the_o future_a reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n for_o 1000_o year_n and_o though_o there_o be_v some_o beginning_n of_o his_o monarchical_a reign_n in_o the_o day_n of_o constantine_n yet_o that_o be_v but_o radiatura_fw-la vel_fw-la specimen_fw-la regni_fw-la christi_fw-la a_o glimpse_n or_o a_o handâ—…el_n as_o it_o be_v of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o future_a liberty_n of_o the_o church_n that_o shall_v be_v for_o that_o glory_n be_v eclipse_v and_o the_o church_n fall_v under_o persecution_n in_o all_o antichristian_a time_n when_o those_o time_n shall_v be_v fulfil_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n shall_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ._n and_o so_o they_o shall_v continue_v and_o remain_v for_o many_o year_n when_o jew_n and_o gentile_n both_o together_o shall_v make_v a_o glorious_a church_n under_o christ_n their_o head_n and_o king_n in_o the_o latter_a day_n after_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n it_o be_v express_o say_v the_o dominion_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a and_o that_o this_o dominion_n be_v to_o continue_v for_o ever_o dan._n 7._o 27._o now_o then_o if_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v begin_v at_o the_o incarnation_n and_o so_o forward_o to_o continue_v for_o ever_o what_o shall_v we_o make_v of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n for_o so_o many_o age_n together_o christ_n have_v reign_v but_o a_o little_a if_o we_o look_v to_o a_o exterior_a reign_n mr_n hayne_n the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n and_o of_o other_o tyrant_n be_v no_o impeachment_n to_o christ_n absolute_a sovereignty_n the_o wickedness_n of_o son_n take_v not_o away_o the_o fatherhood_n and_o authority_n of_o parent_n nor_o a_o debauch_a servant_n ill_a carriage_n argue_v his_o exemption_n from_o the_o master_n he_o be_v subject_a to_o david_n be_v and_o continue_v a_o king_n though_o ishbosheth_n and_o saul_n house_n though_o absalon_n his_o own_o son_n though_o sheba_n a_o benjamite_n and_o many_o of_o israel_n rise_v up_o against_o he_o and_o submit_v not_o to_o his_o sceptre_n answer_n we_o agree_v that_o the_o tyrannical_a state_n and_o by_o name_n the_o â—…ntichristian_a can_v be_v such_o impeachment_n to_o christ_n kingdom_n so_o as_o absolute_o and_o final_o to_o obstruct_v it_o in_o every_o part_n and_o point_n of_o power_n we_o yield_v also_o that_o the_o right_n belong_v to_o christ_n to_o be_v universal_a head_n of_o the_o church_n though_o antichrist_n have_v usurp_v his_o right_n for_o many_o age_n together_o and_o further_o though_o his_o jurisdiction_n have_v be_v detain_v by_o other_o a_o long_a time_n yet_o he_o have_v power_n enough_o in_o himself_o to_o recover_v it_o again_o when_o the_o time_n appoint_v for_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o tyrannical_a state_n be_v once_o fulfil_v but_o to_o say_v for_o the_o present_a that_o the_o antichristian_a state_n be_v no_o impeachment_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n this_o be_v a_o marvellous_a thing_n when_o a_o usurpet_fw-la be_v in_o the_o place_n of_o government_n be_v this_o no_o impeachment_n to_o the_o lawful_a power_n all_o the_o world_n do_v agree_v together_o to_o worship_v the_o beast_n and_o to_o receive_v his_o mark_n and_o be_v this_o no_o impeachment_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n the_o great_a whore_n corrupt_v the_o earth_n with_o her_o fornication_n and_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n agree_v together_o to_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n and_o be_v this_o no_o impeachment_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n though_o david_n be_v anoint_v king_n over_o israel_n and_o though_o by_o virtue_n of_o his_o unction_n he_o have_v true_a title_n to_o the_o kingdom_n yet_o so_o long_o as_o saul_n and_o ishbosheth_n do_v bear_v rule_n the_o kingdom_n be_v not_o he_o in_o like_a manner_n though_o the_o lord_n christ_n by_o suffer_v death_n and_o by_o his_o unction_n have_v title_n to_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n yet_o as_o long_o as_o the_o tyrannical_a state_n of_o this_o world_n and_o particular_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n do_v continue_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n in_o that_o form_n and_o manner_n as_o they_o shall_v be_v be_v not_o he_o and_o therefore_o at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o great_a city_n this_o expression_n be_v use_v the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n be_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ._n here_o be_v a_o tacit_a implication_n that_o they_o be_v none_o of_o his_o kingdom_n before_o in_o that_o sense_n which_o the_o text_n intend_v mr_n hayne_n you_o much_o debase_v and_o vilify_v christ_n and_o his_o kingdom_n in_o compare_v it_o and_o count_v it_o inferior_a to_o
this_o four_o monarchy_n be_v to_o be_v state_v according_a to_o church-relation_n second_o we_o will_v show_v out_o of_o the_o story_n in_o who_o time_n and_o by_o who_o mean_n the_o church_n come_v first_o under_o the_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n now_o that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o of_o daniel_n kingdom_n when_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o obedience_n of_o that_o people_n may_v be_v prove_v by_o these_o argument_n argument_n i._n where_o the_o former_a three_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n do_v begin_v by_o the_o same_o analogy_n we_o be_v to_o proceed_v in_o state_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n but_o the_o former_a three_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n do_v begin_v each_o of_o they_o in_o their_o several_a time_n when_o the_o church_n and_o the_o confine_n adjoin_v come_v under_o their_o dominion_n therefore_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n begin_v when_o the_o church_n and_o the_o confine_n about_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o obedience_n of_o that_o people_n the_o major_n be_v clear_a for_o none_o will_v deny_v but_o that_o the_o roman_a do_v hold_v analogy_n with_o the_o three_o former_a empire_n in_o their_o beginning_n and_o for_o the_o minor_a we_o prove_v it_o by_o induction_n of_o singulars_n as_o for_o ensample_n example_n 1._o first_o in_o the_o babylonian_a kingdom_n the_o first_o of_o daniel_n four_o there_o be_v many_o potent_a king_n that_o do_v reign_v in_o that_o succession_n before_o the_o time_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n for_o he_o begin_v to_o reign_v in_o the_o 144_o year_n of_o the_o aera_fw-la of_o nabonazzar_n now_o the_o several_a name_n of_o the_o king_n the_o time_n of_o their_o reign_n and_o the_o order_n of_o their_o succession_n be_v all_o set_v down_o in_o the_o famous_a canon_n of_o ptolemy_n as_o we_o shall_v show_v afterward_o but_o not_o to_o go_v far_o for_o a_o example_n there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o one_o merodach-baladan_a in_o the_o canon_n aforesaid_a call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o he_o send_v ambassador_n to_o hezekiah_n king_n of_o judah_n 2_o king_n 20._o 12._o there_o be_v then_o a_o succession_n of_o babylonian_a king_n before_o nabuchadnezzar_n you_o will_v say_v why_o be_v he_o then_o call_v the_o head_n of_o gold_n as_o much_o in_o sense_n as_o the_o first_o babylonian_n king_n i_o answer_v though_o he_o be_v not_o simple_o the_o first_o babylonian_n king_n other_o reign_v before_o he_o yet_o he_o be_v the_o first_o prince_n of_o the_o babylonian_n that_o bring_v the_o jewish_a church_n and_o the_o confine_n about_o that_o church_n within_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n example_n 2._o second_o that_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n whereof_o darius_n and_o cyrus_n be_v the_o founder_n if_o we_o go_v strict_o to_o work_v the_o foundation_n of_o these_o be_v lay_v before_o for_o it_o be_v manifest_o plain_a by_o the_o testimony_n of_o the_o greek_a historian_n and_o by_o the_o chronographical_a table_n now_o in_o the_o hand_n of_o all_o man_n that_o there_o be_v a_o potent_a race_n of_o the_o king_n of_o media_n down_o from_o arbaces_n the_o mede_n yet_o for_o all_o this_o darius_n and_o cyrus_n be_v the_o true_a founder_n of_o the_o mede-persian_a kingdom_n because_o they_o first_o bring_v the_o jewish_a church_n under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n and_o that_o which_o be_v very_o remarkable_a to_o our_o present_a purpose_n though_o it_o be_v a_o thing_n famous_o know_v among_o historian_n that_o cyrus_n begin_v to_o reign_v in_o the_o 55_o olympiad_n though_o he_o subdue_v many_o nation_n &_o propagate_v the_o persian_a empire_n very_o far_o yet_o the_o scripture_n take_v no_o notice_n of_o that_o beginning_n but_o then_o only_o when_o the_o church_n come_v within_o the_o limit_n of_o the_o persian_a dominion_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v well_o observe_v by_o piscator_fw-la in_o his_o scholia_fw-la upon_o ezra_n chap._n 1._o vers_fw-la 2._o that_o the_o edict_n come_v forth_o in_o the_o first_o of_o cyrus_n king_n of_o persia._n this_o say_v he_o be_v the_o first_o year_n of_o his_o reign_n in_o babylon_n example_n 3._o the_o three_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n be_v that_o of_o the_o grecian_n of_o which_o alexander_n become_v the_o head_n at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o darius_n the_o rough_a goat_n be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o monarchy_n of_o the_o grecian_n and_o the_o great_a horn_n to_o wit_n alexander_n be_v express_o call_v the_o first_o king_n dan._n 8._o 21._o now_o how_o can_v he_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o first_o king_n of_o the_o grecian_n see_v there_o be_v many_o mighty_a king_n before_o he_o in_o and_o over_o that_o nation_n to_o let_v pass_v all_o the_o other_o state_n of_o greece_n in_o macedonia_n itself_o philip_n the_o father_n of_o alexander_n be_v a_o potent_a prince_n but_o the_o answer_n be_v as_o before_z he_o be_v the_o first_o monarchical_a king_n that_o subdue_v the_o territory_n of_o the_o church_n there_o be_v never_o any_o grecian_a prince_n that_o extend_v the_o sovereign_a rule_n of_o that_o people_n so_o far_o eastward_o to_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o church_n as_o he_o and_o therefore_o he_o be_v express_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o first_o king_n of_o the_o grecian_n from_o all_o the_o foremention_v particular_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o former_a three_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n image_n begin_v each_o of_o they_o in_o their_o several_a time_n when_o the_o church_n come_v under_o their_o respective_a dominion_n and_o so_o the_o assumption_n be_v prove_v if_o then_o we_o proceed_v in_o the_o same_o analogy_n we_o must_v necessary_o say_v that_o the_o roman_a begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n when_o the_o jewish_a church_n and_o the_o continent_n adjoin_v come_v first_o under_o the_o sovereign_a lordship_n and_o command_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n but_o yet_o for_o further_a confirmation_n of_o this_o truth_n we_o will_v produce_v some_o new_a argument_n to_o prove_v that_o the_o metal-kingdom_n be_v number_v in_o relation_n to_o the_o church_n first_o the_o revelation_n of_o these_o metal-kingdom_n be_v special_o for_o the_o saint_n and_o people_n of_o god_n for_o though_o one_o end_n be_v to_o discover_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n what_o succession_n of_o tyranny_n there_o shall_v be_v after_o he_o yet_o this_o be_v principal_o for_o the_o church_n sake_n and_o the_o church_n use_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v mention_v this_o secret_n be_v not_o reveal_v unto_o i_o for_o any_o wisdom_n that_o i_o have_v above_o all_o live_n but_o for_o their_o sake_n that_o shall_v make_v know_v the_o interpretation_n to_o the_o king_n vers_n 30._o therefore_o in_o the_o delineation_n of_o these_o tyrannical_a empire_n the_o lord_n do_v special_o intend_v to_o reveal_v to_o the_o church_n those_o change_n and_o vicissitude_n of_o time_n that_o she_o shall_v meet_v withal_o in_o relation_n to_o she_o then_o there_o be_v primary_o a_o discovery_n of_o these_o thing_n second_o these_o metal-kingdom_n be_v also_o discover_v to_o show_v in_o what_o region_n or_o part_n of_o time_n the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v begin_v all_o the_o scripture_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n point_v main_o to_o christ_n some_o point_n to_o his_o parentage_n other_o to_o the_o place_n of_o his_o birth_n other_o to_o the_o tribe_n that_o he_o shall_v come_v of_o so_o this_o in_o special_a point_v to_o that_o period_n of_o time_n when_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v begin_v these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n in_o the_o day_n of_o these_o kingdom_n shall_v the_o god_n of_o heaven_n raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v from_o whence_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o monarchy_n be_v reckon_v according_a to_o the_o alteration_n which_o shall_v be_v in_o and_o about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n for_o where_o shall_v christ_n be_v bear_v but_o in_o judea_n and_o hereupon_o he_o be_v call_v the_o king_n of_o the_o jew_n three_o if_o we_o go_v to_o that_o expression_n so_o often_o mention_v dan._n 11._o where_o the_o seleucian_n be_v call_v the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n and_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o lagidae_n the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n here_o we_o must_v necessary_o affirm_v that_o these_o empire_n be_v say_v to_o be_v north_n and_o south_n in_o some_o special_a relation_n and_o the_o reason_n be_v clear_a because_o judea_n do_v lie_v in_o the_o midst_n betwixt_o they_o as_o a_o lamb_n betwixt_o two_o wolf_n have_v the_o seleucidae_n on_o the_o north_n and_o the_o lagidae_n on_o the_o south_n now_o that_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v herein_o principal_o respect_v the_o word_n of_o the_o angel_n be_v clear_a i_o be_o come_v to_o make_v thou_o understand_v what_o shall_v befall_v thy_o people_n in_o
the_o latter_a day_n dan._n 10._o 14._o from_o all_o which_o we_o gather_v that_o the_o monarchy_n be_v special_o number_v according_a to_o church-relation_n and_o therefore_o the_o roman_a begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n when_o the_o church_n come_v first_o under_o the_o obedience_n of_o that_o people_n let_v we_o now_o proceed_v to_o the_o second_o argument_n argument_n ii_o where_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n and_o the_o three_o beast_n make_v a_o end_n there_o do_v the_o roman_a type_v by_o the_o iron-metal_n and_o the_o four_o beast_n begin_v but_o at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n in_o asia_n and_o at_o the_o conquest_n of_o judea_n the_o grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n and_o the_o three_o beast_n do_v make_v a_o end_n therefore_o at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n and_o at_o the_o conquest_n of_o judea_n the_o roman_a type_v by_o the_o iron-metal_n and_o the_o four_o beast_n begin_v the_o major_n be_v evident_a it_o be_v a_o rule_v case_n in_o the_o body_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n that_o where_o the_o former_a cease_v the_o latter_a do_v begin_v all_o the_o question_n be_v concern_v the_o assumption_n whether_o the_o grecian_a end_v as_o the_o three_o metal-kingdom_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n here_o i_o find_v that_o interpreter_n be_v great_o divide_v they_o agree_v in_o it_o that_o the_o grecian_a be_v the_o three_o kingdom_n but_o they_o be_v divide_v about_o the_o particular_a time_n when_o that_o empire_n end_v for_o all_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n come_v not_o under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n his_o successor_n in_o greece_n end_v when_o macedonia_n be_v make_v a_o roman_a province_n by_o aemilius_n the_o consul_n 166_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o our_o lord_n his_o successor_n the_o seleucidae_n in_o syria_n and_o judea_n end_v when_o all_o that_o tract_n of_o land_n be_v bring_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n by_o the_o mean_n of_o pompey_n the_o great_a &_o this_o be_v do_v about_o 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o our_o lord_n his_o successor_n the_o lagidae_n in_o egypt_n be_v make_v a_o roman_a province_n by_o augustus_n caesar_n &_o this_o be_v do_v 28_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n so_o then_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o all_o alexander_n successor_n fall_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o the_o roman_n yet_o all_o fall_v not_o under_o the_o roman_a obedience_n at_o one_o time_n the_o great_a question_n be_v where_o we_o shall_v set_v the_o end_v of_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n as_o type_v by_o the_o three_o beast_n and_o the_o brass-metal_n and_o this_o i_o say_v must_v needs_o be_v at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n first_o in_o the_o original_a distribution_n of_o alexander_n kingdom_n judea_n be_v plead_v to_o belong_v to_o the_o seleucian_n polyb._n lib._n 5._o and_o therefore_o the_o seleucian_n be_v that_o successor_n to_o who_o the_o title_n of_o the_o monarchy_n do_v principal_o appertain_v i_o do_v not_o deny_v but_o the_o lagidae_n sometime_o make_v their_o incursion_n into_o judea_n as_o may_v be_v see_v dan._n 11._o but_o in_o the_o original_a constitution_n of_o the_o kingdom_n judea_n be_v allot_v to_o the_o seleucian_n and_o that_o which_o may_v strengthen_v our_o argument_n if_o you_o read_v josephus_n the_o book_n of_o the_o macchabee_n and_o suchlike_a story_n you_o shall_v find_v that_o the_o suffering_n of_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n have_v be_v whole_o in_o a_o manner_n from_o those_o successor_n of_o alexander_n that_o be_v of_o the_o seleucian_n line_n and_o this_o to_o i_o be_v a_o great_a reason_n wherefore_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n be_v rather_o to_o end_v at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n second_o at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n at_o several_a time_n the_o fall_n of_o the_o seleucian_n be_v only_o at_o that_o time_n when_o judea_n jerusalem_n and_o all_o that_o continent_n of_o land_n fall_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n mr_n mede_n and_o some_o historian_n do_v look_v principal_o when_o greece_n the_o head-province_n be_v bring_v into_o subjection_n to_o the_o roman_n by_o aemilius_n the_o consul_n they_o look_v here_o more_o special_o to_o the_o end_n of_o the_o greek_a and_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n but_o at_o this_o very_a time_n judea_n be_v under_o the_o tyranny_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n and_o the_o true_a grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n and_o the_o three_o beast_n in_o great_a vigour_n and_o sulness_n of_o strength_n for_o though_o in_o those_o time_n greece_n their_o native_a country_n be_v take_v away_o from_o the_o grecian_n yet_o nevertheless_o that_o people_n have_v still_o the_o sovereign_a dominion_n in_o and_o about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n and_o this_o continue_a for_o the_o space_n of_o 106_o year_n till_o the_o time_n of_o pompey_n the_o great_a then_o the_o selcucian_n kingdom_n and_o together_o with_o it_o all_o the_o land_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n fall_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o state_n of_o rome_n and_o that_o which_o may_v add_v to_o the_o force_n of_o this_o reason_n let_v we_o consider_v first_o the_o limit_n of_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n second_o the_o government_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v erect_v for_o the_o limit_n of_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n the_o seat_n of_o the_o church_n for_o 2000_o year_n these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o the_o charter_n to_o abraham_n unto_o thy_o seed_n have_v i_o give_v this_o land_n from_o the_o river_n of_o egypt_n to_o the_o great_a river_n euphrates_n gen._n 15._o 18_o 19_o 20._o this_o be_v perform_v in_o the_o day_n of_o joshua_n who_o bring_v israel_n into_o the_o possession_n thereof_o second_o for_o the_o government_n here_o erect_v the_o scripture_n do_v take_v notice_n that_o these_o country_n be_v under_o the_o government_n of_o the_o judge_n and_o then_o after_o that_o under_o the_o king_n of_o the_o line_n of_o david_n to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o captivity_n and_o then_o it_o be_v reveal_v to_o nibuchadnâ—…zzar_n in_o the_o image_n of_o persecute_v empire_n what_o succession_n of_o tyranny_n shall_v be_v in_o and_o over_o those_o country_n for_o as_o sometime_o the_o king_n of_o the_o line_n of_o david_n do_v bear_v rule_n in_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n so_o they_o continue_v the_o government_n till_o the_o people_n of_o babel_n get_v the_o dominion_n so_o the_o people_n of_o babel_n carry_v on_o the_o time_n of_o the_o golden-metal_n till_o the_o people_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n do_v take_v the_o kingdom_n and_o after_o that_o the_o people_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n do_v continue_v the_o time_n of_o the_o silver-metal_n till_o they_o be_v subdue_v by_o the_o people_n of_o greece_n under_o the_o conduct_n of_o alexander_n the_o great_a and_o after_o the_o victory_n of_o alexander_n the_o people_n of_o greece_n go_v on_o with_o the_o sovereign_a dominion_n over_o all_o the_o territory_n of_o the_o church_n from_o the_o river_n of_o egypt_n to_o the_o great_a river_n euphrates_n till_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n by_o pompey_n the_o great_a and_o then_o all_o that_o tract_n of_o land_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n so_o then_o we_o may_v conclude_v as_o the_o seleucian_n be_v the_o immediate_a successor_n of_o alexander_n in_o and_o over_o the_o continent_n of_o the_o church_n so_o where_o he_o end_v as_o the_o three_o metal-kingdom_n over_o the_o church_n there_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o object_n but_o some_o perhaps_o may_v reason_n that_o the_o lagidae_n the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n in_o egypt_n be_v not_o make_v subject_a to_o the_o roman_n till_o the_o time_n of_o augustus_n sol._n grant_v this_o to_o be_v true_a that_o augustus_n do_v extinguish_v the_o last_o successor_n yet_o the_o monarchy_n be_v take_v from_o the_o people_n of_o greece_n before_o when_o the_o roman_n come_v into_o asia_n and_o bring_v all_o those_o eastern_a country_n about_o judea_n within_o the_o compass_n of_o their_o great_a empire_n it_o be_v one_o thing_n for_o the_o people_n of_o greece_n to_o have_v a_o fragment_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o alexander_n remain_v and_o another_o thing_n for_o that_o people_n to_o have_v the_o sovereign_a dominion_n over_o the_o continent_n of_o the_o land_n of_o promise_n and_o this_o they_o have_v till_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n by_o the_o roman_a state_n but_o helvicus_n in_o a_o little_a treatise_n entitle_v chronologia_fw-la universalis_fw-la do_v stiff_o argue_v the_o point_n that_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n do_v not_o end_v as_o long_o
as_o the_o lagidae_n one_o of_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n do_v remain_v these_o be_v his_o word_n quatuor_fw-la regâ—…aunam_fw-la monarchiam_fw-la constituunt_fw-la non_fw-la per_fw-la se_fw-la separatâ—…m_fw-la considerata_fw-la sed_fw-la conjunctim_fw-la hoc_fw-la axioma_fw-la mereri_fw-la haud_fw-la secus_fw-la ac_fw-la de_fw-la mortuo_fw-la principe_fw-la omnes_fw-la praefecti_fw-la conjunctim_fw-la repraesentant_fw-la principem_fw-la adeo_fw-la si_fw-la pars_fw-la ditionis_fw-la ab_fw-la extero_fw-la quodam_fw-la avellatur_fw-la illa_fw-la non_fw-la praefecto_fw-la sed_fw-la toto_fw-la principatui_fw-la decedat_fw-la ita_fw-la romani_fw-la ereptâ_fw-la asiâ_fw-la occupatá_fw-la macedoniâ_fw-la diminuêre_fw-la quidem_fw-la monarchiam_fw-la extinxisse_fw-la vero_fw-la &_o ad_fw-la se_fw-la transtulisse_fw-la dici_fw-la non_fw-la potuerant_fw-la antequam_fw-la ultimam_fw-la partem_fw-la aegyptum_fw-la subegerunt_fw-la pag._n 50._o from_o which_o word_n of_o he_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o grecian_a empire_n be_v diminish_v only_o at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n and_o it_o be_v extinguish_v at_o that_o time_n only_o when_o the_o lagidae_n be_v bring_v under_o the_o power_n of_o the_o roman_n but_o herein_o he_o be_v great_o deceive_v for_o if_o we_o must_v affirm_v that_o each_o metal-kingdom_n do_v continue_v as_o long_o as_o any_o fragment_n thereof_o do_v remain_v what_o shall_v we_o say_v by_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o scripture_n as_o for_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o beast_n their_o dominion_n be_v take_v away_o but_o their_o life_n be_v prolong_v for_o a_o time_n dan._n 11._o 12._o this_o plain_o show_v that_o after_o the_o imperial_a dominion_n be_v take_v away_o there_o may_v be_v some_o prolongation_n of_o life_n some_o inferior_a dominion_n as_o long_o as_o any_o relic_n remain_v this_o be_v true_a in_o some_o sense_n after_o the_o death_n of_o alexander_n the_o great_a when_o his_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v among_o his_o successor_n there_o be_v some_o diminution_n of_o the_o monarchy_n because_o these_o successor_n do_v not_o stand_v up_o in_o his_o strength_n and_o yet_o for_o all_o this_o the_o empire_n of_o that_o nation_n do_v still_o abide_v and_o further_o when_o aemilius_n the_o consul_n subdue_v perseus_n there_o be_v a_o great_a defalcation_n yet_o nevertheless_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n continue_v the_o most_o prevail_a about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n but_o afterward_o in_o the_o time_n of_o pompey_n when_o those_o eastern_a country_n be_v bring_v under_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n then_o there_o be_v not_o only_o a_o diminish_n but_o a_o plain_a abrogation_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o the_o grecian_n for_o then_o the_o grecian_a do_v not_o only_o lose_v the_o imperiality_n in_o a_o more_o general_a sense_n but_o the_o imperiality_n here_o principal_o intend_v about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n and_o therefore_o where_o the_o seleucian_n make_v a_o end_n there_o the_o roman_a begin_v three_o the_o seleucian_n of_o the_o four_o successor_n of_o alexander_n be_v the_o most_o prevail_a and_o the_o most_o eminent_a priâ—…ce_n therefore_o at_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o seleucian_n we_o do_v rather_o place_v the_o end_n of_o the_o grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n and_o the_o three_o beast_n that_o the_o seleâ—…cian_n be_v the_o most_o notable_a of_o all_o alexander_n successor_n we_o prove_v first_o from_o the_o testimony_n of_o the_o scripture_n for_o it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o a_o mighty_a king_n scil_n alexander_n the_o great_a shall_v stand_v up_o but_o when_o he_o shall_v stand_v up_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v break_v dan._n 11._o 3_o 4_o 5._o now_o this_o come_v to_o pass_v after_o his_o death_n his_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v to_o four_o successor_n the_o king_n of_o syria_n egypt_n asia_n greece_n for_o the_o kingdom_n of_o asia_n that_o â—…oon_o vanish_v and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o greece_n or_o macedonia_n be_v very_o remote_a from_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o church_n all_o the_o description_n be_v limit_v to_o the_o two_o successor_n syria_n and_o egypt_n and_o of_o these_o two_o that_o of_o syria_n be_v the_o more_o potent_a the_o king_n of_o the_o south_n meaning_n egypt_n shall_v be_v strong_a and_o another_o of_o his_o prince_n shall_v be_v strong_a than_o he_o vers_n 5._o that_o be_v the_o seleucian_n prince_n in_o syria_n call_v the_o king_n of_o the_o north_n shall_v be_v strong_a than_o the_o other_o succesâ—…or_n and_o further_o concern_v the_o seleucian_n it_o be_v add_v his_o dominion_n shall_v be_v a_o great_a dominion_n this_o plain_o show_v that_o the_o seleucian_n be_v the_o most_o eminent_a and_o the_o most_o notable_a of_o all_o the_o successor_n according_a to_o the_o testimony_n of_o scripture_n second_o this_o be_v clear_a by_o the_o testimony_n of_o historian_n for_o the_o story_n of_o the_o time_n plain_o show_v that_o the_o seleucidae_n do_v possess_v syria_n babylon_n and_o part_n of_o asia_n and_o as_o some_o will_v have_v it_o they_o possess_v all_o from_o phrygia_n to_o the_o river_n of_o indus_n three_o it_o may_v be_v confirm_v by_o reason_n for_o the_o antigonidae_n in_o asia_n that_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o successor_n be_v subdue_v by_o the_o seleucian_n and_o therefore_o by_o the_o addition_n of_o this_o the_o seleucian_n must_v needs_o be_v the_o great_a dominion_n four_o here_o be_v the_o consent_n of_o modern_a expositor_n for_o junius_n broughton_n rolloc_n piscator_fw-la wâ—…llet_fw-la and_o other_o interpreter_n of_o this_o way_n do_v pitch_n upon_o the_o seleucian_n as_o the_o principal_a successor_n i_o do_v not_o say_v that_o their_o position_n in_o the_o particular_a application_n be_v true_a but_o that_o which_o i_o stand_v upon_o be_v the_o ground_n of_o their_o reason_v in_o a_o more_o general_a sense_n for_o if_o they_o affirm_v the_o seleucian_n to_o be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o their_o judgement_n there_o must_v be_v something_o more_o eminent_a and_o remarkable_a in_o that_o potentate_n above_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o successor_n wherefore_o else_o shall_v they_o appropriate_v the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n to_o he_o only_o last_o we_o be_v to_o have_v special_a regard_n unto_o this_o rather_o than_o to_o any_o of_o the_o other_o successor_n because_o whatsoever_o be_v speak_v in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n concern_v the_o grecian_a or_o the_o three_o metal-kingdom_n be_v special_o mean_v of_o the_o seleucian_n king_n as_o for_o ensample_n a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o description_n chap._n 8._o and_o chap._n 11._o be_v concern_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n his_o rise_n greatness_n cruelty_n against_o the_o saint_n and_o his_o pollute_v the_o sanctuary_n now_o out_o of_o which_o of_o the_o four_o successor_n do_v he_o spring_v be_v not_o his_o original_a out_o of_o the_o seleucian_n stock_n and_o do_v he_o not_o reign_v as_o a_o seleucian_n king_n for_o the_o angel_n speak_v of_o the_o fall_n of_o alexander_n and_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o four_o successor_n proceed_v in_o these_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o out_o of_o one_o of_o they_o come_v forth_o another_o little_a horn._n now_o if_o you_o inquire_v which_o successor_n be_v that_o one_o from_o who_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n do_v spring_n do_v he_o not_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o seleucian_n family_n by_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v it_o be_v clear_a by_o the_o testimony_n of_o scripture_n by_o the_o authority_n of_o historian_n by_o the_o weight_n of_o reason_n by_o the_o consent_n of_o interpreter_n and_o by_o the_o suffering_n of_o the_o church_n that_o the_o seleucian_n be_v the_o most_o eminent_a and_o notable_a successor_n of_o alexander_n therefore_o we_o do_v conclude_v that_o we_o have_v more_o special_a reason_n to_o end_v the_o three_o metal-kingdom_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n rather_o than_o at_o the_o destruction_n of_o any_o other_o successor_n if_o we_o must_v end_v at_o the_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n where_o he_o end_v the_o roman_a must_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n argument_n iii_o when_o all_o thing_n needful_a to_o the_o be_v of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n begin_v first_o to_o be_v applicable_a to_o the_o roman_a state_n at_o that_o instant_n of_o time_n do_v the_o roman_a begin_v as_o the_o four_o kingdom_n but_o at_o the_o time_n of_o pompey_n victory_n over_o the_o seleucian_n and_o his_o reduce_n of_o the_o territory_n of_o the_o church_n all_o thing_n needful_a to_o the_o be_v of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n begin_v to_o be_v applicable_a to_o the_o roman_a state_n therefore_o at_o the_o time_n of_o pompey_n victory_n over_o the_o seleucian_n and_o his_o reduce_v the_o territory_n of_o the_o church_n the_o roman_a do_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n for_o the_o major_n none_o will_v deny_v that_o the_o roman_a do_v then_o begin_v as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n when_o it_o do_v receive_v all_o thing_n necessary_a to_o the_o be_v of_o that_o kingdom_n thing_n do_v then_o begin_v when_o they_o receive_v
all_o thing_n necessary_a to_o their_o be_v all_o the_o controversy_n be_v about_o the_o minor_a to_o wit_n that_o the_o roman_a have_v all_o thing_n necessary_a to_o the_o be_v of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n and_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n this_o be_v prove_v in_o these_o particular_n particular_a 1._o when_o the_o four_o kingdom_n begin_v it_o must_v exercise_v sovereign_a dominion_n over_o many_o inferior_a kingdom_n and_o so_o far_o melancthon_n definition_n of_o a_o monarchy_n do_v hold_v true_a though_o bodin_n do_v much_o deride_v it_o in_o high_a method_n of_o history_n chap._n 7._o so_o say_v melancthon_n monarchia_fw-la est_fw-la summa_fw-la unius_fw-la reipublica_fw-la potentia_fw-la quae_fw-la aliarum_fw-la opes_fw-la &_o cop_z as_o supper_n be_v possit_fw-la a_o monarchy_n be_v the_o supreme_a power_n of_o one_o commonwealth_n which_o can_v easy_o excel_v the_o riches_n and_o plenty_n of_o all_o other_o commonwealth_n whatsoever_o and_o so_o can_v the_o roman_a state_n in_o those_o time_n go_v beyond_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o earth_n when_o the_o â—…ewish_a church_n come_v under_o the_o obedience_n of_o that_o nation_n or_o people_n particular_a 2._o when_o the_o four_o kingdom_n begin_v it_o must_v not_o only_o exercise_v sovereign_a dominion_n over_o many_o inferior_a state_n but_o also_o sovereign_a dominion_n over_o many_o inferior_a state_n in_o and_o about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n now_o the_o roman_a do_v first_o begin_v to_o do_v this_o at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n and_o at_o the_o reduce_n of_o judea_n to_o the_o obedience_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n particular_a 3._o the_o four_o kingdom_n do_v then_o begin_v when_o all_o the_o three_o former_a metal-kingdom_n have_v fulfil_v their_o several_a and_o respective_a time_n but_o the_o people_n of_o babel_n of_o persia_n and_o greece_n have_v then_o only_o complete_v the_o time_n of_o their_o monarchical_a rule_n in_o and_o about_o the_o territory_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n kingdom_n ergo_fw-la etc._n etc._n if_o we_o put_v all_o these_o particular_n into_o one_o sum_n the_o four_o of_o daniel_n kingdom_n may_v be_v thus_o describe_v to_o be_v the_o four_o tyrannical_a state_n which_o in_o its_o time_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o three_o former_a be_v to_o bear_v rule_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n but_o more_o special_o in_o and_o over_o the_o church_n continent_n this_o be_v the_o true_a definition_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n so_o far_o as_o such_o a_o matter_n may_v be_v define_v for_o first_o the_o thing_n define_v and_o the_o definition_n be_v convertible_a second_o the_o most_o essential_a attribute_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v mention_v three_o they_o be_v all_o mention_v therefore_o this_o be_v a_o true_a definition_n now_o all_o these_o thing_n necessary_a to_o the_o be_v of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n begin_v to_o be_v applicable_a to_o the_o roman_a state_n at_o the_o overthrow_n of_o the_o seleucian_n and_o the_o reduce_v of_o judea_n by_o pompey_n the_o great_a object_n but_o here_o perhaps_o some_o will_v reply_v julius_n caesar_n be_v the_o first_o roman_a monarch_n therefore_o the_o roman_a quatenus_fw-la the_o four_o monarchy_n do_v begin_v at_o the_o time_n of_o julius_n caesar_n and_o noâ—…_n at_o the_o time_n of_o their_o free-state_n sol._n if_o you_o take_v a_o monarchy_n for_o a_o form_n of_o government_n in_o and_o by_o one_o only_o i_o acknowledge_v julius_n caesar_n to_o be_v the_o foundet_fw-la of_o that_o monarchy_n for_o he_o be_v the_o first_o prince_n that_o change_v the_o free_a state_n into_o the_o government_n by_o oâ—…e_n but_o i_o just_o question_n whether_o this_o be_v daniel_n meaning_n that_o everywhere_o and_o in_o every_o point_n of_o time_n these_o dominion_n must_v necessary_o be_v under_o one_o head_n to_o say_v the_o truth_n this_o be_v but_o a_o tradition_n borrow_v from_o the_o custom_n of_o speech_n they_o take_v it_o for_o a_o grant_v truth_n that_o these_o kingdom_n must_v be_v so_o constitute_v but_o this_o do_v not_o always_o necessary_o hold_v the_o grecian_a kingdom_n type_v by_o the_o brass-metal_n be_v under_o one_o head_n in_o alexander_n the_o great_a but_o after_o that_o it_o come_v to_o be_v under_o four_o head_n in_o the_o time_n of_o his_o successor_n nay_o in_o the_o inter-regnum_n in_o the_o vacancy_n it_o be_v scarce_o under_o any_o head_n at_o all_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n be_v under_o one_o head_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o caesar_n after_o that_o it_o come_v divide_v into_o ten_o inferior_a realm_n nay_o there_o be_v a_o time_n when_o there_o be_v a_o intercision_n of_o roman_a majesty_n the_o beast_n be_v wound_v in_o one_o of_o his_o head_n and_o last_o of_o all_o when_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v destroy_v the_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o dominion_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n be_v give_v to_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a dan._n 7._o 27._o this_o be_v express_o say_v to_o be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n in_o opposition_n to_o four_o kind_n of_o people_n that_o have_v the_o dominion_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n go_v before_o all_o these_o particular_n show_v that_o it_o be_v not_o always_o necessary_a to_o the_o be_v of_o daniel_n four_o kingdom_n that_o the_o particular_a form_n of_o administration_n shall_v be_v under_o one_o head_n it_o be_v a_o good_a and_o a_o material_a observation_n of_o helvicus_n in_o the_o aforementioned_a treatise_n pag._n 3._o quamobrem_fw-la say_v he_o nihil_fw-la movemur_fw-la aetymologiae_fw-la graecâ_fw-la ex_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d &_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d quam_fw-la bodinus_fw-la ostendit_fw-la in_o methodo_fw-la histor._n cap._n 7._o cum_fw-la per_fw-la monarchiam_fw-la nihil_fw-la aliud_fw-la intelligan_v we_o quam_fw-la imperium_fw-la in_o mundo_fw-la summum_fw-la à _fw-la daniele_n praesiguratum_fw-la quod_fw-la deus_fw-la potentiâ_fw-la prae_fw-la caeteris_fw-la instruit_fw-la ut_fw-la cetera_fw-la illud_fw-la respiciant_fw-la and_o in_o very_a deed_n if_o we_o narrow_o look_v to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n though_o these_o kingdom_n be_v familiar_o call_v the_o four_o monarchy_n this_o be_v mean_v chief_o of_o their_o latitude_n and_o sovereignty_n of_o dominion_n as_o they_o be_v so_o many_o summa_fw-la imperia_n but_o it_o be_v not_o necessary_a that_o these_o dominion_n shall_v be_v always_o under_o one_o head_n and_o therefore_o whereas_o it_o be_v say_v that_o god_n give_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n a_o great_a kingdom_n and_o a_o second_o arise_v up_o after_o he_o and_o a_o three_o that_o shall_v bear_v rule_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n and_o last_o a_o four_o kingdom_n as_o strong_a as_o iron_n which_o shall_v bring_v all_o into_o subjection_n from_o all_o this_o we_o may_v collect_v that_o these_o several_a kingdom_n must_v have_v supreme_a dominion_n over_o inferior_a realm_n but_o it_o be_v not_o necessary_a to_o supreme_a dominion_n that_o one_o man_n always_o must_v bear_v rule_n and_o therefore_o look_v what_o sovereign_a dominion_n nabuchadnezzar_n begin_v over_o the_o church_n the_o same_o do_v descend_v in_o as_o large_a a_o way_n and_o in_o as_o ample_a a_o manner_n upon_o the_o roman_n in_o the_o time_n of_o their_o free-state_n when_o the_o church_n come_v within_o the_o precinct_n of_o their_o dominion_n there_o be_v nothing_o then_o do_v exclude_v but_o that_o the_o roman_a may_v begin_v as_o the_o four_o empire_n in_o the_o time_n of_o their_o freestaâ—…e_n for_o than_o they_o become_v supreme_a commander_n about_o the_o border_n of_o the_o church_n object_n 2._o but_o if_o you_o allege_v that_o this_o be_v the_o way_n to_o confound_v the_o free-state_n and_o the_o monarchy_n of_o one_o together_o which_o ought_v not_o to_o be_v do_v answ._n it_o be_v the_o plot_n of_o the_o spirit_n not_o to_o look_v upon_o the_o several_a form_n of_o roman_a dominion_n but_o upon_o the_o roman_n as_o oppose_v to_o one_o grecian_a one_o persian_a one_o babylonian_a dominion_n go_v before_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o prophecy_n be_v to_o show_v that_o the_o earth_n especial_o the_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n about_o the_o territory_n of_o the_o church_n shall_v fall_v under_o the_o sovereign_a command_n of_o four_o sort_n of_o people_n and_o further_o it_o be_v the_o scope_n of_o the_o spirit_n to_o show_v while_o these_o several_a dominion_n be_v in_o their_o flux_n and_o succession_n christ_n shall_v be_v bear_v and_o his_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v set_v up_o if_o this_o be_v so_o we_o need_v not_o fear_v the_o confound_v together_o of_o two_o several_a kind_n of_o government_n into_o one._n it_o be_v enough_o for_o our_o purpose_n that_o the_o roman_a be_v imperium_fw-la in_o mundo_fw-la summum_fw-la the_o prevail_a dominion_n over_o the_o earth_n at_o that_o time_n when_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n come_v under_o their_o sovereign_a lordship_n
not_o to_o reveal_v this_o only_a to_o the_o jew_n but_o to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o gentile_n also_o this_o latter_a may_v be_v prove_v from_o the_o person_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n to_o who_o this_o secret_n be_v reveal_v for_o if_o it_o have_v only_o concern_v the_o national_a church_n of_o the_o jew_n that_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n will_v raise_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v why_o be_v this_o deliver_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n a_o heathen_a man_n and_o a_o enemy_n of_o the_o church_n when_o the_o lord_n do_v reveal_v to_o pharaoh_n the_o dream_n of_o the_o seven_o fat_a cow_n and_o after_o the_o dream_n of_o seven_o lean_a cow_n this_o be_v not_o only_o discover_v for_o the_o good_a of_o the_o church_n but_o for_o the_o preservation_n of_o mankind_n so_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o four_o great_a empire_n and_o the_o beginning_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o empire_n these_o thing_n be_v not_o reveal_v only_o to_o nabuchadnezzar_n that_o the_o jew_n may_v understand_v the_o truth_n but_o that_o the_o whole_a habitable_a world_n under_o nebuchadnezzar_n dominion_n may_v take_v notice_n of_o that_o which_o god_n do_v intend_v to_o do_v second_o this_o appear_v by_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o revelation_n to_o nabuchadnezzar_n which_o be_v to_o this_o end_n that_o the_o whole_a world_n may_v observe_v it_o first_o if_o you_o consider_v the_o person_n nabuchadnezzar_n dream_v a_o dream_n second_o the_o way_n of_o god_n deal_n with_o he_o he_o forget_v the_o dream_n and_o therefore_o a_o great_a trouble_n fall_v upon_o his_o spirit_n three_o his_o call_n for_o the_o wiseman_n of_o babylon_n which_o city_n in_o these_o time_n be_v the_o eye_n of_o the_o world_n and_o the_o seat_n of_o the_o empire_n now_o it_o be_v not_o to_o be_v imagine_v but_o all_o that_o live_v within_o the_o verge_n of_o so_o large_a a_o dominion_n will_v be_v apt_a to_o hearken_v after_o such_o a_o thing_n special_o when_o they_o shall_v hear_v of_o the_o trouble_n of_o the_o king_n and_o of_o the_o edict_n to_o kill_v all_o the_o wiseman_n of_o babylon_n here_o be_v a_o matter_n set_v out_o in_o the_o view_n of_o all_o asia_n as_o it_o be_v to_o prove_v three_o particular_n first_o that_o the_o god_n of_o israel_n be_v the_o true_a god_n second_o that_o he_o will_v set_v up_o four_o great_a change_n of_o empire_n in_o the_o world_n three_o that_o in_o the_o last_o succession_n of_o empire_n he_o will_v set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v these_o thing_n be_v propound_v not_o only_o for_o the_o church_n but_o for_o the_o observation_n of_o the_o whole_a habitable_a earth_n under_o the_o babylonian_a empire_n that_o then_o be_v and_o for_o the_o age_n follow_v three_o if_o we_o look_v to_o the_o story_n of_o the_o evangelist_n we_o do_v read_v that_o the_o evangelist_n s_o matthew_n do_v tell_v we_o that_o when_o the_o lord_n christ_n be_v bear_v in_o bethleem_n in_o the_o day_n of_o herod_n the_o king_n wiseman_n come_v to_o jerusalem_n matth._n 2._o 1_o 2_o 3_o 4._o here_o interpreter_n upon_o the_o place_n do_v raise_v many_o question_n first_o who_o these_o wiseman_n be_v second_o why_o be_v it_o reveal_v to_o they_o by_o a_o star_n three_o why_o do_v the_o star_n guide_v they_o to_o jerusalem_n and_o then_o vanish_v out_o of_o 〈◊〉_d these_o question_n be_v propound_v by_o interpreter_n and_o they_o do_v give_v very_o learned_a and_o solid_a answer_n to_o they_o only_o there_o be_v a_o question_n to_o which_o i_o do_v not_o yet_o find_v a_o satisfactory_a answer_n and_o that_o be_v this_o why_o be_v this_o matter_n reveal_v to_o wiseman_n in_o the_o east_n rather_o than_o to_o any_o other_o nation_n profession_n or_o sect_n among_o the_o gentile_n spanhemius_fw-la do_v handle_v this_o point_n in_o his_o dubia_fw-la evangelica_n part_n 2._o dub_v 31._o pag._n 326._o and_o he_o do_v come_v to_o this_o issue_n in_o the_o close_a concludimus_fw-la itaque_fw-la causum_fw-la vocationis_fw-la magorum_n nequaquam_fw-la in_o illis_fw-la suisse_fw-la sed_fw-la in_o solâ_fw-la dei_fw-la vocantis_fw-la bonitate_fw-la &_o illos_fw-la ex_fw-la merâ_fw-la ejus_fw-la gratiâ_fw-la vocatos_fw-la sive_fw-la absolutè_fw-la eorum_fw-la vocatio_fw-la consideretur_fw-la sive_fw-la comparatè_fw-la quod_fw-la enim_fw-la &_o vocati_fw-la &_o vocati_fw-la prae_fw-la aliis_fw-la dei_fw-la miserentis_fw-la fuit_fw-la illorum_fw-la potius_fw-la quam_fw-la aliorum_fw-la et_fw-la haec_fw-la causa_fw-la causarum_fw-la est_fw-la &_o summa_fw-la ratio_fw-la pag._n 329._o here_o i_o do_v agree_v that_o the_o call_v of_o the_o wiseman_n do_v chief_o depend_v upon_o the_o grace_n and_o mercy_n of_o god_n this_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o cause_n and_o the_o chief_a reason_n why_o they_o be_v call_v and_o why_o they_o be_v call_v before_o any_o other_o but_o yet_o with_o submission_n to_o a_o better_a judgement_n i_o think_v there_o lie_v a_o plain_a reason_n in_o the_o scripture_n why_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o jew_n be_v reveal_v to_o the_o wiseman_n of_o the_o east_n rather_o than_o to_o any_o other_o gentile_n for_o when_o the_o lord_n have_v a_o purpose_n to_o reveal_v four_o great_a change_n of_o time_n to_o the_o world_n and_o particular_o the_o time_n of_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o son_n he_o have_v appoint_v in_o his_o providence_n that_o the_o wiseman_n of_o babylon_n who_o profession_n it_o be_v to_o understand_v the_o change_n of_o time_n that_o they_o shall_v come_v to_o take_v notice_n of_o these_o thing_n but_o more_o special_o of_o the_o time_n when_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v be_v set_v up_o but_o because_o they_o can_v not_o know_v this_o by_o their_o own_o strength_n the_o lord_n do_v reveal_v it_o to_o they_o by_o the_o ministry_n of_o daniel_n that_o he_o will_v set_v up_o four_o kingdom_n over_o the_o earth_n whereof_o the_o babylonian_a in_o be_v be_v the_o first_o and_o then_o in_o the_o latter_a end_n he_o will_v set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v in_o a_o word_n this_o be_v the_o cause_n wherefore_o these_o change_n of_o time_n be_v reveal_v to_o the_o wiseman_n of_o the_o east_n because_o it_o do_v suit_n with_o their_o profession_n to_o take_v notice_n of_o such_o thing_n and_o the_o lord_n have_v once_o reveal_v in_o particular_a the_o time_n of_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o his_o son_n to_o the_o wiseman_n of_o the_o east_n when_o the_o lord_n christ_n be_v bear_v at_o bethleem_n in_o judea_n in_o the_o day_n of_o herod_n the_o king_n he_o do_v call_v that_o sort_n of_o man_n in_o special_a to_o take_v notice_n of_o that_o which_o be_v foretell_v because_o these_o thing_n be_v reveal_v to_o they_o they_o be_v call_v in_o a_o special_a manner_n to_o take_v notice_n of_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o messiah_n and_o of_o the_o begin_n of_o his_o kingdom_n from_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v we_o may_v conclude_v that_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n do_v concern_v both_o jew_n and_o gentile_n therefore_o there_o be_v no_o necessity_n that_o brightman_n grasserus_n and_o other_o learned_a man_n shall_v take_v the_o little_a horn_n for_o mahomet_n because_o the_o country_n of_o judea_n be_v now_o under_o the_o turk_n many_o other_o argument_n may_v be_v bring_v to_o prove_v that_o neither_o mahomet_n nor_o the_o turk_n can_v possible_o be_v resemble_v by_o the_o type_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n and_o the_o whole_a collection_n of_o circumstance_n do_v altogether_o pitch_v upon_o the_o papacy_n which_o arise_v after_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n into_o ten_o inferior_a kingdom_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n this_o be_v the_o true_a application_n of_o the_o time_n to_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n and_o this_o be_v the_o natural_a sense_n of_o john_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n that_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v 666._o now_o for_o the_o truth_n of_o this_o interpretation_n we_o will_v prove_v it_o first_o from_o the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o text_n rev._n 13._o second_o from_o the_o drift_n of_o the_o spirit_n rev._n 17._o three_o from_o the_o whole_a harmony_n of_o the_o prophecy_n in_o the_o chief_a and_o remarkable_a circumstance_n last_o from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o apostle_n 2_o thess._n 2._o and_o of_o these_o in_o their_o order_n chap._n viii_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o interpretation_n be_v prove_v from_o the_o remarkable_a circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n itself_o revel_v 13._o 16_o 17_o 18._o there_o be_v many_o excellent_a and_o precious_a truth_n in_o the_o general_n which_o we_o can_v always_o avouch_v that_o the_o spirit_n
do_v intend_v they_o in_o such_o or_o such_o a_o particular_a scripture_n now_o that_o this_o may_v appear_v to_o be_v a_o right_a interpretation_n we_o will_v compare_v it_o with_o every_o circumstance_n in_o the_o text._n these_o be_v the_o word_n that_o follow_v and_o he_o cause_v all_o both_o small_a and_o great_a rich_a and_o poor_a free_a and_o bond_n to_o receive_v a_o mark_n in_o their_o right_a hand_n and_o in_o their_o forehead_n and_o that_o no_o man_n may_v buy_v or_o sell_v save_v he_o that_o have_v the_o mark_n or_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n or_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n here_o be_v wisdom_n let_v he_o that_o have_v understanding_n â—…ount_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o it_o be_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n and_o his_o number_n be_v six_o hundred_o threescore_o and_o six_o in_o these_o word_n we_o be_v to_o note_n four_o particular_n 1._o the_o matter_n of_o the_o law_n which_o the_o beast_n do_v impose_v he_o cause_v all_o man_n to_o receive_v a_o mark_n in_o their_o right_a hand_n and_o in_o their_o forehead_n and_o that_o they_o have_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o it_o 2._o the_o maker_n of_o the_o law_n soil_n the_o beast_n with_o two_o horn_n he_o cause_v man_n to_o receive_v the_o mark_n by_o his_o coercive_a power_n 3._o the_o person_n on_o who_o he_o do_v impose_v the_o law_n he_o cause_v all_o both_o small_a and_o great_a bond_n and_o free_a rich_a and_o poor_a to_o receive_v a_o mark._n for_o though_o there_o be_v great_a difference_n in_o civil_a relation_n between_o poor-man_n and_o rich_a bondman_n and_o free_a yet_o in_o this_o matter_n none_o be_v exempt_v all_o must_v receive_v the_o mark_n one_o as_o well_o as_o the_o other_o there_o be_v no_o difference_n of_o condition_n 4._o the_o penalty_n inflict_v on_o he_o that_o will_v not_o submit_v to_o the_o law_n he_o must_v have_v no_o civil_a commerce_n with_o man_n he_o must_v not_o buy_v nor_o sell_v that_o have_v not_o these_o three_o thing_n first_o the_o mark_n second_o the_o name_n three_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n now_o that_o man_n may_v right_o conceive_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o these_o thing_n the_o same_o spirit_n do_v exhort_v they_o to_o calculate_v the_o number_n the_o point_n that_o we_o be_v now_o upon_o for_o the_o calculation_n of_o the_o number_n these_o four_o particular_n also_o ought_v to_o be_v observe_v first_o the_o person_n exhort_v who_o it_o be_v that_o must_v make_v the_o discovery_n and_o this_o be_v every_o such_o one_o as_o have_v a_o mind_n give_v he_o of_o god_n more_o accurate_o to_o search_v into_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o prophecy_n the_o matter_n be_v not_o easio_fw-la to_o be_v understand_v at_o the_o first_o sight_n there_o must_v be_v some_o wisdom_n use_v to_o the_o discovery_n thereof_o second_o the_o manner_n it_o must_v be_v by_o the_o way_n of_o reckon_a or_o number_v let_v he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n reckon_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n three_o the_o rule_n and_o method_n of_o account_n there_o be_v some_o way_n of_o reckon_a call_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n by_o and_o through_o which_o the_o calculation_n be_v to_o be_v make_v four_o the_o particular_a number_n itself_o and_o in_o this_o method_n or_o way_n of_o account_n it_o be_v 666._o these_o be_v the_o natural_a distribution_n of_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n now_o according_a to_o this_o pattern_n or_o platform_n let_v we_o proceed_v to_o show_v the_o truth_n of_o our_o interpretation_n and_o what_o apt_a coherence_n it_o have_v with_o the_o circumstance_n and_o with_o the_o natural_a scope_n of_o the_o text_n to_o begin_v therefore_o with_o the_o matter_n of_o the_o law_n it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o the_o beast_n do_v cause_n all_o to_o receive_v a_o mark_n to_o have_v the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n for_o the_o mark_n we_o be_v not_o to_o take_v it_o for_o a_o material_a character_n but_o it_o be_v the_o public_a profession_n of_o the_o faith_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n by_o and_o through_o which_o he_o do_v public_o acknowledge_v his_o subjection_n and_o allegiance_n to_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n for_o as_o in_o the_o word_n immediate_o follow_v when_o john_n see_v the_o lamb_n stand_v upon_o mount_n zion_n and_o with_o he_o 144000_o have_v their_o father_n name_n write_v in_o their_o forehead_n we_o do_v not_o take_v the_o name_n of_o the_o father_n write_v in_o the_o forehead_n for_o a_o literal_a character_n but_o for_o the_o visibility_n of_o their_o profession_n that_o yield_v subjection_n to_o the_o command_v of_o god_n the_o father_n as_o their_o sovereign_a lord_n so_o on_o the_o other_o side_n the_o follower_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n and_o in_o their_o right_a hand_n be_v not_o a_o visible_a brand_n or_o print-mark_a consist_v of_o letter_n and_o syllable_n but_o it_o show_v the_o visibility_n of_o their_o profession_n that_o do_v own_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n universal_a headship_n over_o all_o church_n and_o that_o they_o be_v in_o conscience_n bind_v to_o be_v subject_a to_o his_o law_n as_o to_o another_o christ._n paraeus_n upon_o the_o place_n speak_v to_o the_o same_o effect_n unde_fw-la secundò_fw-la liquet_fw-la cum_fw-la bestia_fw-la antichristiana_n sit_fw-la papa_n romanus_n exuviis_fw-la romani_fw-la imperii_fw-la &_o tunicâ_fw-la christi_fw-la indutus_fw-la characterem_fw-la bestiae_fw-la esse_fw-la professionem_fw-la papistici_fw-la cultus_fw-la sicut_fw-la supra_fw-la character_n christi_fw-la non_fw-la fuit_fw-la nota_fw-la materialis_fw-la sed_fw-la professio_fw-la christiani_n cultus_fw-la but_o that_o in_o this_o matter_n we_o may_v not_o altogether_o depend_v upon_o authority_n we_o will_v prove_v by_o many_o argument_n that_o the_o public_a profession_n of_o the_o catholicism_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n and_o in_o the_o right_a hand_n first_o this_o agree_v omni_fw-la to_o every_o subject_a in_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n he_o cause_v all_o both_o small_a and_o great_a rich_a and_o poor_a free_a and_o bond_n to_o receive_v a_o mark._n and_o such_o a_o mark_n be_v the_o profession_n of_o the_o faith_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n and_o though_o all_o be_v not_o cardinal_n all_o be_v not_o archbishop_n all_o be_v not_o bishop_n yet_o all_o be_v roman_a catholic_n all_o agree_v in_o this_o to_o profess_v the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n this_o be_v nota_fw-la maximè_fw-la communis_fw-la second_o the_o mark_n agree_v soli_n only_o to_o such_o a_o one_o as_o be_v a_o subject_a of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n for_o as_o prince_n have_v mark_n and_o cognisance_n to_o distinguish_v their_o servant_n and_o subject_n so_o the_o beast_n have_v a_o peculiar_a character_n to_o discern_v between_o those_o that_o be_v he_o and_o those_o that_o be_v none_o of_o he_o now_o if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o profession_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n all_o that_o whole_a society_n and_o body_n of_o man_n as_o they_o be_v one_o among_o themselves_o in_o their_o public_a profession_n so_o in_o this_o they_o be_v distinguish_v from_o all_o other_o kind_n of_o man_n in_o the_o whole_a world_n here_o be_v nota_fw-la maximè_fw-la propria_fw-la three_o the_o mark_n agree_v to_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n at_o all_o time_n for_o not_o only_o at_o the_o first_o beginning_n of_o the_o spiritual_a monarchy_n he_o cause_v every_o man_n to_o receive_v a_o mark_n but_o in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o his_o kingdom_n he_o do_v impose_v this_o law_n upon_o his_o subject_n and_o therefore_o we_o read_v in_o the_o latter_a end_n of_o his_o dominion_n that_o the_o first_o vial_n be_v pour_v out_o upon_o they_o that_o have_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o worship_v his_o image_n chap._n 16._o vers_fw-la 2._o and_o those_o soul_n that_o live_v again_o to_o reign_v with_o christ_n 1000_o year_n be_v such_o as_o be_v behead_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n because_o they_o have_v not_o worship_v the_o image_n nor_o receive_v the_o mark._n the_o receive_n of_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n it_o must_v be_v semper_fw-la in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n now_o such_o a_o mark_n be_v the_o profession_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n this_o have_v be_v receive_v in_o all_o time_n there_o be_v some_o thing_n receive_v by_o that_o society_n of_o man_n which_o be_v not_o much_o more_o ancient_a than_o the_o council_n of_o trent_n which_o be_v not_o establish_v de_fw-fr fide_fw-la till_o that_o time_n and_o though_o in_o the_o day_n of_o queen_n mary_n the_o critical_a question_n be_v what_o say_v you_o to_o the_o sacrament_n of_o the_o altar_n yet_o it_o be_v well_o know_v that_o transubstantiation_n
have_v be_v introduce_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n but_o now_o it_o be_v not_o so_o with_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n this_o have_v be_v in_o hatch_n in_o all_o age_n almost_o down_o from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o apostle_n till_o in_o the_o 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n it_o begin_v public_o to_o be_v establish_v under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n and_o here_o be_v the_o true_a beginning_n of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o of_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n four_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n and_o in_o the_o right_a hand_n be_v a_o convertible_a and_o reciprocal_a note_n to_o distinguish_v the_o subject_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n from_o other_o man_n and_o such_o a_o convertible_a note_n be_v the_o public_a profession_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n and_o therefore_o many_o of_o their_o chief_a writer_n do_v lay_v down_o three_o note_n to_o prove_v a_o true_a church_n by_o verae_fw-la fidei_fw-la professione_n by_o the_o profession_n of_o the_o true_a faith_n sacramentorum_fw-la communione_fw-la by_o participate_v of_o the_o sacrament_n pontifici_fw-la romano_n tanquam_fw-la legitimo_fw-la pastori_fw-la subjectione_n by_o subjection_n to_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n as_o to_o their_o lawful_a pastor_n five_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n and_o the_o right_a hand_n must_v be_v such_o a_o thing_n as_o be_v in_o open_a view_n and_o in_o common_a use_n for_o so_o do_v these_o figurative_a expression_n import_v it_o be_v not_o say_v that_o he_o cause_v all_o to_o receive_v a_o mark_n in_o their_o arm_n or_o breast_n or_o foot_n or_o leg_n or_o any_o other_o member_n of_o the_o body_n but_o in_o the_o forehead_n which_o be_v in_o open_a view_n and_o in_o the_o right_a hand_n as_o be_v that_o part_n of_o the_o body_n which_o be_v of_o most_o common_a use_n now_o what_o be_v there_o among_o that_o society_n of_o man_n which_o be_v of_o more_o common_a use_n and_o public_a view_n than_o the_o profession_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n experience_n do_v plain_o show_v that_o none_o can_v buy_v nor_o sell_v nor_o hold_v land_n and_o possession_n but_o such_o a_o one_o as_o do_v acknowledge_v this_o universal_a headship_n six_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n and_o in_o the_o right_a hand_n be_v in_o express_v and_o significant_a term_n call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o mark_n of_o his_o name_n they_o have_v no_o rest_n day_n nor_o night_n that_o worship_n the_o beast_n and_o his_o image_n and_o receive_v the_o mark_n of_o his_o name_n chap._n 14._o vers_fw-la 11._o now_o if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o profession_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n all_o thing_n will_v agree_v for_o what_o be_v a_o roman_n catholic_n but_o such_o a_o one_o as_o do_v make_v it_o the_o chief_a and_o main_a article_n of_o his_o faith_n to_o acknowledge_v the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o to_o subject_v his_o conscience_n to_o the_o law_n make_v by_o that_o authority_n and_o this_o we_o have_v already_o prove_v in_o the_o three_o chapter_n of_o this_o treatise_n to_o be_v no_o other_o but_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o if_o there_o be_v no_o such_o thing_n as_o the_o universal_a headship_n sovereign_a power_n and_o supreme_a dominion_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n what_o will_v become_v of_o the_o faith_n and_o profession_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n be_v that_o which_o give_v foundation_n to_o the_o mark_n or_o profession_n à _fw-la priori_fw-la and_o the_o mark_n or_o profession_n be_v that_o which_o declare_v the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n à _fw-la posteriori_fw-la and_o therefore_o in_o significant_a term_n it_o be_v call_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n seven_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n and_o in_o the_o right_a hand_n be_v that_o which_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n do_v assume_v to_o themselves_o as_o a_o matter_n of_o the_o great_a honour_n and_o dignity_n it_o be_v not_o a_o brand_n or_o nickname_n put_v upon_o they_o by_o their_o enemy_n but_o that_o which_o themselves_o do_v voluntary_o profess_v as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o whole_a book_n of_o the_o revelation_n now_o such_o a_o name_n be_v the_o profession_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n the_o roman_a church_n comprehend_v all_o those_o nation_n language_n and_o people_n that_o agree_v in_o the_o same_o unity_n of_o the_o faith_n under_o the_o pope_n the_o head_n and_o every_o member_n of_o this_o church_n of_o what_o sort_n soever_o make_v this_o as_o the_o principal_a badge_n of_o his_o profession_n to_o adhere_v to_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n as_o to_o the_o visible_a head_n of_o the_o church_n eight_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o right_a hand_n and_o in_o the_o forehead_n must_v be_v so_o expound_v that_o in_o receive_v of_o this_o man_n must_v be_v guilty_a of_o great_a sin_n against_o christ_n and_o so_o consequent_o liable_a to_o most_o grievous_a judgement_n except_o they_o repent_v and_o therefore_o it_o be_v express_v that_o such_o shall_v be_v torment_v day_n and_o night_n that_o worship_n the_o beast_n and_o receive_v his_o mark._n sure_o then_o that_o act_n of_o receive_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v needs_o be_v a_o grievous_a sin_n because_o the_o lord_n christ_n do_v threaten_v it_o with_o so_o heavy_a a_o judgement_n now_o if_o you_o take_v the_o profession_n of_o the_o faith_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n as_o he_o profess_v his_o subjection_n to_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n this_o be_v the_o great_a derogation_n that_o can_v be_v to_o christ_n to_o supplant_v he_o in_o his_o universal_a headship_n for_o it_o be_v his_o peculiar_a and_o incommunicable_a privilege_n to_o be_v the_o only_a head_n of_o the_o church_n his_o mystical_a body_n therefore_o whosoever_o he_o be_v that_o do_v ascribe_v this_o to_o himself_o or_o to_o any_o other_o do_v sin_n against_o the_o kingly_a office_n of_o christ_n and_o do_v what_o in_o he_o lie_v to_o dethrone_v and_o put_v christ_n from_o his_o sovereign_a dignity_n a_o wife_n may_v be_v guilty_a of_o many_o offence_n against_o her_o husband_n but_o that_o be_v one_o of_o the_o most_o capital_a when_o she_o do_v take_v another_o in_o his_o room_n for_o that_o be_v in_o a_o sense_n to_o break_v the_o bond_n and_o to_o cast_v he_o off_o from_o be_v her_o husband_n when_o she_o do_v give_v herself_o to_o another_o man_n a_o roman_a catholic_n then_o when_o he_o do_v profess_v his_o allegiance_n to_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n as_o to_o the_o visible_a head_n of_o the_o church_n this_o public_a profession_n of_o he_o be_v rebellion_n and_o high_a treason_n against_o the_o lord_n christ_n the_o true_a head_n of_o the_o church_n this_o do_v supplant_v he_o of_o his_o kingly_a power_n and_o dignity_n and_o therefore_o he_o do_v threaten_v this_o sin_n with_o such_o grievous_a judgement_n those_o word_n therefore_o that_o be_v add_v as_o a_o epiphonema_n in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o revelation_n whosoever_o shall_v add_v to_o the_o word_n of_o this_o book_n god_n will_v add_v to_o he_o the_o plague_n that_o be_v write_v in_o this_o book_n and_o if_o any_o man_n shall_v take_v away_o from_o the_o word_n of_o the_o book_n of_o this_o prophecy_n god_n will_v take_v away_o his_o part_n out_o of_o the_o book_n of_o life_n and_o out_o of_o the_o holy_a city_n and_o from_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v write_v in_o this_o book_n chap._n 22._o vers_fw-la 18._o 19_o interpreter_n do_v usual_o apply_v this_o place_n to_o those_o that_o bring_v in_o tradition_n but_o i_o think_v that_o here_o be_v a_o more_o special_a sense_n intend_v suitable_a to_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o book_n for_o the_o principal_a scope_n of_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n be_v to_o speak_v of_o the_o kingly_a office_n of_o christ_n and_o therefore_o they_o that_o set_v up_o another_o head_n of_o the_o church_n they_o do_v add_v to_o the_o word_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o this_o book_n and_o god_n will_v add_v to_o they_o the_o plague_n that_o be_v write_v in_o the_o book_n so_o they_o that_o take_v away_o from_o the_o kingly_a office_n of_o christ_n they_o do_v in_o a_o more_o special_a sense_n take_v away_o from_o the_o word_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o this_o book_n and_o therefore_o god_n will_v take_v away_o their_o part_n out_o of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n and_o from_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v contain_v in_o the_o book_n if_o these_o thing_n be_v so_o i_o can_v but_o admire_v at_o hugo_n grotius_n a_o man_n of_o great_a learning_n in_o these_o last_o time_n who_o in_o his_o tract_n de_fw-la antichristo_fw-la do_v speak_v very_o favourable_o of_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n
but_o save_v the_o great_a worth_n and_o learning_n of_o such_o a_o author_n here_o be_v the_o very_a formality_n of_o antichristianism_n for_o which_o which_o man_n shall_v be_v liable_a to_o very_o great_a judgement_n unless_o they_o do_v repent_v and_o though_o they_o do_v distinguish_v betwixt_o two_o kind_n of_o head_n that_o head_n which_o be_v supreme_a and_o that_o which_o be_v ministerial_a it_o be_v too_o too_o well_o know_v if_o we_o go_v to_o practice_n that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n have_v not_o assume_v a_o ministerial_a headship_n to_o himself_o nay_o indeed_o and_o in_o truth_n he_o have_v make_v the_o headship_n of_o christ_n nothing_o at_o all_o nine_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n and_o in_o the_o right_a hand_n aught_o to_o be_v so_o expound_v that_o therein_o must_v appear_v the_o principal_a cause_n of_o the_o suffering_n of_o the_o martyr_n for_o after_o that_o the_o beast_n be_v destroy_v john_n see_v in_o the_o vision_n the_o soul_n of_o they_o that_o be_v behead_v for_o the_o word_n god_n and_o for_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n that_o have_v not_o worship_v the_o beast_n nor_o receive_v his_o mark_n chap._n 20._o 3_o 4._o the_o special_a cause_n of_o the_o suffering_n of_o the_o martyr_n must_v be_v for_o the_o refusal_n of_o these_o thing_n if_o we_o transfer_v this_o to_o experience_n we_o shall_v find_v that_o great_a multitude_n of_o man_n and_o woman_n have_v be_v put_v to_o death_n in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n because_o they_o will_v not_o yield_v obedience_n to_o the_o law_n ceremony_n tradition_n and_o superstitious_a observation_n impose_v upon_o they_o by_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n as_o universal_a head_n of_o the_o church_n they_o be_v slay_v because_o they_o hold_v the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n christ_n because_o they_o take_v the_o lord_n christ_n alone_o for_o the_o true_a head_n of_o the_o church_n and_o will_v live_v only_o in_o subjection_n to_o his_o law_n now_o then_o to_o gather_v up_o all_o the_o aforemention_v particular_n into_o one_o sum_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o the_o profession_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n in_o the_o visibility_n thereof_o be_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o forehead_n and_o in_o the_o right_a hand_n and_o all_o circumstance_n do_v wonderful_o agree_v but_o let_v we_o now_o come_v to_o give_v some_o special_a instance_n for_o this_o out_o of_o the_o old_a testament_n and_o here_o if_o we_o go_v to_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n we_o shall_v find_v a_o clear_a instance_n of_o the_o character_n or_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o grecian_a antichrist_n for_o there_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o one_o jason_n when_o he_o have_v buy_v the_o high_a priesthood_n for_o money_n and_o do_v assign_v 150_o talent_n more_o if_o he_o may_v have_v licence_n to_o set_v up_o a_o place_n for_o exercise_n and_o for_o the_o train_n up_o of_o youth_n in_o the_o fashion_n of_o the_o heathen_a and_o to_o write_v they_o of_o jerusalem_n by_o the_o name_n of_o antiochian_o which_o when_o the_o king_n have_v grant_v and_o he_o have_v get_v the_o rule_n into_o his_o hand_n it_o be_v express_o say_v of_o this_o jason_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d our_o english_a have_v it_o he_o forthwith_o bring_v his_o own_o nation_n to_o the_o greekish_a fashion_n junius_n and_o montanus_n and_o the_o lexicographer_n scapula_n have_v it_o ad_fw-la graecum_fw-la ritum_fw-la but_o i_o think_v the_o word_n may_v better_o be_v translate_v he_o carry_v over_o his_o own_o countryman_n to_o the_o greek_a character_n 2_o macc._n 4._o 9_o 10._o for_o the_o more_o close_a and_o perfect_a application_n of_o this_o truth_n we_o will_v note_v these_o four_o particular_n 1._o what_o be_v the_o hellenick_n or_o grecian_a character_n 2._o who_o be_v the_o person_n that_o do_v receive_v it_o 3._o the_o time_n when_o 4._o the_o power_n and_o authority_n which_o do_v compel_v they_o to_o receive_v it_o for_o the_o first_o a_o character_n be_v nothing_o else_o but_o a_o note_n of_o distinction_n by_o and_o through_o which_o one_o sort_n of_o people_n be_v distinguish_v from_o another_o as_o the_o ephraimite_n be_v distinguish_v from_o the_o gileadite_n by_o the_o word_n shibole_v so_o one_o nation_n be_v distinguish_v from_o another_o by_o their_o language_n attire_n and_o other_o custom_n but_o in_o this_o case_n we_o have_v not_o to_o do_v with_o the_o mark_n of_o civil_a distinction_n and_o therefore_o when_o it_o be_v say_v that_o jason_n carry_v over_o his_o own_o countryman_n to_o the_o hellenick_n character_n this_o be_v mean_v of_o such_o a_o way_n of_o worship_n as_o be_v the_o public_a profession_n among_o the_o profane_a grecian_n in_o matter_n of_o religion_n in_o respect_n whereof_o that_o public_a profession_n be_v determinatus_fw-la modus_fw-la vivendi_fw-la as_o the_o schoolman_n speak_v contain_v that_o manner_n and_o way_n of_o live_v according_a to_o the_o law_n of_o the_o antiochian_o the_o like_a may_v be_v say_v that_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v that_o whereby_o they_o of_o the_o romish_a religion_n be_v distinguish_v from_o other_o for_o they_o have_v a_o peculiar_a manner_n of_o live_v according_a to_o the_o law_n of_o that_o church_n under_o the_o pope_n the_o head_n there_o be_v then_o a_o exact_a agreement_n betwixt_o the_o hellenick_n and_o the_o romish_a character_n and_o in_o both_o nation_n man_n be_v distinguish_v by_o this_o as_o by_o the_o badge_n of_o their_o profession_n second_o for_o the_o person_n who_o be_v they_o that_o jason_n carry_v over_o to_o receive_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o grecian_a tyranny_n it_o be_v plain_o say_v that_o he_o carry_v over_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d his_o own_o countryman_n of_o the_o stock_n and_o lineage_n of_o abraham_n and_o these_o thing_n be_v foretell_v by_o daniel_n the_o prophet_n many_o year_n before_o that_o in_o the_o day_n of_o antiochus_n epiphanes_n many_o of_o his_o own_o countryman_n shall_v forsake_v the_o holy_a covenant_n dan._n 11._o 31_o 32._o and_o as_o he_o foretell_v it_o come_v to_o pass_v indeed_o as_o appear_v in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o macchabee_n and_o in_o the_o story_n of_o josephus_n and_o other_o now_o if_o we_o apy_o this_o to_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n there_o be_v a_o more_o general_a defection_n and_o apostasy_n of_o the_o whole_a christian_a world_n he_o cause_v all_o to_o receive_v a_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n and_o in_o their_o right_a hand_n three_o for_o the_o time_n when_o be_v it_o that_o jason_n carry_v over_o his_o own_o countryman_n to_o the_o hellenick_n character_n to_o the_o public_a profession_n of_o religion_n use_v by_o the_o grecian_n in_o the_o seleâ—…cian_a state_n it_o be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n the_o grecian_a antichrist_n if_o therefore_o we_o read_v in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n that_o the_o beast_n do_v cause_n all_o to_o receive_v a_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n and_o in_o their_o right_a hand_n this_o be_v no_o other_o but_o that_o which_o be_v do_v before_o in_o the_o time_n of_o antiochus_n the_o grecian_a antichrist_n who_o be_v set_v forth_o as_o a_o type_n and_o a_o figure_n of_o that_o great_a antichrist_n who_o shall_v come_v in_o the_o last_o time_n four_o for_o the_o power_n by_o and_o through_o which_o jason_n shall_v carry_v over_o his_o own_o countryman_n to_o the_o hellenick_n character_n or_o to_o that_o way_n of_o profession_n it_o be_v then_o when_o he_o have_v get_v the_o rule_n into_o his_o hand_n some_o sin_n do_v increase_v by_o propagation_n as_o original_a sin_n some_o by_o ensample_n as_o many_o evil_a custom_n among_o we_o but_o here_o be_v mention_v make_v of_o the_o increase_n and_o prevail_v of_o a_o sin_n by_o imperial_a edict_n by_o the_o countenance_n power_n and_o authority_n of_o they_o that_o have_v the_o sovereignty_n in_o their_o hand_n the_o like_a may_v be_v say_v of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n all_o do_v receive_v the_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n and_o in_o their_o right_a hand_n and_o if_o you_o look_v to_o the_o reason_n it_o be_v a_o sin_n of_o monarchy_n or_o imperial_a power_n the_o beast_n as_o a_o potentate_n do_v cause_n all_o to_o receive_v a_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n and_o in_o their_o right_a hand_n by_o the_o hellenick_n character_n use_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o grecian_a tyranny_n we_o may_v know_v what_o be_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n so_o often_o mention_v in_o the_o revelation_n and_o by_o the_o one_o we_o may_v find_v out_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o other_o i_o have_v stay_v the_o long_a on_o this_o point_n because_o it_o be_v the_o principal_a matter_n in_o the_o text_n and_o the_o right_a
discovery_n of_o this_o will_v guide_v we_o in_o the_o clear_n of_o other_o thing_n for_o if_o we_o do_v right_o conceive_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n we_o may_v come_v to_o demonstrate_v the_o name_n itself_o what_o it_o be_v and_o when_o the_o name_n itself_o be_v true_o and_o apocalyptical_o define_v we_o may_v be_v the_o better_o prepare_v for_o the_o discovery_n of_o the_o number_n all_o these_o do_v mutual_o depend_v each_o upon_o other_o and_o therefore_o for_o the_o subject-matter_n of_o the_o law_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o several_a branch_n thereof_o we_o do_v thus_o determine_v in_o these_o three_o particular_n first_o the_o mark_n that_o he_o cause_v all_o to_o receive_v in_o their_o forehead_n and_o in_o their_o right_a hand_n be_v nothing_o else_o but_o the_o visibility_n of_o their_o profession_n that_o do_v acknowledge_v he_o as_o head_n of_o the_o church_n and_o this_o he_o compel_v man_n of_o all_o sort_n to_o submit_v and_o to_o yield_v obedience_n unto_o second_o for_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o be_v also_o a_o part_n of_o that_o law_n which_o he_o do_v impose_v upon_o his_o subject_n that_o none_o may_v buy_v nor_o sell_v but_o they_o that_o have_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n this_o name_n i_o have_v former_o prove_v in_o the_o three_o chapter_n of_o this_o treatise_n that_o it_o be_v not_o the_o word_n lateinos_n nor_o any_o other_o grammatical_a name_n but_o the_o name_n be_v the_o universal_a headship_n itself_o the_o matter_n come_v to_o this_o issue_n that_o none_o must_v buy_v nor_o sell_v nor_o have_v civil_a commerce_n within_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o those_o only_o who_o will_v acknowledge_v his_o name_n or_o headship_n three_o for_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n the_o three_o part_n or_o branch_n of_o the_o law_n impose_v upon_o the_o subject_n of_o that_o kingdom_n that_o none_o must_v buy_v nor_o sell_v but_o they_o that_o have_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n i_o have_v show_v in_o part_n and_o i_o shall_v more_o full_o declare_v afterward_o that_o the_o number_n be_v not_o make_v out_o of_o the_o numeral_a letter_n of_o the_o name_n lateinos_n or_o out_o of_o any_o other_o grammatical_a name_n whatsoever_o but_o it_o be_v the_o number_n of_o time_n when_o that_o name_n or_o headship_n have_v its_o first_o visible_a and_o remarkable_a institution_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n the_o matter_n than_o must_v come_v to_o this_o issue_n that_o none_o must_v buy_v nor_o sell_v but_o he_o that_o do_v own_o the_o universal_a headship_n as_o it_o be_v establish_v and_o set_v up_o in_o the_o first_o foundation_n and_o institution_n of_o that_o spiritual_a monarchy_n object_n you_o perhaps_o will_v allege_v that_o the_o word_n be_v plain_a that_o none_o must_v buy_v nor_o sell_v but_o he_o that_o have_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n therefore_o if_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n be_v the_o number_n of_o time_n when_o this_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n begin_v according_a to_o this_o exposition_n he_o must_v not_o buy_v nor_o sell_v who_o have_v not_o the_o number_n of_o time_n when_o this_o universal_a headship_n begin_v sol._n we_o must_v not_o take_v the_o word_n further_o than_o they_o natural_o intend_v and_o therefore_o this_o be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o text_n that_o he_o must_v not_o buy_v nor_o sell_v who_o do_v not_o receive_v the_o catholicism_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n as_o it_o be_v enact_v in_o the_o first_o institution_n of_o that_o spiritual_a monarchy_n and_o if_o we_o look_v attentive_o to_o the_o word_n we_o shall_v find_v that_o there_o be_v some_o difference_n to_o be_v make_v betwixt_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n for_o when_o the_o spirit_n speak_v of_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n and_o in_o the_o right_a hand_n and_o of_o the_o name_n in_o relation_n to_o the_o mark_n he_o speak_v of_o such_o a_o thing_n as_o be_v apparent_a to_o the_o sight_n of_o every_o man_n the_o beast_n subject_n in_o their_o usual_a buy_n and_o sell_v may_v discern_v who_o have_v the_o mark_v in_o the_o forehead_n and_o who_o have_v not_o but_o now_o for_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n and_o for_o the_o name_n in_o reference_n to_o the_o number_n it_o be_v nowhere_o say_v that_o this_o be_v in_o the_o forehead_n or_o in_o the_o right_a hand_n for_o it_o be_v of_o a_o more_o secret_a and_o occult_a nature_n let_v he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n this_o show_v plain_o that_o the_o number_n be_v to_o be_v find_v out_o by_o some_o subtlety_n of_o observation_n and_o it_o be_v not_o to_o be_v discern_v in_o the_o ordinary_a use_n of_o buy_v and_o sell_v object_n you_o will_v say_v why_o be_v all_o these_o join_v together_o that_o none_o must_v buy_v nor_o sell_v but_o he_o that_o have_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o nâ—…me_n sol._n they_o be_v all_o join_v together_o by_o reason_n of_o their_o affinity_n or_o relation_n that_o the_o one_o have_v to_o the_o other_o and_o therefore_o a_o man_n can_v well_o take_v upon_o he_o the_o profession_n of_o a_o roman_n catholic_n which_o be_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n but_o he_o must_v also_o profess_v the_o name_n or_o sovereign_a power_n itself_o and_o he_o can_v profess_v the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n but_o he_o must_v relate_v also_o to_o the_o first_o foundation_n and_o institution_n thereof_o in_o the_o time_n when_o it_o first_o begin_v visible_o to_o appear_v and_o therefore_o when_o the_o roman_a catholic_n do_v at_o this_o day_n own_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n they_o do_v not_o mean_v it_o only_o personal_o of_o the_o pope_n now_o live_v but_o of_o the_o succession_n that_o have_v continue_v many_o hundred_o year_n there_o must_v then_o be_v some_o particular_a instant_n of_o time_n where_o this_o institution_n do_v begin_v in_o many_o great_a kingdom_n at_o this_o day_n it_o be_v not_o safe_a for_o a_o man_n to_o live_v among_o they_o unless_o he_o will_v acknowledge_v the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n now_o i_o say_v then_o there_o must_v be_v some_o particular_a term_n and_o instant_n of_o time_n where_o this_o universal_a headship_n have_v its_o first_o institution_n where_o we_o must_v set_v the_o date_n thereof_o and_o here_o i_o say_v it_o must_v be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n thus_o i_o have_v distinct_o show_v the_o matter_n of_o the_o law_n which_o the_o beast_n impose_v upon_o his_o subject_n in_o the_o three_o branch_n thereof_o and_o though_o i_o have_v depart_v in_o some_o particular_n from_o the_o ordinary_a stream_n of_o interpreter_n yet_o i_o do_v agree_v with_o many_o protestant_a writer_n in_o the_o main_a sense_n and_o substance_n of_o the_o interpretation_n since_o the_o preach_n of_o luther_n bullinger_n be_v one_o of_o the_o first_o that_o do_v historical_o and_o with_o principle_n expound_v the_o book_n of_o revelation_n and_o so_o paraeus_n speak_v of_o expositor_n of_o the_o last_o time_n have_v these_o word_n quibus_fw-la omnibus_fw-la meo_fw-la judicio_fw-la facem_fw-la praetulit_fw-la henricus_fw-la bullingerus_n quam_fw-la ferè_fw-la secuti_fw-la sunt_fw-la alii_fw-la prooeâ—…_n in_o apocal._n cap._n 4._o now_o this_o interpreter_n do_v pitch_n upon_o the_o same_o sense_n as_o we_o do_v as_o it_o be_v manifest_a in_o his_o commentary_n upon_o the_o revelation_n and_o so_o do_v some_o other_o interpreter_n as_o danaeus_n de_fw-fr antichristo_fw-la etc._n etc._n if_o therefore_o a_o reason_n be_v demand_v why_o the_o latter_a interpreter_n have_v not_o go_v on_o in_o this_o ancient_a and_o true_a way_n of_o exposition_n there_o be_v two_o reason_n which_o be_v usual_o give_v as_o we_o may_v see_v in_o the_o commentary_n of_o paraeus_n upon_o the_o revelation_n and_o of_o downham_n in_o his_o tract_n de_fw-la antichristo_fw-la and_o of_o dr._n mayer_n in_o his_o exposition_n upon_o the_o revelation_n first_o they_o allege_v that_o the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v numerus_fw-la nominis_fw-la the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n and_o not_o the_o number_n of_o the_o time_n of_o his_o rise_n sol._n if_o these_o interpreter_n will_v consider_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o we_o have_v large_o dispute_v to_o wit_n that_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v no_o other_o but_o his_o universal_a headship_n and_o power_n by_o the_o discovery_n of_o this_o they_o will_v find_v that_o there_o be_v no_o difference_n between_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n
when_o that_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n begin_v we_o read_v when_o our_o saviour_n be_v bear_v at_o bethleem_n that_o certain_a wiseman_n come_v from_o the_o east_n to_o jerusalem_n say_v where_o be_v bear_v the_o king_n of_o the_o jew_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o we_o have_v see_v his_o star_n in_o the_o east_n matth._n 2._o 1_o 2_o 3._o here_o i_o demand_v why_o be_v this_o star_n call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d his_o star_n the_o reason_n be_v plain_a because_o it_o do_v denote_v and_o set_v forth_o the_o time_n of_o his_o birth_n so_o in_o the_o like_a case_n the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n may_v be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n because_o it_o do_v characterise_v decipher_v and_o set_v forth_o the_o time_n when_o that_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n begin_v second_o whereas_o they_o allege_v that_o there_o be_v only_o 606_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n i_o confess_v this_o be_v true_a if_o we_o make_v our_o account_n by_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n but_o what_o warrant_n have_v we_o to_o proceed_v in_o this_o method_n for_o though_o the_o christian_n do_v general_o use_v this_o way_n of_o computation_n yet_o the_o general_a use_n have_v not_o be_v so_o to_o reckon_v for_o as_o martinius_n a_o acuâ—…e_a grammarian_n speak_v of_o the_o read_n of_o the_o hebrew_n so_o we_o also_o may_v say_v the_o same_o concern_v the_o computation_n of_o the_o time_n in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n we_o be_v not_o in_o this_o to_o follow_v the_o modern_a but_o the_o ancient_a use_n these_o be_v his_o word_n we_o ought_v not_o to_o think_v the_o custom_n of_o our_o age_n to_o be_v the_o rule_n and_o direction_n of_o speak_v hebrew_n but_o so_o far_o only_o as_o it_o do_v agree_v with_o the_o custom_n of_o the_o ancient_a people_n further_o he_o add_v in_o every_o nation_n there_o be_v skilful_a and_o learned_a man_n in_o that_o language_n yet_o they_o do_v not_o all_o read_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n the_o german_n pronounce_v their_o word_n one_o way_n the_o french_z another_o the_o spaniard_n and_o italian_n another_o and_o each_o of_o they_o say_v they_o have_v their_o proper_a and_o peculiar_a custom_n but_o such_o a_o custom_n be_v not_o to_o be_v account_v a_o lawful_a argument_n let_v we_o hold_v this_o therefore_o for_o a_o sound_a foundation_n both_o in_o read_v write_v and_o â—…ronouncing_v hebrew_n veterem_fw-la haebraeorum_n usum_fw-la sequendum_fw-la esse_fw-la the_o ancient_a use_n of_o the_o hebrew_n be_v to_o be_v follow_v technol_n p._n 45._o so_o i_o may_v say_v in_o the_o present_a case_n they_o that_o take_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o the_o universal_a headship_n &_o they_o that_o stand_v upon_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o universal_a headship_n for_o so_o paraeus_n downham_n and_o our_o best_a interpreter_n do_v at_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n they_o must_v not_o count_v the_o number_n of_o time_n by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n or_o by_o any_o such_o like_a modern_a style_n but_o they_o must_v have_v recourse_n ad_fw-la veterem_fw-la prophetarum_fw-la &_o apostolorum_fw-la usum_fw-la to_o the_o ancient_a use_n of_o the_o prophet_n and_o the_o apostle_n in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n and_o here_o they_o may_v find_v that_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o be_v only_o 606_o in_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n will_v be_v 666_o in_o daniel_n chronologie_n and_o that_o which_o may_v be_v for_o a_o confirmation_n of_o this_o truth_n let_v we_o but_o remember_v what_o have_v be_v former_o prove_v to_o wit_n that_o john_n in_o the_o revolation_n do_v large_o repeat_v shat_z which_o have_v be_v more_o brief_o mention_v by_o daniel_n concern_v the_o roman_a or_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n further_o we_o read_v that_o when_o the_o seven_o angel_n begin_v to_o sound_v it_o be_v express_o say_v that_o time_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o but_o the_o mystery_n of_o god_n shall_v be_v finish_v as_o he_o have_v speak_v to_o his_o servant_n the_o prophot_n rev._n 10._o 6_o 7._o here_o two_o question_n be_v to_o be_v demand_v first_o what_o do_v he_o mean_v when_o he_o say_v that_o time_n shall_v be_v no_o more_o second_o to_o what_o prophet_n do_v he_o refer_v we_o when_o he_o say_v as_o he_o have_v speak_v to_o his_o servant_n the_o prophet_n by_o time_n we_o be_v to_o take_v it_o only_o with_o a_o restriction_n for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o suffering_n of_o the_o church_n under_o the_o tyrannical_a government_n of_o this_o world_n as_o it_o be_v set_v forth_o in_o the_o type_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdom_n but_o more_o special_o in_o the_o last_o and_o antichristian_a state_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n second_o for_o the_o servant_n the_o prophet_n mr._n mede_n grasserus_n and_o other_o do_v understand_v this_o of_o the_o time_n in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n which_o do_v reach_v to_o the_o dissolution_n and_o destruction_n of_o the_o antichristian_a kingdom_n if_o we_o put_v all_o this_o together_o we_o shall_v find_v that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n ought_v not_o to_o be_v compute_v by_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n but_o by_o the_o ancient_a and_o prophetical_a chronologie_n in_o the_o vision_n of_o daniel_n these_o two_o argument_n be_v answer_v paraeus_n downham_n and_o other_o protestant_a writer_n be_v whole_o we_o for_o they_o altogether_o in_o a_o manner_n in_o their_o treatise_n and_o commentary_n do_v teach_v that_o the_o formality_n of_o antichristianism_n do_v lie_v in_o the_o universal_a headship_n and_o that_o a_o thing_n be_v antichristian_a so_o far_o as_o it_o do_v contribute_v to_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n to_o put_v he_o in_o the_o place_n of_o christ_n who_o be_v the_o only_a undoubted_a unquestionable_a head_n of_o the_o church_n and_o there_o be_v none_o beside_o and_o so_o much_o concern_v the_o matter_n of_o the_o law_n that_o the_o beast_n cause_v these_o three_o thing_n to_o be_v receive_v the_o mark_n the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n only_o here_o be_v one_o hard_a question_n to_o be_v dissolve_v in_o which_o i_o find_v that_o interpreter_n be_v great_o divide_v and_o that_o be_v this_o whether_o the_o mark_n name_n and_o number_n be_v so_o many_o expression_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o matter_n or_o whether_o be_v they_o three_o distinct_a several_a matter_n some_o be_v of_o opinion_n as_o alcazar_n that_o all_o these_o three_o ought_v to_o be_v couple_v together_o exegeticè_fw-la by_o way_n of_o explanation_n see_v that_o which_o in_o this_o and_o the_o former_a verse_n be_v absolute_o call_v the_o mark_n be_v afterward_o express_o call_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n chap._n 15._o ver_fw-la 2._o and_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n chap._n 14._o ver_fw-la 11._o other_o be_v of_o a_o different_a judgement_n as_o ribera_n for_o they_o hold_v that_o these_o thing_n ought_v to_o be_v distinguish_v for_o they_o that_o stand_v on_o the_o glassy_a sea_n be_v say_v in_o express_a term_n to_o overcome_v the_o beast_n his_o image_n mark_v name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n chap._n 15._o ver_fw-la 1_o 2._o now_o our_o answer_n to_o this_o question_n be_v this_o first_o we_o say_v that_o the_o mark_n name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n can_v be_v affirm_v to_o signify_v one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n see_v they_o be_v in_o many_o place_n of_o the_o prophecy_n deliver_v with_o distinction_n and_o the_o reason_n of_o the_o distinction_n be_v lay_v down_o in_o sundry_a text_n to_o the_o second_o also_o we_o answer_v that_o these_o be_v not_o three_o several_a matter_n as_o ribera_n paraeus_n abbot_n and_o other_o will_v have_v it_o as_o though_o some_o of_o the_o beast_n subject_n shall_v have_v the_o mark_v other_o the_o name_n and_o a_o three_o sort_n the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n there_o be_v no_o reason_n that_o we_o shall_v put_v those_o thing_n asunder_o which_o in_o the_o prophecy_n be_v always_o join_v together_o therefore_o to_o determine_v the_o question_n we_o will_v take_v a_o middle_a way_n between_o these_o two_o extreme_n we_o affirm_v then_o that_o in_o the_o general_a these_o three_o do_v agree_v in_o one_o matter_n for_o the_o substance_n though_o it_o be_v distinguish_v by_o three_o apocalyptical_a consideration_n let_v we_o come_v to_o that_o particular_a place_n where_o john_n see_v the_o number_n of_o they_o that_o stand_v upon_o the_o glassy_a sea_n mingle_v with_o fire_n who_o have_v overcome_v the_o beast_n his_o image_n mark_v name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n chap._n 15._o ver_fw-la 2._o all_o these_o several_a expression_n set_v forth_o one_o sort_n
of_o man_n that_o have_v persevere_v and_o hold_v out_o for_o christ_n against_o the_o power_n and_o headship_n of_o antichrist_n in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o that_o tribulation_n and_o yet_o as_o this_o matter_n be_v one_o it_o be_v branch_v into_o several_a consideration_n first_o if_o you_o speak_v of_o the_o papacy_n as_o a_o state_n or_o government_n afflict_v the_o saint_n so_o it_o be_v call_v a_o beast_n like_v to_o one_o of_o the_o beast_n in_o daniel_n second_o if_o you_o speak_v of_o the_o universal_a headship_n wherein_o the_o form_n and_o essence_n of_o the_o kingdom_n do_v consist_v this_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n three_o if_o you_o speak_v of_o that_o universal_a headship_n as_o a_o representative_a of_o that_o sovereign_a majesty_n that_o be_v former_o lose_v in_o rome_n imperial_a and_o now_o repair_v in_o rome_n papal_n this_o be_v the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n four_o if_o you_o speak_v of_o the_o public_a profession_n of_o this_o universal_a headship_n in_o the_o society_n of_o man_n this_o be_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n five_o if_o you_o speak_v of_o the_o time_n when_o this_o universal_a headship_n begin_v visible_o and_o remarkable_o to_o appear_v this_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o more_o special_o of_o his_o name_n and_o headship_n all_o these_o be_v so_o many_o distinct_a apocalyptical_a consideration_n which_o agree_v in_o one_o main_a truth_n in_o the_o general_a and_o thus_o have_v speak_v of_o the_o law_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o three_o branch_n thereof_o we_o will_v now_o come_v to_o speak_v more_o brief_o of_o the_o other_o particular_n because_o they_o be_v more_o easy_a to_o be_v understand_v second_o for_o the_o lawmaker_n the_o power_n by_o and_o through_o which_o he_o cause_v all_o to_o receive_v the_o mark_n this_o be_v a_o spiritual_a christ-like_a efficacy_n prevail_v in_o the_o conscience_n of_o man_n to_o make_v they_o subject_a to_o his_o law_n it_o be_v say_v of_o the_o monarchy_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n that_o the_o most_o high_a god_n do_v give_v to_o he_o a_o kingdom_n and_o for_o the_o majesty_n that_o he_o give_v he_o all_o people_n nation_n and_o language_n tremble_v and_o fear_v before_o he_o who_o he_o will_v he_o slay_v and_o who_o he_o will_v he_o keep_v alive_a chap._n 5._o ver_fw-la 18_o 19_o so_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n have_v the_o same_o transcendent_a power_n he_o cause_v all_o to_o receive_v a_o mark_n whether_o rich_a or_o poor_a bond_n or_o free_a male_a or_o female_a he_o compel_v all_o to_o yield_v obedience_n as_o they_o sometime_o do_v that_o be_v under_o the_o power_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n but_o here_o be_v the_o difference_n the_o power_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n be_v more_o external_a over_o the_o body_n of_o man_n this_o be_v more_o internal_a over_o their_o mind_n and_o conscience_n and_o by_o consequence_n over_o their_o body_n also_o second_o they_o thaâ—…_n be_v under_o the_o jurisdiction_n of_o nabuchadnezzar_n have_v they_o be_v leave_v to_o their_o free_a choice_n they_o will_v have_v be_v glad_a to_o have_v enjoy_v their_o liberty_n but_o now_o for_o those_o that_o live_v in_o subjection_n to_o the_o see_v of_o rome_n for_o the_o most_o part_n the_o matter_n be_v far_o otherwise_o with_o they_o they_o will_v not_o be_v free_a if_o they_o may_v the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n divide_v in_o interest_n and_o in_o many_o civil_a respect_n all_o of_o they_o can_v agree_v in_o this_o one_o thing_n to_o give_v their_o power_n to_o the_o beast_n rev._n ch._n 17._o they_o think_v they_o can_v not_o be_v save_v unless_o in_o all_o realm_n there_o be_v a_o universal_a subjection_n to_o this_o headship_n give_v by_o christ_n himself_o as_o they_o think_v to_o peter_n and_o his_o successor_n and_o for_o the_o time_n of_o the_o public_a institution_n of_o this_o universal_a headship_n there_o be_v some_o preparation_n and_o previous_a work_n towards_o the_o set_n up_o of_o this_o power_n but_o there_o be_v no_o public_a establishment_n thereof_o till_o the_o time_n of_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n let_v we_o hear_v what_o mr._n fox_n in_o his_o act_n and_o monument_n speak_v concern_v this_o matter_n pag._n 108._o col._n 2._o but_o rome_n say_v he_o will_v not_o so_o soon_o lose_v the_o supremacy_n once_o give_v as_o the_o giver_n lose_v his_o life_n for_o ever_o since_o from_o that_o day_n she_o have_v hold_v defend_v and_o maintain_v the_o same_o still_o and_o yet_o do_v to_o this_o present_a day_n by_o all_o force_n and_o policy_n possible_a and_o thus_o much_o concern_v boniface_n who_o by_o the_o word_n of_o gregory_n we_o may_v call_v the_o forerunner_n of_o antichrist_n for_o as_o gregory_n bring_v in_o the_o style_n servus_n servorum_fw-la so_o this_o boniface_n bring_v into_o their_o head_n first_o volumus_fw-la &_o mandamus_fw-la statuimus_fw-la &_o praecipimus_fw-la that_o be_v we_o will_v and_o command_n we_o enjoin_v and_o charge_v you_o the_o same_o be_v mention_v by_o paraens_n in_o his_o commentary_n upon_o the_o revelation_n chap._n 6._o ver_fw-la 12._o from_o whence_o i_o gather_v as_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n have_v have_v a_o mandatory_a power_n in_o and_o over_o the_o church_n so_o this_o first_o begin_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n in_o the_o decree_n of_o the_o universal_a headship_n three_o let_v we_o consider_v the_o person_n who_o they_o be_v that_o be_v subject_a to_o his_o power_n he_o command_v all_o both_o small_a and_o great_a rich_a and_o poor_a to_o receive_v a_o mark._n the_o greatness_n of_o rich_a man_n can_v procure_v a_o toleration_n neither_o can_v the_o meanness_n of_o poor_a man_n exempt_v they_o by_o their_o poverty_n bullinger_n upon_o the_o place_n speak_v very_o pithy_o we_o see_v say_v he_o that_o emperor_n king_n duke_n marquess_n earl_n baron_n realm_n country_n city_n patriarch_n archbishop_n bishop_n prelate_n doctor_n clerk_n and_o lay_v man_n obey_v he_o and_o also_o man_n of_o the_o great_a power_n riches_n wisdom_n together_o with_o the_o poor_a people_n there_o be_v no_o such_o kingdom_n and_o so_o diverse_o compact_v in_o the_o whole_a world_n no_o not_o among_o the_o mahometan_n and_o all_o these_o be_v willing_o subject_a to_o the_o seat_n yea_o they_o have_v persuade_v themselves_o that_o they_o can_v well_o live_v and_o that_o they_o can_v be_v save_v unless_o they_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o see_v of_o rome_n so_o far_o bullinger_n from_o hence_o we_o gather_v that_o the_o event_n do_v full_o answer_v the_o prophecy_n for_o we_o see_v by_o experience_n how_o all_o the_o world_n have_v worship_v the_o beast_n and_o receive_v his_o mark._n and_o whereas_o some_o to_o illude_v this_o truth_n have_v plead_v that_o the_o popish_a church_n in_o france_n do_v not_o own_o the_o pope_n for_o head_n of_o the_o church_n we_o will_v easy_o grant_v that_o they_o may_v not_o be_v so_o strict_o oblige_v to_o the_o pope_n chair_n in_o some_o temporal_a respect_n yet_o it_o be_v too_o plain_a that_o his_o authority_n be_v set_v up_o in_o their_o conscience_n and_o that_o they_o be_v subject_a to_o his_o law_n four_o let_v we_o consider_v the_o punishment_n to_o be_v inflict_v upon_o those_o that_o have_v not_o the_o mark_n in_o the_o forehead_n and_o in_o the_o right-hand_a they_o be_v forbid_v to_o buy_v or_o sell._n mr._n mede_n do_v take_v this_o for_o excommunication_n or_o cast_v out_o of_o church-fellowship_n but_o rather_o the_o word_n signify_v a_o cut_n off_o from_o all_o civil_a commerce_n among_o man_n yea_o if_o we_o compare_v the_o scripture_n we_o shall_v find_v that_o it_o be_v present_a death_n for_o any_o man_n to_o refuse_v to_o have_v the_o mark_v in_o the_o forehead_n and_o in_o the_o right-hand_a therefore_o when_o john_n see_v the_o soul_n of_o those_o that_o be_v behead_v for_o the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n that_o have_v not_o worship_v the_o image_n nor_o receive_v the_o mark_n chap._n 20._o ver_fw-la 4._o he_o do_v plain_o show_v that_o the_o behead_v be_v for_o the_o non-worship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o for_o the_o not_o receive_v of_o the_o mark_n we_o may_v conclude_v then_o when_o man_n be_v exempt_v from_o buâ—…ing_n and_o sell_v this_o be_v a_o synecdoche_n by_o this_o one_o all_o other_o kind_n of_o punishment_n whatsoever_o be_v understand_v and_o thus_o we_o have_v see_v the_o matter_n of_o the_o law_n the_o lawmaker_n the_o person_n subject_a to_o the_o law_n and_o the_o penalty_n upon_o all_o such_o as_o shall_v refuse_v subjection_n let_v we_o now_o come_v to_o the_o several_a particular_n which_o concern_v the_o right_a calculation_n of_o the_o number_n first_o for_o the_o person_n who_o it_o be_v that_o must_v make_v the_o discovery_n it_o be_v such_o a_o one_o as_o have_v wisdom_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d etc._n
etc._n here_o be_v wisdom_n let_v he_o that_o have_v understanding_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n etc._n etc._n the_o discovery_n than_o must_v be_v by_o understanding_n but_o here_o we_o be_v not_o to_o conceive_v such_o a_o kind_n of_o wisdom_n as_o lie_v mere_o in_o mathematical_a subtlety_n for_o how_o can_v it_o be_v imagine_v that_o the_o holy_a spirit_n and_o that_o under_o the_o high_a penalty_n shall_v give_v such_o serious_a warning_n to_o the_o church_n to_o beware_v of_o receive_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n and_o these_o thing_n be_v only_o discoverable_a to_o they_o that_o have_v skill_n in_o the_o mathematics_n you_o will_v say_v what_o wisdom_n be_v here_o intend_a i_o answer_v such_o a_o skill_n and_o dexterity_n only_o by_o which_o man_n be_v able_a to_o render_v the_o mystical_a and_o figurative_a expression_n of_o the_o prophecy_n in_o their_o true_a natural_a sense_n and_o construction_n the_o like_a expression_n be_v use_v rev._n 17._o 9_o here_o be_v the_o mind_n that_o have_v wisdom_n the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o mountain_n where_o the_o woman_n sit_v by_o wisdom_n he_o do_v here_o mean_a a_o sagacity_n and_o skill_n to_o expound_v the_o parable_n and_o mystical_a expression_n of_o the_o prophecy_n in_o their_o bare_a sense_n and_o signification_n and_o so_o in_o the_o present_a case_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o name_n and_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n it_o be_v not_o to_o be_v doubt_v but_o that_o he_o point_v to_o some_o method_n of_o account_n famous_o know_v in_o the_o day_n of_o john_n and_o whereas_o he_o do_v not_o open_o and_o plain_o but_o under_o dark_a term_n express_v the_o matter_n to_o wit_n that_o it_o be_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n and_o the_o number_n 666_o by_o this_o he_o do_v imply_v that_o some_o kind_n of_o wisdom_n be_v to_o be_v use_v in_o the_o true_a calculation_n and_o discovery_n of_o the_o number_n you_o will_v say_v if_o there_o be_v 666_o year_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n why_o be_v not_o this_o express_v in_o plain_a and_o significant_a term_n by_o the_o like_a manner_n of_o reason_v you_o may_v argue_v why_o do_v the_o spirit_n through_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n carry_v on_o the_o description_n of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o church_n in_o a_o figurative_a mystical_a and_o typical_a way_n of_o expression_n he_o may_v if_o he_o have_v so_o please_v have_v say_v in_o so_o many_o syllable_n that_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v so_o many_o mountain_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o so_o many_o head_n of_o roman_a government_n but_o he_o do_v rather_o use_v a_o dark_a circumlocution_n of_o a_o woman_n sit_v upon_o a_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n he_o do_v use_v such_o a_o hide_a way_n of_o express_v these_o thing_n in_o emblem_n and_o figure_n that_o pious_a man_n may_v bestow_v the_o more_o diligence_n in_o search_v the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n paraeus_n in_o his_o commentary_n upon_o the_o râ—…velatun_n chap._n 17._o v._n 7._o speak_v to_o the_o same_o purpose_n piis_fw-la vero_fw-la interpretatione_n aenigmatic_a à _fw-la aurem_fw-la veâ—…icare_fw-la voluit_fw-la spiritus_fw-la ut_fw-la subinde_fw-la in_o suorum_fw-la temporum_fw-la eventus_fw-la atque_fw-la historias_fw-la invigilarâ—…nt_fw-la and_o if_o we_o come_v to_o example_n we_o shall_v find_v that_o the_o â—…even_a trumpet_n be_v deliver_v in_o a_o very_a dark_a and_o mystical_a manner_n for_o after_o that_o the_o angel_n have_v offer_v much_o incense_n with_o the_o prayer_n of_o all_o saint_n upon_o the_o golden_a altar_n before_o the_o throne_n than_o the_o seven_o angel_n begin_v to_o sound_v when_o the_o first_o angel_n sound_v there_o follow_v hail_o and_o fire_v mingle_v with_o blood_n chap._n 8._o ver_fw-la 7._o when_o the_o second_o angel_n sound_v a_o mountain_n burn_v with_o fire_n be_v cast_v into_o the_o sea_n ver_fw-la 8._o and_o when_o the_o three_o angel_n sound_v a_o great_a star_n fall_v from_o heaven_n into_o the_o river_n and_o fountain_n and_o the_o name_n of_o the_o star_n be_v wormwood_n ver_fw-la 10_o 11._o here_o it_o be_v plain_a that_o by_o these_o emblem_n and_o figure_n so_o many_o judgement_n of_o god_n in_o a_o succession_n be_v say_v to_o fall_v upon_o the_o world_n for_o their_o persecute_v of_o the_o saint_n for_o after_o the_o prayer_n of_o all_o saint_n be_v offer_v up_o on_o the_o golden_a altar_n upon_o the_o throne_n than_o the_o seven_o angel_n begin_v to_o sound_v as_o in_o the_o like_a case_n when_o eliah_n flee_v to_o horeb_n he_o make_v intercession_n against_o israel_n say_v i_o have_v be_v very_o jealous_a for_o the_o lord_n god_n of_o host_n for_o the_o child_n of_o israel_n have_v forsake_v thy_o covenant_n throw_v down_o thy_o altar_n and_o kill_v thy_o prophet_n and_o i_o be_o leave_v alone_o and_o they_o seek_v my_o life_n to_o take_v it_o away_o in_o answer_n to_o this_o prayer_n the_o lord_n bid_v he_o go_v out_o and_o stand_v upon_o the_o mount_n 1_o king_n 19_o 11_o 12_o 13._o and_o as_o he_o stand_v first_o the_o lord_n pass_v by_o and_o a_o great_a and_o a_o strong_a wind_n rend_v the_o mountain_n and_o after_o the_o wind_n there_o be_v a_o earthquake_n and_o after_o the_o earthquake_n a_o fire_n here_o if_o we_o will_v inquire_v after_o the_o signification_n of_o these_o three_o emblem_n for_o we_o can_v otherwise_o think_v but_o that_o something_o be_v special_o intend_v in_o vision_n of_o this_o nature_n the_o lord_n own_o interpretation_n will_v show_v the_o meaning_n of_o this_o in_o the_o word_n that_o follow_v he_o that_o escape_v the_o sword_n of_o hazael_n shall_v jeâ—…u_n sâ—…ay_v and_o he_o that_o escape_v the_o sword_n of_o jeâ—…u_n shall_v elâ—…shah_n sâ—…ay_v here_o then_o be_v three_o judgement_n in_o a_o succession_n the_o wind_n the_o earthquake_n and_o the_o fire_n and_o for_o the_o still_o small_a voice_n that_o be_v express_v in_o these_o word_n i_o have_v reserve_v to_o myself_o seven_o thousand_o man_n that_o have_v not_o bow_v the_o knee_n to_o baal_n ver_fw-la 18._o now_o if_o you_o go_v to_o the_o seven_o trumpet_n it_o be_v clear_a that_o they_o be_v so_o many_o judgement_n of_o god_n that_o come_v one_o after_o another_o upon_o the_o world_n for_o their_o idolatry_n and_o for_o their_o kill_n of_o the_o saint_n but_o who_o shall_v assure_v we_o what_o be_v certain_o mean_v by_o each_o trumpet_n what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o hail_n mingle_v with_o fire_n by_o the_o mountain_n burn_v with_o fire_n who_o shall_v assure_v we_o what_o be_v mean_v by_o these_o type_n see_v the_o spirit_n do_v not_o set_v down_o his_o meaning_n as_o he_o do_v in_o the_o vision_n represent_v to_o elias_n we_o shall_v in_o this_o case_n have_v recourse_n to_o the_o body_n of_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n for_o i_o be_o persuade_v that_o the_o lord_n do_v on_o set_v purpose_n deliver_v these_o thing_n more_o enigmatical_o and_o figurative_o that_o we_o shall_v attentive_o consider_v the_o way_n of_o his_o deal_n in_o judge_v the_o world_n and_o in_o deliver_v his_o church_n o_o how_o far_o then_o do_v they_o go_v out_o of_o the_o true_a way_n who_o be_v enemy_n against_o all_o secular_a learning_n in_o the_o profitable_a and_o sober_a use_n thereof_o god_n do_v of_o set_a purpose_n carry_v on_o the_o whole_a prophecy_n so_o dark_o because_o we_o shall_v turn_v every_o way_n for_o the_o discovery_n of_o the_o truth_n and_o this_o be_v the_o reason_n wherefore_o he_o do_v speak_v so_o mystical_o concern_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n and_o the_o number_n 666._o further_o also_o we_o be_v to_o consider_v that_o see_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v to_o be_v set_v up_o by_o deceive_v of_o the_o nation_n it_o be_v not_o needful_a to_o speak_v every_o circumstance_n plain_o to_o the_o understanding_n of_o man_n how_o shall_v the_o beast_n have_v deceive_v the_o world_n if_o his_o deceit_n and_o pious_a fraud_n if_o the_o time_n of_o his_o kingdom_n and_o every_o particular_a shall_v have_v be_v full_o discover_v there_o be_v then_o a_o peculiar_a sort_n of_o people_n to_o who_o the_o lord_n have_v give_v a_o special_a desire_n to_o look_v into_o the_o thing_n contain_v in_o this_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n and_o they_o have_v in_o some_o measure_n a_o ability_n though_o other_o be_v dark_a to_o understand_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o his_o deep_a and_o mystical_a expression_n in_o the_o several_a epistle_n to_o the_o seven_o church_n in_o asia_n this_o be_v add_v in_o the_o close_a of_o all_o he_o that_o have_v a_o ear_n let_v he_o hear_v what_o
between_o this_o way_n of_o writing_n to_o the_o understanding_n both_o way_n do_v come_v but_o to_o one_o sense_n if_o you_o go_v to_o the_o sum_n of_o the_o matter_n for_o if_o you_o will_v speak_v of_o a_o thing_n to_o be_v do_v in_o one_o of_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n as_o in_o thiâ—…_n present_a year_n for_o instance_n be_v not_o 1654._o in_o figure_n all_o one_o with_o one_o thousand_o 〈◊〉_d hundred_o fifty_o and_o four_o in_o letter_n write_v at_o length_n do_v not_o we_o decipher_v the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n in_o our_o common_a way_n of_o write_v by_o figure_n in_o brief_a as_o well_o as_o by_o word_n in_o their_o full_a delinearion_n if_o none_o can_v deny_v this_o we_o may_v conceive_v the_o like_a of_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o spirit_n when_o he_o say_v that_o the_o number_n of_o the_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v as_o much_o as_o to_o say_v the_o 666th_o year_n be_v the_o number_n of_o time_n when_o this_o government_n shall_v begin_v to_o be_v 〈◊〉_d up_o but_o â—…eeing_v there_o have_v be_v in_o former_a age_n and_o now_o there_o be_v that_o be_v doâ—…ing_v ripe_a upon_o the_o numeral_a letter_n i_o do_v here_o serious_o put_v it_o to_o they_o to_o 〈◊〉_d i_o their_o opinion_n concern_v the_o two_o letter_n of_o the_o greek_a alphabet_n α_n and_o ω._n the_o question_n be_v proper_a to_o the_o purpose_n in_o hand_n for_o they_o may_v well_o observe_v as_o the_o lamb_n stand_v in_o direct_a opposition_n to_o the_o beast_n the_o name_n and_o sovereignty_n of_o the_o lamb_n to_o the_o sovereignty_n of_o the_o beast_n so_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n or_o dominion_n of_o the_o lamb_n if_o oppositio_fw-la be_v in_fw-la eodem_fw-la must_v necessary_o be_v oppose_v to_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n or_o dominion_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o for_o the_o letter_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d there_o be_v none_o that_o ever_o go_v about_o to_o find_v out_o the_o anagram_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lamb_n in_o the_o element_n of_o the_o greek_a alphabet_n these_o character_n do_v not_o set_v forth_o any_o literal_a name_n nor_o the_o numeral_a letter_n of_o any_o grammatical_a word_n but_o they_o do_v denote_v and_o set_v forth_o the_o infinity_n and_o eternity_n of_o his_o kingdom_n for_o when_o he_o be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d this_o be_v all_o one_o with_o that_o expression_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o first_o and_o the_o last_o which_o be_v which_o be_v and_o which_o be_v to_o come_v the_o almighty_a chap._n 1._o v._n 8_o 11._o so_o in_o immediate_a opposition_n to_o those_o character_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lamb_n the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n or_o headship_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 666_o according_a to_o the_o calculation_n of_o the_o time_n in_o daniel_n image_n for_o as_o the_o character_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d if_o we_o take_v they_o several_o in_o themselves_o they_o may_v be_v ascribe_v to_o any_o kind_n of_o infinity_o in_o the_o lamb_n kingdom_n he_o may_v be_v say_v to_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o reference_n to_o place_n power_n and_o time_n but_o in_o the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n it_o be_v necessary_a that_o these_o character_n shall_v be_v restrain_v only_o to_o the_o number_n of_o time_n so_o in_o the_o like_a case_n the_o number_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v many_o way_n be_v apply_v to_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n but_o in_o the_o natural_a and_o genuine_a sense_n of_o the_o prophecy_n this_o do_v only_o denote_v such_o a_o number_n of_o time_n to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o his_o kingdom_n now_o for_o the_o further_a confirmation_n of_o this_o truth_n let_v we_o call_v to_o mind_n what_o be_v write_v in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n concern_v the_o ancient_n of_o day_n i_o behold_v till_o the_o throne_n be_v cast_v down_o or_o more_o proper_o i_o behold_v till_o the_o throne_n be_v set_v and_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n do_v sit_v who_o garment_n be_v as_o white_a as_o snow_n and_o the_o hair_n of_o his_o head_n like_o the_o pure_a wool_n ch._n 7._o v._n 5._o in_o these_o word_n why_o be_v god_n the_o father_n call_v the_o ancient_n of_o day_n why_o be_v the_o hair_n of_o his_o head_n compare_v to_o the_o pure_a wool_n this_o do_v note_v the_o eternity_n of_o his_o kingdom_n in_o immediate_a opposition_n to_o the_o four_o great_a period_n of_o time_n set_v forth_o by_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o four_o great_a empire_n of_o the_o world_n so_o the_o same_o be_v â—…aid_v concern_v the_o dominion_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n that_o his_o dominion_n be_v a_o everlasting_a dominion_n that_o shall_v not_o pass_v away_o and_o his_o kingdom_n that_o which_o shall_v not_o be_v destroy_v ver_fw-la 14_o hear_v then_o if_o we_o demand_v why_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v call_v a_o everlasting_a kingdom_n this_o be_v in_o immediate_a opposition_n to_o the_o several_a and_o respective_a time_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n their_o kingdom_n have_v a_o end_n and_o they_o be_v destroy_v but_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v a_o everlasting_a kingdom_n that_o never_o shall_v be_v destroy_v according_a to_o this_o analogy_n do_v we_o conform_v the_o exposition_n of_o the_o number_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o lamb_n we_o do_v oppose_v it_o to_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o so_o john_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o daniel_n in_o his_o prophecy_n do_v agree_v in_o the_o number_n and_o in_o the_o same_o method_n and_o way_n of_o account_n for_o when_o the_o son_n be_v say_v to_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o first_o and_o the_o last_o in_o the_o order_n of_o time_n be_v not_o this_o all_o one_o with_o that_o passage_n in_o daniel_n his_o dominion_n be_v a_o everlasting_a dominion_n but_o because_o many_o stand_v upon_o the_o letter_n we_o will_v cite_v the_o famous_a canon_n of_o ptolemy_n where_o the_o king_n of_o babylon_n of_o persia_n of_o greece_n and_o rome_n be_v set_v forth_o by_o the_o character_n of_o the_o greek_a alphabet_n it_o be_v useful_a to_o illustrate_v many_o passage_n in_o this_o book_n and_o therefore_o it_o follow_v as_o hereunder_o write_v de_fw-fr epochâ_fw-la nabonassareâ_fw-la exit_fw-la manuscripto_fw-la libro_fw-la graeco_fw-la claudii_n ptolomaei_n continente_fw-la hypothesâ—…s_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 14_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 16_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 21_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 26_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 38_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 43_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 45_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 48_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 54_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 55_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 59_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 67_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 80_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 100_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 122_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 143_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 186_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 188_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d
fit_o apply_v to_o rome_n antichristian_a which_o be_v true_o and_o proper_o call_v the_o whore_n of_o babylon_n in_o the_o figure_n but_o now_o a_o little_a to_o draw_v near_o to_o the_o point_n when_o be_v it_o that_o the_o whore_n do_v begin_v to_o ride_v the_o beast_n and_o where_o shall_v we_o set_v the_o date_n of_o her_o dominion_n for_o so_o the_o angel_n do_v expound_v the_o word_n the_o water_n where_o the_o whore_n sit_v be_v kindred_n and_o people_n and_o multitude_n and_o nation_n and_o language_n ver_fw-la 17._o her_o sit_v upon_o the_o beast_n and_o upon_o many_o water_n do_v not_o only_o imply_v a_o ordinary_a sit_v but_o a_o sit_v in_o the_o way_n of_o lordship_n dominion_n and_o supreme_a command_n such_o a_o kind_n of_o sit_v we_o must_v look_v after_o if_o we_o will_v true_o know_v the_o time_n when_o the_o whore_n begin_v to_o ride_v the_o beast_n and_o here_o i_o say_v at_o that_o time_n when_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n do_v begin_v to_o be_v the_o second_o beast_n or_o universal_a head_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n then_o at_o the_o same_o time_n do_v the_o roman_a church_n begin_v to_o be_v the_o mother_n of_o all_o church_n or_o rather_o the_o great_a whore_n that_o ride_v the_o beast_n the_o mother_n of_o all_o the_o fornication_n and_o the_o idolatry_n of_o the_o earth_n let_v we_o therefore_o more_o distinct_o consider_v the_o time_n as_o the_o angel_n do_v give_v the_o true_a delineation_n of_o they_o and_o therefore_o speak_v of_o the_o ten_o king_n that_o shall_v carry_v the_o whore_n that_o shall_v be_v whole_o at_o her_o devotion_n he_o do_v express_o speak_v of_o they_o they_o have_v no_o kingdom_n as_o yet_o but_o receive_v a_o kingdom_n as_o king_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n ver_fw-la 12._o therefore_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o king_n must_v needs_o anticipate_v or_o go_v before_o the_o jurisdiction_n and_o dominion_n of_o the_o great_a whore_n and_o lest_o there_o shall_v be_v any_o mistake_n in_o the_o time_n the_o angel_n do_v plain_o show_v that_o there_o must_v be_v eight_o revolution_n of_o state_n in_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o that_o seven_o of_o they_o must_v fall_v before_o the_o time_n come_v that_o the_o whore_n shall_v ride_v the_o beast_n these_o be_v his_o word_n there_o be_v seven_o king_n five_o be_v fall_v one_o be_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v and_o when_o he_o come_v he_o must_v continue_v a_o short_a space_n and_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o he_o be_v the_o eight_o and_o be_v of_o the_o seven_o and_o go_v into_o perdition_n ver_fw-la 10_o 11._o from_o whence_o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o the_o ten_o king_n must_v arise_v and_o seven_o form_n of_o government_n must_v fall_v in_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n before_o the_o time_n of_o the_o great_a whore_n can_v begin_v but_o here_o be_v a_o hard_a question_n to_o be_v decide_v by_o the_o way_n how_o can_v the_o beast_n be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n and_o yet_o one_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n i_o will_v the_o more_o willing_o take_v it_o into_o consideration_n because_o i_o have_v be_v heretofore_o much_o puzzle_v with_o the_o question_n and_o i_o find_v also_o that_o the_o very_o best_a and_o most_o approve_a interpreter_n do_v not_o give_v a_o certain_a sound_n to_o let_v pass_v how_o far_o brightman_n and_o paraeus_n have_v go_v aside_o in_o the_o matter_n mr._n forbes_n make_v the_o king_n and_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v co_z incident_a term_n but_o in_o this_o he_o be_v great_o mistake_v for_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o order_n of_o king_n be_v expreslâ—…_n say_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o king_n and_o in_o the_o order_n of_o head_n he_o be_v only_o one_o of_o the_o seven_o therefore_o we_o may_v certain_o conclude_v that_o these_o be_v not_o equivalent_a term_n but_o that_o necessary_o some_o distinction_n must_v be_v make_v betwixt_o the_o head_n and_o the_o king_n mr._n mede_n therefore_o keep_v himself_o in_o doubtful_a term_n for_o speak_v of_o the_o seven_o change_n of_o state_n to_o wit_n the_o christian_a caesar_n he_o say_v that_o this_o potentate_n because_o he_o shall_v be_v of_o short_a continuance_n shall_v seem_v to_o be_v dynaste_n alius_fw-la another_o ruler_n sed_fw-la revera_fw-la non_fw-la alius_fw-la in_o deed_n and_o in_o truth_n not_o another_o so_o likewise_o concern_v the_o beast_n in_o which_o state_n he_o shall_v carry_v the_o whore_n this_o beast_n say_v he_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o change_n of_o the_o caesar_n seem_v to_o be_v the_o eight_o but_o revera_fw-la non_fw-la nisi_fw-la septimus_fw-la in_o deed_n and_o in_o truth_n no_o other_o but_o the_o seven_o in_o which_o word_n of_o he_o so_o far_o as_o i_o apprehend_v there_o be_v two_o passage_n which_o seem_v to_o i_o to_o differ_v from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o text_n for_o when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o change_n of_o the_o caesareate_a from_o the_o pagan_a to_o the_o christian_a caesar_n how_o can_v he_o call_v that_o of_o the_o christian_a caesar_n dynasten_fw-la quasi_fw-la alium_fw-la revera_fw-la tamen_fw-la non_fw-la alium_fw-la the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n be_v plain_a five_o be_v fall_v one_o be_v to_o wit_n that_o of_o the_o pagan_a caesar_n when_o john_n write_v the_o revelation_n and_o the_o other_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o of_o the_o christian_a caesar_n be_v not_o yet_o come_v it_o be_v clear_a then_o that_o the_o government_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v eight_o in_o all_o and_o not_o eight_o in_o appearance_n only_o and_o the_o dynasty_a of_o the_o christian_a caesar_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d another_o in_o reality_n and_o truth_n and_o not_o another_o in_o show_n only_o as_o mr._n mede_n will_v have_v it_o so_o likewise_o for_o the_o beast_n it_o be_v strange_a that_o he_o shall_v affirm_v he_o to_o be_v quasi_fw-la octavum_fw-la dynasten_fw-la as_o it_o be_v the_o eight_o potentate_n sed_fw-la revera_fw-la non_fw-la nisi_fw-la septimum_fw-la but_o in_o deed_n and_o in_o truth_n no_o other_o but_o the_o seven_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n be_v express_v the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o he_o be_v octavus_fw-la the_o eight_o in_o reality_n and_o in_o truth_n and_o not_o the_o eight_o in_o appearance_n only_o therefore_o the_o exposition_n of_o mr._n mede_n do_v contradict_v the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n and_o the_o knot_n remain_v upon_o much_o debate_n i_o find_v that_o we_o must_v go_v another_o way_n to_o work_v and_o here_o we_o must_v distinguish_v the_o roman_a government_n as_o they_o be_v simple_o so_o call_v from_o the_o roman_a government_n as_o they_o be_v head_n of_o the_o beast_n if_o you_o look_v upon_o the_o roman_a government_n as_o so_o many_o policy_n and_o form_n of_o dominion_n than_o it_o be_v clear_a that_o there_o be_v eight_o form_n of_o regency_n to_o wit_n the_o king_n the_o consul_n the_o decemvir_n the_o dictator_n the_o tribune_n the_o pagan_a caesar_n the_o christian_a caesar_n and_o after_o all_o these_o seven_o come_v the_o beast_n as_o octavus_fw-la dynaste_n the_o eight_o potentate_n now_o on_o the_o other_o side_n if_o you_o reckon_v the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n there_o can_v be_v but_o seven_o head_n and_o therefore_o the_o beast_n must_v needs_o be_v the_o particular_a seven_o see_v the_o christian_a caesar_n from_o constantine_n to_o augustus_n can_v be_v call_v a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n at_o all_o unless_o we_o will_v go_v against_o the_o scope_n of_o scripture_n for_o it_o be_v not_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o scripture_n to_o call_v christian_a government_n by_o the_o title_n of_o a_o beast_n or_o the_o head_n of_o a_o beast_n this_o character_n do_v proper_o appertain_v to_o the_o kingdom_n and_o state_n of_o this_o world_n that_o persecute_v the_o church_n and_o be_v contrary_a to_o the_o law_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ._n upon_o this_o account_n the_o christian_a caesar_n do_v indeed_o make_v a_o distinct_a dynasty_a or_o policy_n and_o yet_o be_v no_o part_n or_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n be_v clear_a for_o when_o the_o spirit_n speak_v of_o the_o other_o that_o shall_v come_v to_o wit_n the_o dynasty_a of_o the_o christian_a caesar_n he_o do_v not_o say_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d another_o head_n but_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d another_o king_n which_o show_v plain_o that_o the_o christian_a caesar_n be_v a_o distinct_a form_n of_o government_n but_o no_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n so_o likewise_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o last_o edition_n be_v not_o term_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o eight_o head_n but_o he_o be_v simple_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o eight_o king_n touch_v the_o king_n it_o be_v speak_v
name_n of_o any_o one_o particular_a man_n as_o bellarmine_n do_v in_o the_o name_n of_o some_o protestant_a divine_n whereas_o to_o speak_v proper_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o name_n of_o a_o tyrannical_a state_n or_o government_n second_o they_o also_o do_v depart_v far_o from_o the_o truth_n that_o will_v have_v the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o though_o indeed_o the_o name_n do_v make_v 666_o according_a to_o the_o numeral_a letter_n in_o the_o greek_a alphabet_n this_o can_v be_v the_o sense_n for_o though_o the_o turk_n make_v a_o tyrannical_a empire_n and_o have_v great_o afflict_v the_o church_n yet_o the_o scopâ—…_n of_o the_o spirit_n be_v here_o main_o to_o speak_v of_o a_o roman_a tyrannical_a state_n in_o the_o last_o edition_n and_o this_o be_v clear_a from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o whole_a prophecy_n princ._n 2._o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n his_o mark_n image_n and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n ought_v so_o to_o be_v expound_v that_o all_o these_o may_v have_v mutual_a relation_n each_o to_o other_o this_o be_v prove_v from_o the_o text_n chap._n 13._o ver_fw-la 15_o 16_o 17_o 18._o chap._n 14._o ver_fw-la 9_o 10_o 11._o for_o there_o the_o person_n who_o do_v worship_v the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v also_o say_v to_o receive_v his_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n and_o in_o their_o right-hand_n now_o how_o be_v it_o possible_a that_o they_o can_v receive_v the_o mark_n but_o they_o must_v also_o receive_v the_o name_n since_o it_o be_v call_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n and_o how_o can_v they_o receive_v the_o name_n but_o they_o must_v receive_v the_o number_n see_v it_o be_v style_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n all_o these_o be_v homogeneal_a and_o have_v near_a relation_n each_o to_o other_o and_o therefore_o when_o john_n do_v behold_v that_o company_n that_o stand_v upon_o the_o glassy_a sea_n mingle_v with_o fire_n and_o do_v sing_v the_o triumphal_a song_n in_o honour_n to_o the_o lamb_n they_o be_v say_v to_o overcome_v the_o beast_n his_o image_n mark_v and_o the_o number_n of_o his_o name_n therefore_o all_o these_o have_v a_o near_a affinity_n and_o correspondence_n each_o with_o other_o from_o whence_o we_o may_v convince_v those_o interpreter_n of_o error_n who_o do_v distinguish_v the_o subject_n of_o the_o beast_n into_o divers_a kind_n into_o those_o that_o worship_v the_o image_n into_o other_o that_o receive_v the_o mark_n into_o a_o three_o sort_n that_o have_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n whereas_o according_a to_o the_o text_n the_o same_o person_n that_o worship_v the_o image_n receive_v the_o mark_n and_o the_o number_n thereof_o second_o those_o expositor_n be_v too_o blame_v which_o do_v not_o ground_v their_o demonstration_n upon_o these_o thing_n but_o do_v immediate_o proceed_v to_o calculate_v the_o number_n mr._n potter_n in_o his_o treatise_n endeavore_v to_o find_v out_o the_o number_n in_o six_o thing_n in_o the_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n as_o they_o stand_v opposite_a to_o six_o thing_n in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n but_o in_o my_o apprehension_n he_o do_v not_o lay_v a_o right_a foundation_n for_o the_o number_n which_o he_o be_v to_o calculate_v be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n be_v answerable_a to_o the_o mark._n therefore_o the_o proper_a work_n which_o he_o have_v to_o do_v be_v to_o handle_v these_o matter_n and_o not_o six_o thing_n in_o the_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n immediate_o oppose_v to_o six_o thing_n in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n princ._n 3_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n his_o mark_n and_o number_n must_v necessary_o begin_v at_o the_o first_o visible_a constitution_n of_o his_o dominion_n and_o continue_v in_o all_o time_n to_o the_o end_n thereof_o for_o the_o first_o visible_a constitution_n we_o read_v that_o as_o soon_o as_o the_o second_o beast_n come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o earth_n he_o make_v a_o image_n to_o the_o beast_n and_o cause_v all_o to_o worship_v the_o image_n and_o to_o receive_v a_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n chap._n 13._o ver_fw-la 14_o 15_o 16_o 17._o now_o this_o be_v not_o do_v only_o at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beginning_n but_o in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o that_o kingdom_n from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n for_o the_o vial_n be_v pour_v out_o upon_o they_o that_o worship_v the_o beast_n and_o receive_v the_o mark_n chap._n 16._o ver_fw-la 2._o and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n when_o the_o eternal_a gospel_n be_v preach_v to_o every_o kindred_n tongue_n and_o nation_n then_o be_v the_o threaten_n denounce_v against_o all_o those_o that_o worship_v the_o beast_n and_o receive_v the_o mark_n chap._n 14._o ver_fw-la 9_o 10_o 11._o from_o whence_o we_o gather_v that_o the_o name_n mark_v and_o image_n must_v be_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n according_a to_o this_o rule_n how_o can_v junius_n apply_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o the_o canon-law_n how_o can_v he_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o this_o law_n have_v be_v in_o force_n all_o the_o time_n of_o that_o kingdom_n mr._n potter_n also_o when_o he_o do_v apply_v this_o number_n to_o the_o cardinal_n gate_n and_o other_o circumstance_n in_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n how_o can_v he_o prove_v that_o these_o have_v be_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o that_o kingdom_n he_o do_v main_o stand_v upon_o it_o that_o the_o cardinal_n be_v the_o very_a essence_n of_o the_o papacy_n so_o near_o unite_v to_o the_o pope_n that_o they_o make_v one_o body_n contain_v and_o represent_v all_o ecelesiastical_a jurisdiction_n well_o be_v it_o so_o but_o how_o prove_v he_o this_o college_n to_o have_v be_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n i_o do_v willing_o yield_v to_o that_o solid_a determination_n of_o he_o i_o conceive_v say_v he_o the_o second_o beast_n mention_v rev._n 13._o ver_fw-la 11._o to_o be_v that_o unlawful_a ecclesiastical_a power_n which_o these_o latter_a time_n have_v settle_v upon_o the_o pope_n and_o i_o believe_v that_o he_o be_v the_o great_a antichrist_n not_o as_o bishop_n or_o archbishop_n or_o patriarch_n but_o as_o he_o pretend_v himself_o pope_n and_o vicar_n of_o christ_n have_v such_o a_o transcendent_a ecclesiastical_a power_n as_o be_v incommunicable_a to_o any_o other_o upon_o earth_n pag._n 55._o this_o testimony_n i_o take_v to_o be_v a_o plain_a scripture-truth_n and_o for_o my_o part_n i_o do_v believe_v though_o the_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n be_v long_o in_o work_v the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n do_v not_o begin_v to_o be_v the_o solemn_a antichrist_n and_o the_o two-horned_n beast_n do_v not_o rise_v up_o out_o of_o the_o earth_n till_o the_o time_n of_o the_o universal_a headship_n in_o this_o i_o do_v full_o agree_v with_o the_o author_n aforenamed_a but_o yet_o with_o submission_n to_o a_o better_a judgement_n i_o can_v understand_v how_o the_o college_n of_o cardinal_n or_o the_o other_o five_o particular_a circumstance_n apply_v to_o the_o hierarchy_n of_o rome_n how_o these_o begin_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o declaration_n of_o the_o universal_a headship_n or_o how_o they_o have_v continue_v in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n thereof_o now_o it_o be_v apparent_o evident_a that_o the_o name_n and_o the_o mark_n have_v be_v applicable_a to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o all_o the_o time_n thereof_o princ._n 4._o in_o submit_v to_o in_o worship_v the_o image_n and_o in_o receive_v the_o mark_n the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n have_v be_v the_o great_a sin_n of_o the_o world_n in_o depart_v from_o christ._n this_o may_v be_v prove_v from_o the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o prophecy_n the_o great_a deceive_a of_o the_o nation_n in_o all_o antichristian_a time_n have_v be_v in_o the_o matter_n of_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o image_n and_o receive_v the_o mark_n chap._n 20._o ver_fw-la 1_o 2_o 3._o chap._n 13._o ver_fw-la 15_o 16_o 17_o 18._o from_o whence_o i_o further_o argue_v that_o the_o number_n 25_o can_v be_v prove_v to_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n neither_o have_v the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o world_n consist_v in_o the_o frequent_a and_o superstitious_a use_n of_o this_o number_n for_o how_o do_v a_o state_n sin_n when_o they_o use_v such_o a_o particular_a number_n as_o this_o the_o philistines_n be_v a_o people_n give_v to_o superstitious_a observation_n yet_o i_o can_v see_v how_o they_o do_v sin_n in_o the_o observation_n of_o the_o number_n 5_o when_o they_o do_v send_v five_o golden_a emerods_n and_o five_o golden_a mouse_n 1_o sam._n 6._o 4
the_o number_n 5_o be_v the_o number_n of_o so_o many_o part_n of_o their_o jurisdiction_n and_o thereupon_o they_o observe_v this_o number_n in_o their_o trespass-offering_a but_o we_o can_v say_v that_o it_o be_v their_o sin_n to_o do_v it_o neither_o can_v i_o see_v if_o there_o shall_v be_v the_o like_a national_a cause_n that_o it_o be_v simple_o a_o sin_n in_o any_o state_n to_o be_v frequent_a in_o the_o use_n of_o the_o number_n 25._o for_o in_o itself_o what_o good_a or_o what_o evil_a be_v in_o that_o number_n you_o will_v then_o say_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n thereof_o i_o answer_v take_v the_o number_n 666_o several_o by_o itself_o it_o be_v nothing_o but_o if_o you_o take_v it_o joint_o as_o the_o character_n of_o the_o name_n and_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n we_o may_v say_v that_o in_o these_o thing_n have_v consist_v the_o grand_a apostasy_n of_o the_o latter_a time_n and_o for_o mr._n potter_n interpretation_n i_o can_v be_v satisfy_v in_o it_o for_o these_o three_o reason_n first_o he_o undertake_v to_o expound_v the_o number_n and_o to_o apply_v it_o to_o so_o many_o cardinal_n so_o many_o church_n so_o many_o altar_n etc._n etc._n whereas_o the_o number_n be_v not_o the_o number_n of_o these_o but_o it_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n second_o he_o undertake_v to_o show_v how_o the_o beast_n be_v frequent_a in_o the_o use_n of_o such_o a_o particular_a number_n whereas_o the_o number_n be_v rather_o the_o specifiâ—…al_a note_n and_o character_n of_o the_o kingdom_n itself_o three_o he_o show_v how_o the_o beast_n be_v frequent_a in_o the_o use_n of_o the_o number_n 25_o the_o square-root_n of_o 666._o but_o what_o sin_n be_v there_o in_o the_o frequent_a use_n of_o such_o a_o number_n to_o speak_v proper_o in_o these_o thing_n there_o be_v neither_o good_a nor_o evil_a these_o be_v some_o of_o the_o reason_n that_o move_v i_o to_o depart_v from_o the_o interpretation_n of_o the_o forementioned_a author_n who_o i_o do_v otherwise_o acknowledge_v to_o be_v a_o man_n of_o solid_a and_o excellent_a learning_n and_o much_o to_o be_v approve_v for_o his_o industry_n and_o diligence_n which_o he_o have_v bestow_v towards_o the_o discovery_n of_o these_o mystery_n princ._n 5._o for_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o for_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o image_n and_o for_o suchlike_a thing_n the_o world_n be_v make_v liable_a to_o the_o most_o grievous_a judgement_n of_o god_n this_o i_o have_v large_o prove_v from_o rev._n 14._o 9_o 10_o 11._o now_o if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o singular_n how_o can_v man_n rational_o be_v torment_v day_n and_o night_n how_o can_v the_o smoke_n of_o their_o burn_a ascend_v for_o ever_o and_o ever_o for_o the_o superstitious_a use_n of_o the_o number_n 25_o the_o square-root_n of_o 666_o sure_o all_o these_o thing_n ought_v so_o to_o be_v state_v that_o the_o justice_n of_o god_n may_v be_v clear_v in_o the_o execution_n of_o judgement_n i_o can_v then_o think_v that_o so_o grievous_a a_o judgement_n be_v denounce_v against_o the_o superstitious_a use_n of_o the_o number_n 25_o but_o rather_o as_o i_o have_v large_o prove_v for_o the_o yield_a subjection_n to_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n as_o it_o begin_v public_o to_o be_v establish_v in_o the_o 666th_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdome_n princ._n 6._o in_o over_o come_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n stand_v the_o special_a object_n of_o the_o martyr_n victory_n this_o i_o have_v large_o prove_v from_o chap._n 15._o ver_fw-la 2._o the_o person_n that_o stand_v on_o the_o glassy_a sea_n that_o overcome_v the_o beast_n be_v the_o company_n and_o society_n of_o martyr_n which_o suffer_v for_o christ_n in_o all_o antichristian_a time_n and_o their_o victory_n be_v no_o other_o but_o a_o victory_n of_o martyrdom_n now_o if_o you_o apply_v this_o to_o the_o ordinary_a interpretation_n if_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v no_o other_o but_o the_o word_n lateinos_n and_o the_o number_n no_o other_o but_o the_o numeral_a letter_n of_o that_o name_n what_o a_o kind_n of_o victory_n shall_v the_o martyr_n obtain_v over_o word_n and_o syllable_n and_o numeral_a letter_n we_o may_v be_v well_o assure_v that_o there_o be_v another_o kind_n of_o meaning_n in_o these_o word_n that_o be_v the_o martyr_n do_v overcome_v that_o power_n authority_n and_o universal_a headship_n itself_o which_o begin_v solemn_o and_o public_o to_o be_v establish_v in_o the_o 666th_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdome_n princ._n 7._o the_o glorious_a resurrection_n of_o the_o martyr_n to_o reign_v with_o christ_n 1000_o year_n be_v ground_v in_o special_a upon_o this_o reason_n because_o they_o do_v refuse_v to_o worship_v the_o image_n and_o to_o receive_v the_o mark._n and_o therefore_o john_n in_o the_o vision_n say_v i_o see_v the_o soul_n of_o they_o that_o be_v behead_v for_o the_o word_n of_o god_n and_o the_o testimony_n of_o jesus_n that_o these_o live_v to_o wit_n out_o of_o their_o antichristian_a death_n and_o reign_v with_o christ_n 1000_o year_n chap._n 20._o v._n 3._o it_o be_v evident_a from_o hence_o then_o that_o the_o name_n lateinos_n or_o any_o suchlike_a grammatical_a word_n can_v be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o the_o martyr_n be_v never_o put_v to_o death_n neither_o shall_v they_o ever_o have_v their_o glorious_a resurrection_n for_o name_n consist_v of_o letter_n and_o syllable_n the_o slaughter_n have_v be_v main_o for_o the_o refusal_n of_o the_o authority_n and_o the_o law_n make_v by_o the_o authority_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n therefore_o their_o glorious_a resurrection_n to_o reign_v with_o christ_n shall_v be_v for_o their_o suffering_n in_o the_o behalf_n of_o christ._n princ._n 8._o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n ought_v so_o to_o be_v expound_v that_o it_o may_v express_v to_o the_o life_n the_o repair_n of_o roman_a majesty_n after_o the_o deadly_a wound_n this_o be_v prove_v from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o text._n when_o the_o second_o beast_n come_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n he_o do_v cure_v the_o deadly_a wound_n that_o the_o first_o beast_n have_v in_o one_o of_o his_o head_n he_o have_v power_n also_o to_o give_v life_n to_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n that_o the_o image_n shall_v both_o speak_v and_o live_v chap._n 13._o ver_fw-la 14_o 15._o now_o for_o the_o cure_n of_o the_o wound_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n and_o the_o give_a life_n to_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n these_o typical_a expression_n do_v denote_v the_o only_a repair_n of_o roman_a majesty_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o old_a empire_n this_o be_v clear_a from_o the_o scope_n of_o the_o scripture_n and_o it_o be_v abundant_o show_v in_o many_o commentary_n the_o angel_n also_o in_o rev._n 17._o have_v this_o expression_n the_o beast_n thou_o see_v that_o be_v be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v here_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o marvellous_a recovery_n of_o the_o roman_a majesty_n after_o a_o former_a loss_n and_o destruction_n which_o be_v nothing_o else_o in_o sense_n and_o substance_n but_o the_o make_n of_o a_o image_n to_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v wound_v in_o one_o of_o his_o head_n and_o the_o cause_v of_o the_o image_n both_o to_o speak_v and_o live_v for_o in_o a_o sense_n it_o be_v true_a that_o there_o be_v a_o total_a eradication_n of_o the_o roman_a sovereignty_n for_o a_o while_n and_o when_o it_o be_v set_v up_o in_o the_o pope_n there_o be_v a_o kind_n of_o revive_v and_o a_o rise_n of_o that_o sovereignty_n from_o the_o dead_a the_o lay_v down_o of_o this_o one_o position_n do_v drive_v i_o from_o a_o interpretation_n which_o seem_v to_o be_v very_o plausible_a in_o my_o first_o meditation_n upon_o this_o argument_n now_o that_o particular_a interpretation_n do_v concern_v the_o time_n of_o victor_n his_o excommunicate_v the_o church_n of_o asia_n not_o long_o after_o the_o write_n of_o the_o revelation_n now_o because_o the_o roman_a jurisdiction_n over_o all_o church_n do_v begin_v to_o make_v its_o first_o visible_a appearance_n in_o these_o time_n i_o do_v therefore_o apply_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o the_o forementioned_a excommunication_n and_o for_o the_o particular_a time_n calvisius_n the_o chronologer_n say_v that_o those_o church_n be_v excommunicate_v in_o the_o year_n of_o the_o world_n 4145_o and_o in_o the_o year_n of_o the_o lord_n 196._o now_o if_o you_o subduct_v 666_o year_n out_o of_o 4145_o there_o will_v remain_v the_o 3479_o year_n of_o the_o world_n which_o be_v the_o first_o year_n
of_o the_o twenty_o jubilee_n according_a to_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o chronologer_n aforemention_v be_v furnish_v with_o these_o principle_n as_o also_o be_v firm_o persuade_v by_o other_o reason_n that_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n and_o that_o the_o number_n do_v signify_v the_o first_o visible_a declaration_n of_o the_o authority_n of_o that_o see_v find_v also_o the_o account_n by_o jubilee_n to_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o number_n frequent_o use_v among_o man_n in_o those_o ancient_a time_n upon_o these_o consideration_n i_o be_v at_o length_n induce_v probable_o at_o least_o to_o take_v this_o as_o the_o meaning_n of_o the_o text_n as_o who_o will_v say_v in_o plain_a term_n let_v he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n count_v by_o the_o jubilee_n a_o number_n frequent_o use_v among_o man_n and_o he_o shall_v find_v that_o this_o beast_n shall_v begin_v to_o erect_v and_o put_v forth_o his_o power_n in_o the_o 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o twenty_o jubilee_n and_o so_o he_o shall_v come_v to_o the_o particular_a year_n when_o victor_n excommunicate_v the_o church_n of_o asia_n this_o interpretation_n though_o it_o seem_v very_o specious_a and_o plausible_a at_o the_o first_o yet_o afterward_o when_o i_o come_v to_o dive_v into_o the_o prophecy_n and_o to_o compare_v the_o commentary_n and_o to_o look_v into_o the_o natural_a sense_n of_o the_o vision_n i_o do_v find_v from_o the_o collation_n of_o all_o that_o there_o must_v be_v first_o a_o death_n and_o a_o wound_n of_o the_o roman_a majesty_n in_o the_o caesar_n before_o it_o can_v be_v revive_v in_o the_o pope_n the_o caesareate_n must_v fall_v before_o the_o papacy_n can_v begin_v this_o i_o gather_v from_o the_o whole_a scope_n of_o the_o apocalyptical_a learning_n and_o i_o do_v admire_v how_o any_o can_v begin_v the_o 42_o month_n from_o constantine_n the_o great_a or_o from_o julian_n the_o apostata_fw-la or_o from_o any_o other_o time_n before_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o old_a empire_n they_o who_o do_v this_o to_o my_o understanding_n go_v against_o the_o scope_n and_o drift_n of_o this_o kind_n of_o learning_n another_o interpretation_n i_o have_v which_o i_o do_v favour_n in_o the_o beginning_n and_o that_o be_v the_o interpretation_n of_o moulin_n in_o his_o treatise_n concern_v the_o compliment_n of_o prophecy_n he_o in_o that_o treatise_n do_v set_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o exarch_n of_o ravenna_n and_o so_o conclude_v that_o where_o the_o empire_n make_v a_o end_n there_o the_o papacy_n be_v to_o begin_v but_o the_o empire_n end_v at_o the_o exarchate_o ergo._fw-la in_o this_o exposition_n of_o he_o he_o do_v well_o to_o set_v the_o beginning_n of_o rome_n papal_n after_o the_o destruction_n of_o rome_n imperial_a for_o this_o be_v but_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o prophecy_n but_o yet_o withal_o this_o must_v be_v remember_v that_o we_o must_v not_o set_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n where_o we_o will_v &_o how_o we_o will_v ourselves_o but_o we_o must_v set_v it_o there_o where_o it_o ought_v to_o be_v set_v now_o for_o the_o place_n where_o it_o ought_v to_o be_v set_v it_o must_v be_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n when_o he_o do_v make_v a_o image_n to_o the_o beast_n that_o have_v a_o wound_n in_o one_o of_o his_o head_n if_o these_o thing_n be_v apply_v to_o the_o time_n they_o do_v not_o agree_v to_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o exarchate_n but_o to_o the_o set_n up_o of_o the_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n then_o there_o be_v a_o image_n make_v to_o the_o beast_n then_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n begin_v then_o the_o roman_a potency_n do_v revive_v in_o the_o pope_n which_o be_v former_o lose_v in_o the_o caesar_n then_o the_o second_o beast_n cause_v the_o image_n both_o to_o speak_v and_o live_v princ._n 9_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n ought_v so_o in_o special_a to_o be_v expâ—…unded_v that_o it_o may_v be_v the_o subject-matter_n of_o the_o mark._n this_o be_v prove_v from_o chap._n 14._o ver_fw-la 11._o where_o the_o mark_n be_v express_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o mark_n of_o his_o name_n now_o it_o will_v not_o be_v so_o call_v if_o there_o be_v not_o something_o in_o the_o name_n that_o give_v be_v to_o the_o mark._n and_o therefore_o when_o mr._n potter_n endevore_v to_o show_v that_o 25_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o that_o the_o government_n may_v be_v know_v by_o the_o frequent_a use_n of_o the_o number_n 25_o the_o square-root_n of_o 666_o in_o my_o apprehension_n he_o shall_v not_o have_v employ_v himself_o in_o the_o variety_n of_o those_o thing_n in_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n to_o which_o this_o number_n may_v be_v apply_v his_o prime_a work_n have_v be_v first_o to_o have_v find_v out_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o then_o he_o shall_v have_v proceed_v to_o the_o mark_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n for_o there_o be_v no_o other_o mark_n but_o that_o which_o relate_v to_o the_o name_n and_o there_o be_v no_o other_o number_n but_o that_o which_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n i_o can_v conceive_v any_o other_o but_o his_o mistake_n be_v in_o the_o subjectâ_fw-la materiâ_fw-la in_o the_o subject_a matter_n of_o the_o number_n he_o that_o err_v in_o the_o beginning_n must_v needs_o go_v far_o out_o of_o the_o way_n princ._n 10._o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n ought_v so_o in_o special_a to_o be_v expound_v that_o it_o may_v appear_v to_o be_v the_o matter_n about_o which_o the_o number_n be_v conversant_a this_o be_v prove_v from_o ch._n 13_o v._n 17._o there_o it_o be_v express_o call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o name_n then_o only_o must_v be_v the_o immediate_a object_n of_o the_o number_n or_o the_o thing_n number_v why_o be_v it_o else_o call_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n by_o this_o reason_n then_o i_o can_v see_v how_o mr._n potter_n can_v apply_v the_o number_n indefinite_o to_o all_o such_o kind_n of_o thing_n as_o be_v essential_a and_o constituent_a in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n see_v the_o number_n be_v only_o restrain_v to_o the_o name_n and_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n but_o let_v we_o look_v to_o the_o ground_n of_o the_o interpretation_n lay_v down_o by_o that_o learned_a man_n he_o suppose_v this_o number_n 666_o to_o be_v a_o image_n or_o typical_a representation_n of_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o antichrist_n that_o be_v of_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o his_o kingdom_n state_n or_o hierarchy_n and_o thus_o much_o say_v he_o be_v acknowledge_v by_o many_o writer_n but_o especial_o by_o cotterius_n further_o he_o add_v if_o this_o number_n be_v a_o image_n or_o a_o type_n of_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o antichrist_n then_o no_o man_n ought_v to_o imagine_v that_o the_o whole_a image_n of_o antichrist_n be_v like_a to_o one_o prrticular_a member_n or_o part_n of_o the_o body_n of_o antichrist_n for_o as_o the_o whole_a image_n of_o caesar_n be_v not_o like_a unto_o the_o hand_n of_o caesar_n or_o the_o head_n of_o caesar_n so_o neither_o be_v the_o number_n consider_v whole_o applicable_a to_o any_o particular_a time_n name_n person_n place_n or_o other_o individual_a thing_n or_o circumstance_n belong_v unto_o antichrist_n as_o divers_a interpreter_n have_v labour_v to_o apply_v it_o but_o say_v he_o if_o any_o man_n desire_v to_o know_v caesar_n by_o his_o image_n he_o must_v compare_v head_n to_o head_n face_n to_o face_n eye_n to_o eye_n foot_n to_o foot_n and_o so_o conclude_v a_o likeness_n in_o general_n from_o a_o induction_n of_o particular_n in_o like_a manner_n he_o that_o desire_v to_o know_v antichrist_n by_o his_o number_n he_o must_v first_o find_v in_o this_o number_n such_o thing_n as_o be_v essential_a and_o remarkable_a to_o that_o government_n so_o far_o mr._n potter_n in_o which_o word_n of_o he_o though_o i_o do_v acknowledge_v there_o be_v great_a solidity_n than_o i_o have_v ordinary_o meet_v withal_o in_o interpretation_n of_o this_o kind_n yet_o under_o favour_n i_o conceive_v when_o all_o be_v do_v the_o number_n must_v be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n and_o that_o by_o right_a aught_o to_o be_v the_o thing_n number_v and_o whereas_o he_o say_v that_o the_o number_n be_v not_o applicable_a to_o any_o particular_a time_n person_n place_n or_o other_o petty_a circumstance_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n i_o do_v acknowledge_v that_o there_o have_v be_v vanity_n more_o than_o too_o much_o among_o interpreter_n about_o the_o explication_n of_o these_o
thing_n and_o whereas_o the_o author_n aforenamâ—…d_v follow_v cotterius_n and_o other_o learned_a man_n do_v tell_v we_o that_o the_o number_n must_v be_v apply_v to_o that_o which_o be_v essential_a in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o this_o we_o do_v full_o agree_v with_o he_o and_o therefore_o we_o have_v state_v the_o name_n mark_v and_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o have_v so_o explain_v these_o thing_n that_o they_o do_v contain_v the_o very_a essence_n form_n and_o be_v of_o that_o kingdom_n for_o what_o be_v the_o name_n but_o the_o power_n and_o universal_a headship_n and_o what_o be_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n but_o the_o profession_n of_o subjection_n to_o that_o power_n or_o headship_n thus_o we_o come_v to_o the_o sense_n of_o cotterius_n and_o other_o in_o the_o main_a now_o whereas_o mr._n potter_n do_v stand_v upon_o 25_o cardinal_n 25_o church_n 25_o article_n in_o the_o compilation_n of_o pius_fw-la quartus_fw-la how_o do_v he_o make_v all_o these_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o all_o true_a mathematical_a demonstration_n we_o shall_v begin_v with_o expositio_fw-la dati_fw-la the_o exposition_n of_o the_o subject_a or_o antecedent_n if_o therefore_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v datum_n or_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o demonstration_n this_o must_v be_v first_o expound_v before_o the_o number_n can_v be_v right_o apply_v see_v it_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n second_o if_o 25_o be_v the_o characteristical_a number_n of_o the_o state_n or_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o beast_n why_o do_v not_o the_o holy_a spirit_n in_o so_o large_a a_o description_n of_o that_o kingdom_n once_o make_v mention_n of_o the_o number_n 25_o shall_v we_o imagine_v that_o he_o will_v not_o once_o mention_v that_o which_o be_v individual_o necessary_a but_o altogether_o stand_v upon_o remote_a point_n three_o if_o the_o number_n 25_o be_v to_o be_v apply_v to_o the_o hierarchy_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o the_o number_n 12_o be_v to_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n why_o be_v not_o the_o like_a reason_n give_v for_o the_o one_o as_o for_o the_o other_o the_o number_n 12_o be_v therefore_o so_o frequent_o use_v in_o sacred_a number_n in_o reference_n to_o the_o first_o original_a of_o the_o church_n and_o to_o the_o division_n into_o twelve_o tribe_n and_o therefore_o we_o read_v of_o twelve_o cake_n of_o shewbread_n exod._n 24._o 5_o of_o twelve_o pillar_n of_o moses_n his_o altar_n exod._n 24._o 4_o of_o twelve_o stone_n in_o the_o breastplate_n of_o aaron_n exod._n 28._o 21_o of_o twelve_o ox_n bring_v to_o the_o dedication_n of_o the_o tabernacle_n numb_a 7._o 23_o of_o twelve_o rod_n lay_v up_o before_o the_o ark_n of_o the_o testimony_n numb_a 17._o 1_o of_o twelve_o spy_n send_v to_o search_v the_o land_n of_o canaan_n numb_a 13._o 1_o of_o twelve_o stone_n in_o jordan_n josh._n 4._o 9_o of_o the_o garment_n of_o jeroboam_fw-la rend_v into_o twelve_o piece_n 1_o king_n 11._o 30_o of_o twelve_o stone_n on_o which_o the_o altar_n of_o eliah_n be_v build_v and_o many_o suchlike_a instance_n now_o it_o be_v apparent_a in_o these_o scripture_n that_o the_o spirit_n stand_v upon_o the_o exact_a number_n 12_o and_o all_o this_o in_o reference_n to_o that_o ancient_a distribution_n of_o the_o church_n into_o 12_o tribe_n therefore_o in_o imitation_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n the_o holy_a spirit_n in_o the_o new_a prophecy_n be_v very_o frequent_a in_o the_o use_n of_o the_o same_o number_n when_o he_o set_v forth_o the_o state_n of_o the_o gospel-church_n in_o these_o latter_a day_n but_o can_v there_o be_v the_o like_a reason_n give_v why_o the_o antichristian_a church_n be_v so_o frequent_a in_o the_o number_n 25_o four_o if_o it_o can_v be_v prove_v in_o some_o place_n that_o 12_o be_v the_o square-root_n of_o 144_o and_o that_o the_o spirit_n do_v stand_v upon_o this_o way_n of_o calculation_n yet_o i_o be_o sure_a he_o do_v not_o universal_o do_v this_o in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n for_o there_o be_v a_o remarkable_a passage_n touch_v the_o measure_n of_o that_o city_n in_o these_o word_n and_o the_o city_n lie_v foursquare_a and_o the_o length_n be_v as_o large_a as_o the_o breadth_n and_o he_o measure_v the_o city_n with_o a_o reed_n 12000_o furlong_n the_o length_n breadth_n and_o height_n of_o it_o be_v all_o equal_a rev._n 21._o 16._o if_o there_o be_v any_o one_o text_n that_o doâ—…h_v show_v a_o characteristical_a number_n to_o decipher_v the_o holy_a city_n this_o be_v that_o scripture_n now_o if_o it_o be_v the_o manner_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o all_o apocalyptical_a computation_n to_o count_v the_o square-root_n of_o any_o figurate_a number_n why_o do_v he_o not_o use_v that_o method_n here_o in_o this_o particular_a number_n then_o 109_o be_v the_o square-root_n and_o if_o you_o will_v multiply_v it_o into_o itself_o it_o will_v make_v 11881_o and_o the_o remainder_n will_v be_v 119._o therefore_o in_o the_o dimension_n of_o the_o holy_a city_n the_o spirit_n do_v not_o perpetual_o look_v to_o the_o number_n 12_o as_o to_o the_o square-root_n of_o those_o holy_a number_n five_o if_o it_o can_v be_v prove_v that_o 12_o be_v the_o root_n of_o all_o the_o number_n in_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n yet_o it_o can_v be_v make_v manifest_a that_o 25_o be_v the_o square-root_n of_o 666_o in_o so_o special_a a_o manner_n at_o least_o for_o all_o the_o number_n from_o 625_o to_o 676_o have_v 25_o for_o their_o square-root_n and_o therefore_o all_o the_o number_n aforemention_v may_v be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n as_o well_o as_o the_o number_n 666._o according_a to_o this_o ground_n what_o certainty_n of_o interpretation_n be_v here_o to_o be_v have_v more_o proper_o then_o if_o 25_o be_v the_o square-root_n 625_o will_v rather_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o if_o you_o multiply_v 25_o into_o itself_o it_o will_v make_v exact_o 625_o and_o no_o fraction_n remain_v whereas_o 666_o as_o skilful_a artist_n do_v use_v to_o speak_v be_v numerus_fw-la surdus_fw-la a_o deaf_a number_n it_o have_v 25_o for_o the_o square-root_n and_o 41_o fraction_n remain_v all_o these_o reason_n put_v together_o do_v plain_o show_v that_o 25_o be_v not_o the_o only_a characteristical_a number_n and_o if_o it_o can_v be_v prove_v to_o be_v so_o yet_o be_v not_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n princ._n 11._o the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n ought_v so_o in_o special_a to_o be_v expound_v that_o it_o may_v agree_v to_o all_o those_o and_o only_o to_o those_o that_o be_v the_o beast_n subject_n and_o that_o it_o may_v be_v the_o badge_n and_o livery_n of_o their_o profession_n this_o be_v prove_v from_o chap._n 13._o ver_fw-la 16_o 17._o he_o cause_v all_o both_o small_a and_o great_a to_o receive_v a_o mark_n in_o their_o forehead_n and_o in_o their_o right-hand_n the_o mark_n than_o agree_v to_o all_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o to_o those_o only_a that_o be_v he_o and_o this_o also_o be_v the_o badge_n of_o the_o distinction_n in_o the_o matter_n of_o buy_v and_o sell_v if_o this_o be_v so_o how_o do_v mr._n potter_n give_v a_o true_a exposition_n of_o the_o number_n for_o admit_v the_o number_n 25_o be_v right_o apply_v to_o the_o cardinal_n gate_n church_n and_o other_o remarkable_a circumstance_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n yet_o how_o do_v he_o distinguish_v the_o beast_n subject_n in_o the_o matter_n of_o buy_v and_o sell_v the_o text_n say_v plain_o that_o none_o may_v buy_v nor_o sell_v but_o he_o that_o have_v the_o mark_n the_o name_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n the_o right_a understanding_n of_o these_o thing_n lie_v nor_o in_o the_o subtlety_n of_o arithmetic_n nor_o in_o the_o extraction_n of_o the_o square-root_n of_o any_o figurate_a number_n or_o in_o any_o occued_a circumstance_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o these_o thing_n be_v discernible_a unto_o all_o and_o be_v obvious_a in_o the_o matter_n of_o buy_v and_o sell_v second_o how_o do_v they_o also_o right_o expound_v the_o number_n who_o apply_v these_o thing_n to_o more_o than_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n see_v these_o be_v the_o peculiar_a character_n of_o they_o only_o who_o be_v of_o his_o flock_n therefore_o they_o who_o will_v have_v lateinos_n to_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n how_o do_v they_o make_v this_o the_o individual_a character_n of_o the_o beast_n subject_n our_o saviour_n himself_o his_o apostle_n and_o many_o holy_a martyr_n for_o sundry_a age_n have_v be_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o latin_n or_o roman_n therefore_o we_o can_v be_v of_o so_o flinty_a a_o philosophy_n to_o believe_v that_o all_o sin_v who_o live_v under_o the_o
roman_a obedience_n or_o that_o all_o have_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n who_o be_v subject_n under_o that_o jurisdiction_n to_o speak_v proper_o they_o sin_v only_o against_o the_o kingly_a power_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o regal_a office_n as_o mediator_n that_o submit_v to_o the_o roman_a or_o rather_o to_o the_o antichristian_a dominion_n in_o these_o last_o time_n princ._n 12._o the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n ought_v so_o in_o special_a to_o be_v expound_v that_o the_o whole_a company_n which_o câ—…rrieth_v the_o mark_n may_v be_v set_v in_o direct_a opposition_n to_o the_o 144000_o who_o have_v their_o father_n name_v write_v in_o their_o forehead_n this_o be_v clear_o prove_v from_o the_o collation_n of_o two_o scripture_n chap._n 13._o ver_fw-la 16_o 17_o 18._o with_o chap._n 14._o ver_fw-la 2_o 3_o 4_o 5._o in_o the_o former_a scripture_n we_o have_v a_o description_n of_o those_o that_o worship_v the_o image_n and_o receive_v the_o mark_n and_o immediaie_o after_o they_o there_o be_v the_o description_n of_o those_o that_o be_v with_o the_o lamb_n upon_o mount_n zion_n and_o have_v their_o father_n name_v write_v in_o their_o forehead_n it_o be_v plain_a then_o that_o there_o be_v a_o immediate_a antithesis_fw-la or_o contraposition_n betwixt_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o beast_n the_o name_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o follower_n of_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o follower_n of_o the_o beast_n there_o be_v then_o a_o perfect_a contrariety_n betwixt_o these_o two_o as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o whole_a body_n of_o the_o prophecy_n they_o therefore_o who_o will_v right_o expound_v the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n must_v diligent_o observe_v the_o contraposition_n and_o by_o the_o one_o expound_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o other_o contrary_n but_o withal_o this_o rule_n ought_v to_o be_v remember_v that_o oppositio_fw-la must_v be_v in_o eodem_fw-la &_o circa_fw-la idem_fw-la the_o opposition_n must_v be_v in_o the_o same_o and_o about_o the_o same_o matter_n and_o therefore_o to_o apply_v the_o matter_n to_o particular_n i_o can_v see_v how_o mr._n potter_n do_v proceed_v by_o this_o rule_n in_o that_o contraposition_n of_o he_o between_o the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o number_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n first_o whereas_o he_o oppose_v the_o number_n 144_o to_o the_o number_n 666_o he_o shall_v have_v proceed_v in_o eodem_fw-la and_o make_v the_o opposition_n in_o the_o same_o matter_n if_o therefore_o 144000_o be_v the_o characteristical_a number_n of_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o lamb_n kingdom_n then_o 666000_o shall_v be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o subject_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o so_o subject_a will_v be_v oppose_v to_o subject_a and_o number_n to_o number_n second_o mr._n potter_n oppose_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o the_o number_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n which_o can_v proper_o be_v say_v to_o be_v oppositio_fw-la in_o eodem_fw-la a_o opposition_n in_o and_o about_o the_o same_o matter_n for_o in_o the_o true_a apocalyptical_a method_n the_o beast_n be_v not_o so_o much_o oppose_v to_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n as_o to_o the_o lamb_n his_o riâ—…al_n in_o kingly_a power_n if_o we_o will_v speak_v plain_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n be_v oppose_v to_o the_o whore_n of_o babylon_n the_o gospel-church_n to_o the_o roman_a idolatrous_a church_n for_o after_o that_o the_o saint_n have_v sing_v their_o halelujah_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o great_a whore_n these_o word_n be_v immediate_o add_v let_v we_o be_v glad_a and_o rejoice_v for_o the_o marriage_n of_o the_o lamb_n be_v come_v and_o his_o wife_n have_v make_v herself_o ready_a chap._n 19_o ver_fw-la 1_o 2_o 3_o 4_o etc._n etc._n therefore_o the_o contrariety_n stand_v more_o immediate_o betwixt_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o beast_n the_o new_a jerusalem_n and_o the_o whore_n of_o babylon_n therefore_o the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v not_o so_o immediate_o oppose_v to_o the_o dimension_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n and_o yet_o further_o in_o the_o opposition_n between_o the_o lamb_n and_o the_o beast_n between_o the_o whore_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n we_o must_v go_v so_o far_o only_a as_o may_v be_v well_o warrant_v by_o scripture_n or_o by_o necessary_a deduction_n from_o scripture_n and_o therefore_o whereas_o mr._n potter_n lay_v down_o this_o maxim_n the_o description_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n be_v not_o for_o this_o reason_n only_o set_v down_o in_o scripture_n that_o by_o it_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o true_a church_n of_o christ_n may_v be_v describe_v but_o that_o the_o false_a church_n of_o antichrist_n by_o way_n of_o antithesis_fw-la may_v by_o the_o same_o description_n mutatis_fw-la mutandis_fw-la be_v also_o manifest_o reveal_v pag._n 122._o this_o position_n of_o that_o learned_a author_n i_o do_v in_o part_n receive_v but_o yet_o i_o do_v not_o think_v that_o we_o be_v to_o extend_v it_o to_o every_o particular_a without_o any_o restriction_n we_o read_v in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n of_o 12_o gate_n 12_o apostle_n 12_o angel_n 12_o foundation_n and_o yet_o i_o do_v not_o think_v that_o we_o have_v warrant_v to_o look_v after_o such_o a_o set_a number_n of_o gate_n of_o angel_n of_o apostle_n of_o foundation_n in_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o yet_o further_o if_o we_o can_v find_v such_o certain_a number_n in_o the_o city_n aforesaid_a it_o be_v not_o to_o the_o purpose_n in_o hand_n for_o in_o the_o true_a sense_n of_o the_o prophecy_n not_o rome_n within_o such_o wall_n or_o gate_n but_o the_o romish_a church_n in_o such_o a_o largeness_n and_o compass_n of_o territory_n be_v immediate_o oppose_v to_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n or_o the_o gospel-church_n that_o shall_v be_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n at_o the_o end_n and_o destruction_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n we_o read_v in_o the_o slaughter_n of_o the_o witness_n that_o they_o do_v lie_v slay_v in_o the_o street_n of_o the_o great_a city_n spiritual_o call_v sodom_n and_o egypt_n and_o where_o our_o lord_n be_v crucify_a chap._n 11._o ver_fw-la 8._o now_o there_o be_v none_o that_o will_v say_v that_o they_o do_v lie_v slay_v in_o the_o street_n of_o rome_n literal_o so_o call_v but_o within_o the_o verge_n and_o precinct_n of_o the_o romish_a church_n this_o proper_o be_v the_o great_a city_n that_o be_v oppose_v to_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n to_o the_o holy_a city_n to_o the_o lamb_n wife_n that_o come_v from_o god_n out_o of_o heaven_n princ._n 13._o the_o number_n ought_v so_o in_o special_a to_o be_v expound_v that_o it_o may_v appear_v to_o be_v 666_o in_o that_o method_n and_o way_n of_o account_n which_o be_v call_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man._n for_o so_o it_o be_v express_o say_v let_v he_o that_o have_v wisdom_n count_v the_o number_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o it_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d the_o number_n of_o a_o man._n they_o therefore_o who_o will_v have_v lateinos_n or_o some_o such_o grammatical_a word_n to_o be_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n how_o do_v they_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o this_o be_v the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n or_o that_o it_o be_v the_o manner_n of_o man_n to_o calculate_v state_n and_o government_n by_o anagam_n or_o numeral_a letter_n of_o any_o grammatical_a name_n whatsoever_o princ._n 14._o the_o number_n ought_v so_o in_o special_a to_o be_v count_v not_o according_a to_o the_o subtlety_n of_o humane_a invention_n but_o according_a to_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o subject_a matter_n and_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o holy_a spirit_n in_o suchlike_a description_n for_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o subject_a matter_n the_o great_a sin_n of_o the_o world_n be_v in_o receive_v the_o name_n and_o the_o mark_n of_o the_o name_n and_o shall_v we_o think_v when_o the_o lord_n christ_n speak_v to_o his_o church_n concern_v these_o thing_n that_o only_o they_o who_o have_v skill_n in_o the_o subtlety_n and_o mystery_n of_o art_n shall_v have_v ability_n to_o understand_v his_o meaning_n sure_o though_o the_o number_n itself_o may_v be_v more_o mysterious_a yet_o the_o matter_n number_v must_v be_v in_o more_o open_a view_n second_o for_o the_o manner_n and_o use_n of_o the_o spirit_n in_o suchlike_a description_n his_o use_n be_v to_o speak_v parabolical_o and_o typical_o and_o yet_o we_o find_v no_o one_o instance_n of_o the_o discovery_n of_o a_o government_n by_o the_o extraction_n of_o the_o square-root_n very_o often_o we_o find_v when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o rise_n of_o a_o government_n or_o the_o destruction_n of_o a_o state_n he_o do_v usual_o number_v such_o a_o chain_n or_o line_n of_o year_n to_o each_o such_o remarkable_a occurrence_n and_o he_o do_v refer_v we_o either_o to_o the_o chronologie_n of_o the_o bible_n or_o to_o the_o story_n of_o the_o church_n these_o
be_v delude_v by_o the_o power_n of_o satan_n what_o shall_v we_o think_v of_o the_o oracle_n among_o the_o heathen_a of_o the_o answer_n of_o the_o gentile_a god_n of_o the_o power_n which_o the_o devil_n have_v in_o those_o country_n that_o lie_v whole_o under_o gross_a idolatry_n there_o be_v no_o doubt_n to_o be_v make_v but_o that_o satan_n have_v great_a power_n to_o deceive_v the_o world_n by_o wonder_n see_v august_n in_o his_o book_n of_o the_o city_n of_o god_n lib._n 10._o cap._n 16._o the_o scripture_n also_o be_v very_o plain_a to_o the_o same_o purpose_n if_o there_o arise_v among_o you_o a_o prophet_n or_o a_o dreamer_n of_o dream_n and_o give_v thou_o a_o sign_n or_o a_o wonder_n and_o the_o sign_n or_o the_o wonder_n come_v to_o pass_v whereof_o he_o speak_v unto_o thou_o say_v let_v we_o go_v after_o other_o god_n which_o thou_o have_v not_o know_v and_o let_v we_o serve_v they_o thou_o shall_v not_o hearken_v to_o the_o word_n of_o that_o prophet_n or_o dreamer_n of_o dream_n for_o the_o lord_n your_o god_n prove_v you_o to_o know_v whether_o you_o will_v love_v the_o lord_n your_o god_n with_o all_o your_o heart_n and_o with_o all_o your_o soul_n deut._n 13._o ver_n 1_o 2_o 3._o in_o which_o word_n it_o be_v plain_a that_o the_o truth_n may_v be_v set_v up_o in_o the_o church_n of_o god_n according_a to_o the_o write_a word_n and_o yet_o for_o the_o trial_n of_o the_o sincerity_n of_o man_n god_n may_v suffer_v seducer_n to_o arise_v to_o do_v great_a thing_n we_o have_v a_o large_a experience_n of_o this_o in_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n for_o when_o our_o saviour_n say_v there_o shall_v arise_v false_a christ_n and_o false_a prophet_n and_o shall_v show_v great_a sign_n and_o wonder_n insomuch_o that_o if_o it_o be_v possible_a they_o shall_v deceive_v the_o very_a elect_a mat._n 24._o 24._o these_o thing_n be_v special_o speak_v of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o antichrist_n when_o the_o devil_n by_o the_o permission_n of_o god_n have_v great_a power_n give_v to_o he_o to_o deceive_v the_o world_n by_o wonder_n and_o sign_n and_o great_a variety_n of_o revelation_n from_o hence_o i_o be_o induce_v to_o believe_v that_o the_o answer_v give_v by_o the_o crucifix_n at_o winchester_n be_v real_a and_o it_o be_v do_v by_o more_o than_o a_o ordinary_a power_n let_v we_o consider_v the_o meaning_n of_o that_o place_n in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o zachary_n ask_v you_o of_o the_o lord_n rain_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o latter_a rain_n so_o the_o lord_n shall_v make_v bright_a cloud_n and_o give_v shower_n of_o rain_n to_o every_o one_o grass_n in_o the_o field_n for_o the_o idol_n have_v speak_v vanity_n and_o the_o diviner_n have_v see_v a_o lie_n and_o have_v tell_v false_a dream_n chap._n 10._o ver_fw-la 1_o 2._o here_o i_o demand_v how_o can_v the_o idol_n speak_v vanity_n the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a be_v teraphim_n idol_n make_v after_o the_o similitude_n of_o a_o man._n with_o these_o idolater_n do_v usual_o consult_v in_o matter_n of_o great_a difficulty_n and_o mr._n pemble_n upon_o the_o place_n sai_z it_o be_v very_o probable_a thâ—…t_v the_o devil_n use_v the_o like_a feat_n to_o cozen_v the_o jew_n as_o he_o do_v to_o the_o greek_n and_o other_o simple_a gentile_n and_o we_o may_v say_v the_o same_o touch_v the_o answer_n of_o the_o rood_n god_n in_o his_o just_a judgement_n may_v suffer_v apostatise_v christian_n to_o be_v deceive_v by_o the_o immediate_a delusion_n of_o satan_n because_o they_o do_v not_o receive_v the_o truth_n in_o the_o love_n of_o it_o that_o they_o may_v be_v save_v but_o of_o all_o other_o that_o place_n of_o the_o apostle_n be_v most_o proper_a to_o the_o purpose_n the_o spirit_n speak_v express_o that_o in_o the_o latter_a time_n some_o shall_v depart_v from_o the_o faith_n give_v heed_n to_o seduce_a spirit_n and_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n speak_v lie_n in_o hypocrisy_n have_v their_o conscience_n sear_v with_o a_o hot_a iron_n forbid_v to_o marry_v and_o command_v to_o abstain_v from_o meat_n which_o god_n have_v create_v to_o be_v receive_v with_o thanksgiving_n 1_o tim._n 4._o 1_o 2_o 3._o see_v the_o apostle_n do_v here_o so_o plain_o speak_v of_o the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o latter_a time_n and_o of_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n meat_n and_o other_o lawful_a thing_n all_o do_v agree_v in_o it_o that_o he_o point_v to_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n kingdom_n only_o the_o great_a question_n lie_v here_o why_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n be_v call_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n mr._n mede_n in_o his_o learned_a treatise_n concern_v the_o apostasy_n of_o the_o late_a time_n think_v that_o this_o be_v genitivus_fw-la materiae_fw-la a_o genitive_a case_n of_o the_o matter_n because_o daemon_n and_o the_o soul_n depart_v be_v so_o much_o worship_v in_o the_o papal_a kingdom_n though_o it_o be_v true_a in_o the_o general_n that_o daemon-worship_n as_o he_o say_v be_v use_v in_o that_o kingdom_n yet_o it_o be_v not_o the_o meaning_n of_o this_o text_n for_o here_o be_v plain_o genitivus_fw-la efficientis_fw-la a_o genitive_a case_n of_o the_o efficient_a cause_n for_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n because_o it_o be_v bring_v into_o the_o church_n by_o the_o suggestion_n of_o those_o impure_a spirit_n to_o cast_v miserable_a mortal_n upon_o all_o occasion_n of_o sin_n if_o therefore_o we_o do_v determine_v the_o case_n that_o the_o devil_n in_o the_o rood_n do_v utter_v this_o voice_n touch_v the_o marriage_n of_o minister_n god_n forbid_v it_o shall_v be_v so_o it_o do_v singular_o agree_v with_o the_o word_n of_o the_o apostle_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n in_o antichristian_a time_n that_o it_o be_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d a_o doctrine_n of_o devil_n for_o to_o say_v true_o the_o prohibition_n of_o marriage_n as_o it_o do_v continue_v for_o many_o hundred_o year_n together_o so_o it_o have_v its_o immediate_a original_n from_o the_o delusion_n of_o satan_n now_o for_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o house_n at_o cleve_n or_o calne_n we_o may_v probable_o believe_v that_o god_n may_v suffer_v the_o devil_n to_o do_v great_a wonder_n for_o so_o spondanus_n call_v it_o mirandum_fw-la to_o deceive_v the_o world_n what_o else_o shall_v be_v the_o meaning_n of_o that_o place_n rev._n 20_o he_o lay_v hold_v on_o the_o dragon_n that_o old_a serpent_n which_o be_v the_o devil_n and_o satan_n and_o bind_v he_o a_o thousand_o year_n and_o cast_v he_o into_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n and_o shut_v he_o up_o and_o set_v a_o seal_n upon_o he_o that_o he_o shall_v deceive_v the_o nation_n no_o more_o ver_fw-la 2_o 3._o by_o this_o he_o do_v tacit_o imply_v that_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n be_v a_o time_n of_o the_o lose_n of_o satan_n in_o which_o god_n be_v press_a to_o give_v he_o leave_v to_o do_v great_a wonder_n to_o deceive_v the_o world_n and_o therefore_o in_o the_o two_o last_o verse_n of_o the_o former_a chapter_n these_o word_n be_v express_v and_o the_o beast_n be_v take_v and_o with_o he_o the_o false_a prophet_n that_o wrought_v miracle_n before_o he_o with_o which_o he_o deceive_v they_o who_o have_v receive_v the_o mark_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o they_o that_o worship_v his_o image_n these_o both_o be_v cast_v alive_a into_o a_o lake_n of_o fire_n burn_v with_o brimstone_n ver_fw-la 20._o when_o this_o be_v do_v a_o angel_n come_v down_o from_o heaven_n with_o a_o great_a chain_n in_o his_o hand_n and_o bind_v the_o dragon_n the_o old_a serpent_n that_o he_o shall_v deceive_v the_o nation_n no_o more_o all_o this_o plain_o declare_v that_o in_o antichristian_a time_n the_o devil_n have_v freedom_n to_o do_v great_a wonder_n to_o deceive_v the_o nation_n if_o therefore_o at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o house_n they_o who_o stand_v against_o the_o marriage_n of_o minister_n be_v marvellous_o deliver_v and_o those_o that_o stand_v for_o it_o be_v slay_v outright_o or_o sore_o bruise_v we_o must_v not_o wonder_v at_o these_o thing_n the_o devil_n can_v do_v great_a thing_n to_o deceive_v they_o who_o forsake_v the_o scripture_n and_o the_o know_a will_n of_o god_n to_o hang_v upon_o vision_n dream_n and_o revelation_n there_o be_v a_o time_n when_o the_o devil_n can_v not_o touch_v a_o hair_n of_o job_n head_n thou_o have_v make_v a_o hedge_n about_o he_o and_o his_o substance_n be_v increase_v in_o the_o land_n yet_o we_o see_v when_o god_n do_v give_v leave_n the_o devil_n can_v cause_v fire_n to_o come_v down_o from_o heaven_n to_o devour_v his_o sheep_n he_o can_v blow_v down_o
and_o in_o what_o manner_n those_o prince_n and_o potentate_n of_o the_o earth_n do_v sin_n whosoever_o they_o be_v that_o hold_v up_o the_o name_n and_o headship_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o direct_a opposition_n to_o the_o name_n and_o headship_n of_o the_o lamb._n thou_o may_v further_o understand_v how_o great_o they_o do_v aggravate_v their_o sin_n that_o compass_n sea_n and_o land_n that_o make_v search_v and_o inquisition_n into_o every_o corner_n and_o persecute_v unto_o the_o death_n all_o that_o will_v not_o live_v in_o subjection_n to_o this_o name_n or_o headship_n hereby_o also_o thou_o may_v be_v inform_v what_o sympathy_n what_o bowel_n of_o affection_n thou_o shall_v show_v to_o those_o that_o live_v under_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n for_o iâ—…_n on_o the_o one_o side_n poor_a soul_n do_v worship_n the_o beast_n receive_v his_o mark_n and_o name_n christ_n as_o he_o have_v cause_n enough_o do_v denounce_v the_o most_o grievous_a judgement_n against_o they_o on_o the_o other_o side_n if_o they_o refuse_v to_o subject_v their_o conscience_n to_o his_o papal_a determination_n such_o be_v the_o hard_a condition_n of_o many_o country_n that_o it_o be_v the_o loss_n of_o all_o yea_o of_o life_n itself_o this_o be_v the_o glassy_a sea_n mingle_v with_o fire_n through_o which_o the_o saint_n have_v pass_v which_o also_o they_o be_v yet_o in_o pass_v but_o how_o few_o of_o we_o be_v sensible_a of_o their_o hard_a condition_n how_o few_o do_v mourn_v for_o the_o affliction_n of_o joseph_n if_o that_o be_v true_a that_o the_o member_n of_o the_o protestant_a church_n abroad_o be_v in_o imminent_a danger_n if_o they_o have_v be_v late_o massacre_v in_o piedmont_n without_o spare_a age_n or_o sex_n if_o they_o be_v bleed_v in_o switzerland_n divers_a there_o have_v be_v put_v to_o death_n for_o no_o fault_n but_o be_v protestant_n if_o the_o design_n be_v upon_o the_o whole_a interest_n by_o the_o popish_a party_n almost_o in_o all_o place_n of_o europe_n then_o we_o have_v reason_n to_o condole_v with_o our_o brethren_n in_o their_o suffering_n and_o the_o read_n of_o the_o present_a treatise_n will_v help_v we_o more_o clear_o to_o see_v and_o judge_v of_o that_o which_o be_v the_o cause_n of_o the_o quarrel_n we_o shall_v see_v also_o what_o be_v the_o mind_n of_o christ_n concern_v these_o thing_n and_o to_o what_o issue_n they_o will_v be_v bring_v at_o the_o end_n of_o all_o hereby_o also_o thou_o may_v be_v advertise_v to_o beware_v of_o the_o opinion_n of_o such_o that_o make_v the_o christian_a magistrate_n the_o fountain_n of_o all_o church-power_n this_o be_v to_o set_v up_o a_o civil_a antichrist_n in_o the_o stead_n of_o a_o spiritual_a christ_n be_v the_o head_n of_o his_o own_o church_n and_o therefore_o he_o have_v appoint_v law_n by_o which_o his_o kingdom_n be_v to_o be_v govern_v censure_n by_o which_o his_o rebellious_a subject_n be_v to_o be_v punish_v and_o officer_n to_o dispense_v those_o censure_n if_o there_o be_v no_o such_o name_n or_o headship_n what_o shall_v be_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o apostle_n when_o he_o speak_v of_o the_o incestuous_a corinthian_a concern_v he_o that_o have_v do_v this_o deed_n in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n jesus_n christ_n when_o you_o be_v gather_v together_o and_o my_o spirit_n with_o the_o power_n of_o the_o lord_n jesus_n to_o deliver_v such_o a_o one_o to_o satan_n 1_o cor._n 5._o 4._o and_o in_o that_o other_o place_n now_o we_o command_v you_o brethren_n in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o lord_n jesus_n that_o you_o withdraw_v yourselves_o from_o every_o brother_n that_o walk_v disorderly_a 2_o thess._n 3._o 6._o and_o in_o that_o scripture_n whatsoever_o you_o shall_v bind_v on_o earth_n shall_v be_v bind_v in_o heaven_n for_o where_o two_o or_o three_o be_v gather_v together_o in_o my_o name_n i_o will_v be_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o they_o matth._n 18._o ver_fw-la 18_o 19_o 20._o in_o these_o several_a place_n the_o name_n of_o christ_n be_v his_o power_n and_o headship_n in_o and_o over_o the_o church_n his_o own_o house_n which_o be_v not_o only_o opposite_a to_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n but_o in_o a_o inferior_a degree_n to_o that_o spiritual_a power_n and_o supremacy_n which_o some_o will_v give_v to_o prince_n and_o potentate_n of_o the_o earth_n the_o london-minister_n in_o their_o vindication_n do_v speak_v to_o good_a purpose_n when_o they_o say_v christ_n jesus_n be_v the_o only_a head_n of_o the_o church_n govern_v it_o not_o only_o inward_o and_o invisible_o by_o the_o work_n of_o his_o spirit_n but_o outward_o also_o and_o visible_o as_o a_o political_a ministerial_a body_n in_o which_o he_o have_v appoint_v his_o own_o proper_a ambassador_n assembly_n law_n ordinance_n and_o censure_n to_o be_v administer_v in_o his_o name_n and_o according_a to_o his_o own_o way_n pag._n 4._o by_o this_o account_n then_o they_o must_v be_v judge_v to_o come_v near_o a_o very_a dangerous_a error_n whosoever_o they_o be_v that_o take_v this_o name_n and_o headship_n from_o he_o and_o give_v it_o to_o temporal_a prince_n calvin_n and_o other_o friend_n of_o we_o have_v be_v much_o offend_v at_o the_o title_n that_o be_v give_v to_o henry_n the_o eight_o and_o his_o successor_n and_o our_o adversary_n also_o have_v hereby_o take_v occasion_n to_o insult_v over_o we_o for_o these_o be_v the_o word_n of_o wadesworth_n in_o a_o letter_n of_o he_o to_o mr._n bedell_n nâ—…r_n will_v i_o say_v he_o insist_v upon_o the_o passion_n that_o move_v king_n henry_n violent_o to_o divorce_v himself_o from_o his_o lawful_a wife_n to_o fall_v out_o with_o the_o pope_n his_o friend_n â—…o_o marry_o lady_n anne_n bullen_n and_o soon_o after_o to_o behead_v she_o to_o disinherit_v queen_n mary_n and_o to_o enable_v queen_n elizabeth_n and_o present_o to_o disinherit_v queen_n elizabeth_n and_o to_o restore_v queen_n mary_n to_o hang_v catholic_n for_o traitor_n and_o to_o burn_v protestant_n for_o heretic_n to_o destroy_v monastery_n to_o pill_v church_n be_v these_o fit_a beginning_n for_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n i_o pray_v be_v this_o man_n a_o good_a head_n of_o god_n church_n for_o my_o part_n i_o pray_v our_o lord_n to_o bless_v i_o from_o be_v a_o member_n of_o such_o a_o head_n or_o such_o a_o church_n pag._n 11._o now_o what_o say_v mr._n bedel_n to_o all_o this_o you_o demand_v say_v he_o if_o this_o man_n king_n henry_n be_v a_o good_a head_n of_o god_n church_n what_o if_o i_o shall_v demand_v the_o same_o touch_v alexander_n the_o six_o julius_z the_o second_o leo_n the_o ten_o or_o twenty_o more_o of_o the_o catalogue_n of_o pope_n in_o respect_n of_o who_o king_n henry_n may_v be_v canonize_v for_o a_o saint_n but_o there_o be_v a_o story_n in_o tully_n office_n of_o one_o lutatius_n that_o lay_v a_o wager_n that_o he_o be_v bone_fw-la vir_fw-la a_o good_a man_n and_o will_v be_v judge_v by_o one_o fimbria_n a_o man_n of_o consular_a dignity_n he_o when_o he_o understand_v the_o case_n say_v he_o will_v never_o judge_v that_o matter_n lest_o either_o he_o shall_v diminish_v the_o reputation_n of_o a_o man_n well_o esteem_v of_o or_o set_v down_o that_o any_o man_n be_v a_o good_a man_n which_o he_o account_v to_o consist_v in_o a_o innumerable_a sort_n of_o excellency_n and_o praise_n that_o which_o he_o say_v of_o a_o good_a man_n with_o much_o more_o reason_n may_v i_o say_v of_o a_o good_a king_n one_o of_o who_o high_a excellency_n be_v to_o be_v a_o good_a head_n of_o the_o church_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v a_o question_n which_o i_o will_v never_o take_v upon_o i_o to_o answer_v whether_o king_n henry_n be_v such_o or_o no_o unless_o you_o will_v beforehand_o interpret_v etc._n etc._n pag._n 131._o he_o have_v some_o other_o passage_n concern_v the_o use_n of_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o say_a king_n in_o do_v thing_n that_o be_v good_a and_o in_o remove_v the_o pope_n tyranny_n which_o act_v of_o his_o say_v he_o whosoever_o shall_v impartial_o consider_v of_o may_v well_o esteem_v he_o a_o better_a head_n to_o the_o church_n of_o england_n than_o any_o pope_n these_o thousand_o year_n pag._n 132._o but_o for_o my_o part_n i_o conceive_v here_o be_v two_o question_n to_o be_v answer_v whether_o that_o king_n be_v right_o and_o true_o a_o head_n of_o the_o church_n at_o all_o that_o be_v grant_v the_o second_o whether_o he_o be_v a_o good_a one_o yea_o or_o no_o to_o determine_v these_o question_n i_o be_o clear_o of_o fimbria_n judgement_n in_o that_o other_o case_n as_o on_o the_o one_o part_n i_o be_o loath_a to_o diminish_v the_o lawful_a power_n of_o prince_n which_o they_o have_v they_o ought_v to_o have_v and_o ever_o have_v in_o dispose_v the_o affair_n of_o the_o church_n so_o on_o
constantine_n the_o great_a after_o these_o thing_n he_o show_v the_o fall_n of_o the_o empire_n and_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n by_o the_o emblem_n of_o a_o beast_n with_o ten_o horn_n that_o come_v up_o out_o of_o the_o sea_n chap._n 13._o ver_fw-la 1._o this_o beast_n do_v signify_v the_o roman_a tyranny_n in_o the_o last_o and_o the_o antichristian_a edition_n and_o he_o further_o add_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o this_o kingdom_n that_o the_o eternal_a gospel_n shall_v be_v preach_v to_o every_o kindred_n tongue_n and_o nation_n chap._n 14._o ver_fw-la 6._o &_o 7._o then_o also_o the_o deceive_v king_n shall_v be_v undeceive_v and_o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n shall_v become_v the_o kingdom_n of_o our_o lord_n and_o of_o his_o christ_n chap._n 11._o 15._o that_o be_v those_o kingdom_n which_o former_o be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v become_v subject_a to_o the_o law_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o his_o gospel_n here_o be_v a_o plain_a example_n though_o not_o in_o the_o age_n of_o the_o apostle_n of_o whole_a christian_a nation_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gospel_n i_o willing_o yield_v that_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n be_v that_o by_o and_o through_o which_o primary_o and_o immediate_o church_n be_v gather_v yet_o by_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o magistrate_n the_o same_o gospel_n also_o be_v countenance_v law_n be_v make_v parish_n be_v divide_v minister_n maintain_v and_o the_o body_n of_o the_o nation_n bring_v to_o attend_v to_o that_o which_o be_v or_o at_o least_o may_v be_v the_o mean_a of_o their_o salvation_n i_o can_v think_v but_o with_o great_a horror_n what_o will_v ensue_v if_o the_o design_n of_o some_o man_n shall_v take_v place_n it_o will_v be_v the_o very_a abaddon_n and_o apollyon_n to_o the_o church_n of_o god_n but_o let_v we_o look_v what_o be_v speak_v of_o the_o king_n of_o europe_n they_o shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n and_o make_v her_o desolate_a and_o naked_a and_o shall_v burn_v her_o flesh_n with_o fire_n chap._n 17._o if_o they_o shall_v hate_v the_o whore_n than_o they_o shall_v destroy_v the_o idolatry_n and_o superstition_n of_o that_o church_n which_o they_o do_v former_o so_o love_v and_o admire_v and_o on_o the_o contrary_a part_n they_o shall_v countenance_v the_o gospel_n bring_v in_o their_o people_n and_o do_v as_o much_o for_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n which_o they_o do_v former_o persecute_v and_o hate_v of_o the_o new_a jerusalem_n it_o be_v say_v the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v bring_v their_o glory_n to_o she_o chap_n 21._o but_o lest_o any_o shall_v think_v that_o this_o be_v mean_v only_o of_o the_o glory_n of_o the_o church_n in_o heaven_n let_v sundry_a passage_n of_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n be_v consider_v the_o scope_n of_o all_o whiâ—…h_n be_v to_o show_v that_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n shall_v bring_v their_o glory_n unto_o the_o church_n there_o be_v much_o speak_v also_o of_o the_o come_n in_o of_o whole_a nation_n of_o the_o conversion_n of_o king_n and_o the_o adorn_v of_o the_o church_n by_o the_o bounty_n of_o king_n read_v chap._n 60._o per_fw-la totum_fw-la with_o many_o other_o place_n if_o these_o thing_n be_v right_o consider_v man_n will_v not_o have_v such_o prejudices_fw-la against_o a_o national_a constitution_n and_o set_v up_o of_o the_o gospel_n by_o the_o authority_n power_n and_o command_n of_o king_n and_o prince_n what_o shall_v we_o make_v of_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n be_v it_o not_o direct_o and_o diametral_o opposite_a to_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n let_v the_o angel_n himself_o together_o with_o our_o own_o experience_n show_v wherein_o the_o formality_n and_o the_o be_v thereof_o do_v consist_v so_o he_o speak_v the_o horn_n which_o thou_o see_v be_v ten_o king_n which_o have_v receive_v no_o kingdom_n as_o yet_o but_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n these_o have_v one_o mind_n and_o shall_v give_v their_o power_n and_o strength_n unto_o the_o beast_n these_o shall_v make_v war_n with_o the_o lamb_n but_o the_o lamb_n shall_v overcome_v they_o for_o he_o be_v the_o lord_n of_o lord_n and_o king_n of_o king_n rev._n 17._o ver_fw-la 12_o 13_o 14._o the_o effence_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n lie_v in_o the_o confederacy_n of_o king_n and_o in_o their_o yield_a themselves_o to_o the_o name_n and_o headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n this_o be_v the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n upon_o the_o earth_n so_o by_o the_o rule_n of_o proportion_n the_o reign_n of_o christ_n and_o of_o the_o lamb_n shall_v be_v in_o the_o holy_a association_n and_o concurrence_n of_o christian_a prince_n to_o set_v up_o the_o gospel_n of_o christ_n his_o name_n and_o headship_n as_o the_o regent-law_n among_o the_o nation_n from_o all_o that_o have_v be_v say_v it_o be_v clear_a that_o this_o doctrine_n be_v not_o contrary_a to_o the_o authority_n of_o magistrate_n nay_o it_o be_v most_o forcible_a and_o effectual_a to_o establish_v the_o law_n and_o government_n of_o the_o church_n upon_o the_o same_o ground_n i_o do_v here_o desire_v to_o speak_v a_o word_n or_o two_o and_o oh_o that_o i_o can_v speak_v it_o with_o tear_n the_o reformation_n in_o germany_n and_o now_o late_o in_o england_n have_v be_v and_o yet_o be_v much_o deform_v by_o abalienation_n of_o the_o church_n revenue_n and_o in_o pass_v away_o that_o which_o former_a age_n have_v bestow_v i_o may_v speak_v of_o a_o great_a part_n at_o least_o upon_o the_o preach_n of_o the_o gospel_n these_o be_v scandal_n to_o the_o enemy_n let_v our_o conscience_n in_o the_o mean_a while_n judge_n whether_o this_o be_v not_o a_o scandal_n give_v rather_o than_o a_o scandal_n take_v whether_o we_o do_v not_o open_v the_o mouth_n of_o the_o enemy_n of_o the_o lord_n to_o speak_v evil_a of_o the_o reformation_n and_o whether_o we_o be_v not_o faulty_a in_o this_o point_n moses_n go_v in_o god_n way_n and_o by_o his_o command_n and_o it_o be_v a_o glorious_a work_n to_o deliver_v israel_n from_o the_o bondage_n of_o egypt_n yet_o withal_o when_o he_o be_v in_o the_o discharge_n of_o so_o excellent_a a_o work_n than_o the_o lord_n stand_v in_o the_o way_n to_o kill_v he_o exod._n 4._o 24._o our_o army_n be_v go_v forth_o against_o the_o enemy_n and_o the_o proteâ—…ant_a army_n be_v like_a to_o go_v forth_o more_o and_o more_o these_o be_v the_o time_n or_o at_o least_o do_v border_n upon_o the_o time_n of_o the_o suâ—…per_n of_o the_o fowl_n of_o the_o great_a vintage_n of_o thâ—…_n batâ—…el_n of_o armageddon_n there_o be_v like_a to_o be_v great_a commotion_n of_o state_n army_n against_o army_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n kingdom_n and_o therefore_o by_o collation_n of_o all_o circumstance_n we_o can_v be_v fat_a off_o from_o the_o performance_n of_o all_o that_o have_v be_v foretell_v it_o be_v meet_v for_o we_o to_o see_v our_o own_o sin_n and_o special_o that_o which_o i_o have_v hint_v before_o we_o go_v on_o in_o the_o lord_n work_v these_o thing_n i_o have_v think_v good_a to_o annex_v by_o way_n of_o appendiâ—…_n my_o purpose_n be_v not_o to_o speak_v any_o thing_n to_o please_v or_o diâ—…please_v any_o party_n neither_o can_v i_o tell_v how_o any_o party_n will_v be_v please_v with_o i_o it_o may_v be_v i_o may_v displease_v all_o however_o i_o do_v desire_n to_o please_v my_o own_o conscience_n in_o deliver_v that_o which_o i_o conceive_v to_o be_v a_o truth_n of_o god_n there_o be_v one_o thing_n whiâ—…h_v i_o think_v meet_v more_o â—…ully_o to_o explain_v myself_o in_o i_o have_v in_o the_o precede_a treatise_n make_v it_o a_o good_a part_n of_o my_o work_n to_o prove_v the_o roman_a to_o be_v the_o four_o and_o the_o last_o metal_n kingdom_n and_o that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v in_o the_o consideration_n and_o notion_n of_o such_o a_o kingdom_n when_o the_o church_n and_o the_o conâ—…inent_a of_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n and_o sovereignty_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n this_o i_o know_v the_o follower_n of_o junius_n will_v not_o away_o with_o and_o many_o learned_a man_n in_o these_o time_n do_v follow_v this_o way_n of_o interpretation_n but_o because_o we_o will_v not_o unnecessary_o controvert_v and_o make_v ourselves_o more_o enemy_n than_o needs_o we_o will_v be_v content_a to_o say_v that_o the_o roman_a do_v begin_v at_o the_o end_n or_o end_n of_o all_o four_o metal-kingdome_n and_o where_o they_o end_v in_o the_o method_n order_n and_o way_n of_o account_n the_o roman_a do_v begin_v and_o whereas_o we_o have_v endeavour_v chap._n 6._o pag._n 116._o to_o prove_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o metal-kingdome_n to_o be_v at_o that_o instant_n of_o time_n when_o the_o church_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n the_o same_o argument_n mutatis_fw-la mutandis_fw-la will_v prove_v the_o beginning_n of_o the_o roman_a at_o the_o end_n of_o all_o four_o metal-kingdome_n and_o so_o the_o follower_n of_o junius_n and_o we_o shall_v agree_v in_o the_o substance_n of_o the_o interpretation_n let_v we_o compute_v the_o name_n or_o universal_a headship_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n as_o decree_v and_o enact_v under_o the_o emperor_n phocas_n and_o in_o that_o series_n and_o way_n of_o account_n it_o will_v be_v 666_o year_n from_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a as_o that_o great_a empire_n do_v succeed_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o four_o metal-kingdome_n here_o be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o calculation_n according_a to_o the_o number_n of_o a_o man_n according_a to_o the_o division_n and_o part_n of_o the_o body_n of_o man_n in_o daniel_n image_n if_o we_o go_v either_o way_n the_o account_n will_v be_v make_v good_a finis_fw-la hier._n in_o levit._n quot_fw-la verba_fw-la tot_fw-la mysteria_fw-la quot_fw-la syllaba_fw-la tot_fw-la sacramenta_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d iren._n lib._n 2._o c._n 39_o l._n 3._o c._n 3._o â—…us_fw-la l._n 3._o c._n 23._o epiph._n haeres_fw-la 51._o rev._n 16._o act_n 1._o 7._o 7._o in_o his_o treatise_n concern_v the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n upon_o the_o earth_n note_n note_n note_n note_n *_o and_o beside_o the_o testimony_n of_o josephus_n dio_n the_o historian_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d jew_n 〈◊〉_d taxâ—…d_v by_o gabinius_n 〈◊〉_d 3â—…_n note_n
the_o church_n to_o let_v pass_v the_o ambiguity_n of_o the_o phrase_n let_v we_o serious_o ponder_v the_o circumstance_n of_o the_o text_n the_o lord_n do_v reveal_v to_o nabuchadnezzar_n thing_n that_o shall_v come_v to_o pass_v in_o the_o latter_a time_n but_o the_o great_a question_n be_v in_o specie_fw-la what_o latter_a time_n be_v here_o intend_v it_o be_v confess_v by_o all_o that_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n be_v to_o continue_v to_o the_o come_v of_o christ_n and_o the_o word_n of_o the_o text_n be_v clear_a that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n shall_v begin_v in_o the_o time_n of_o these_o kingdom_n now_o our_o saviour_n be_v bear_v his_o gospel_n be_v preach_v and_o his_o kingdom_n begin_v when_o the_o earth_n and_o particular_o that_o part_n of_o the_o earth_n be_v under_o the_o sovereign_a dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n to_o i_o therefore_o it_o be_v a_o infallible_a reason_n that_o the_o roman_a must_v be_v one_o of_o the_o monarchical_a kingdom_n and_o the_o four_o in_o particular_a because_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n do_v then_o begin_v when_o the_o earth_n be_v under_o the_o authority_n and_o dominion_n of_o that_o people_n but_o let_v we_o go_v on_o junius_n they_o which_o follow_v the_o latter_a opinion_n do_v well_o to_o end_v daniel_n prophecy_n at_o christ._n but_o this_o they_o ought_v to_o consider_v that_o the_o lord_n do_v not_o declare_v the_o state_n of_o the_o world_n universal_o but_o only_o so_o far_o as_o it_o concern_v the_o jew_n and_o the_o people_n of_o god_n and_o therefore_o in_o our_o judgement_n we_o can_v approve_v it_o that_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o four_o kingdom_n answer_n for_o the_o maxim_n that_o the_o four_o monarchy_n be_v describe_v only_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o jew_n i_o do_v yield_v it_o to_o be_v a_o truth_n so_o far_o as_o the_o jew_n be_v the_o only_a people_n of_o god_n but_o when_o the_o gentile_n also_o become_v his_o people_n the_o monarchy_n be_v describe_v in_o relation_n to_o they_o so_o then_o the_o metal-kingdom_n be_v not_o relate_v to_o the_o jew_n only_o nor_o to_o the_o gentile_n only_o but_o to_o the_o people_n of_o god_n both_o of_o jew_n and_o gentile_n among_o many_o this_o one_o argument_n may_v be_v sufficient_a to_o clear_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o we_o affirm_v at_o the_o end_n of_o these_o kingdom_n it_o be_v mention_v that_o the_o kingdom_n and_o the_o dominion_n and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n shall_v be_v give_v to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a chap._n 7._o vers_fw-la 27._o who_o be_v they_o that_o be_v the_o people_n of_o the_o saint_n of_o the_o most_o high_a shall_v we_o say_v that_o they_o be_v only_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n then_o it_o will_v follow_v that_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n only_o shall_v constitute_v and_o make_v up_o the_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n and_o his_o saint_n and_o how_o contrary_a be_v this_o to_o all_o colour_n and_o show_v of_o truth_n second_o admit_v it_o shall_v be_v grant_v that_o in_o the_o description_n of_o the_o metal-kingdom_n the_o lord_n shall_v only_o have_v respect_n to_o the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n this_o do_v not_o exclude_v the_o roman_a from_o be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n for_o as_o the_o jew_n be_v sometime_o under_o the_o babylonian_n sometime_o under_o the_o persian_n sometime_o under_o the_o grecian_n so_o sixty_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o our_o lord_n they_o come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n who_o be_v the_o particular_a nation_n and_o state_n of_o who_o the_o prophet_n speak_v the_o people_n of_o the_o prince_n that_o shall_v come_v shall_v destroy_v the_o city_n and_o sanctuary_n dan._n 9_o 26._o if_o you_o number_v the_o time_n from_o that_o instant_n when_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n begin_v you_o shall_v find_v that_o there_o be_v 130_o year_n to_o the_o destruction_n of_o jerusalem_n by_o titus_n and_o vespasian_n so_o long_a the_o jewish_a church_n and_o nation_n be_v under_o the_o roman_a obedience_n so_o then_o we_o conclude_v if_o the_o monarchy_n be_v number_v only_o in_o relation_n to_o the_o jew_n the_o roman_a may_v be_v one_o of_o the_o four_o as_o well_o as_o the_o babylonian_a persian_a oâ—…_n grecian_a what_o shall_v hinder_v junius_n they_o that_o so_o number_n must_v of_o necessity_n confound_v the_o popular_a state_n with_o the_o sovereign_a command_n of_o one_o which_o be_v here_o only_o mention_v neither_o do_v the_o roman_n any_o way_n afflict_v the_o jew_n till_o the_o time_n of_o cleopatra_n or_o herod_n answer_n this_o be_v most_o true_a that_o the_o jew_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n of_o the_o roman_n in_o the_o time_n of_o their_o free-state_n and_o therefore_o in_o these_o time_n we_o begin_v the_o roman_a as_o the_o four_o kingdom_n now_o whereas_o it_o be_v allege_v that_o in_o so_o do_v we_o do_v confound_v the_o popular_a state_n and_o the_o government_n by_o one_o to_o this_o i_o answer_v we_o be_v not_o here_o so_o much_o to_o look_v after_o the_o several_a form_n of_o roman_a dominion_n as_o upon_o one_o whole_a roman_a kingdom_n oppose_v to_o one_o babylonian_n to_o one_o persian_a to_o one_o grecian_a go_v before_o the_o scripture_n look_v to_o four_o kind_n of_o people_n who_o in_o their_o respective_a season_n and_o succession_n shall_v have_v absolute_a dominion_n over_o the_o earth_n and_o special_o about_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o church_n according_a to_o this_o difference_n we_o ought_v to_o distinguish_v each_o monarchy_n as_o the_o dominion_n pass_v from_o one_o people_n to_o another_o and_o not_o by_o the_o particular_a form_n of_o government_n observe_v by_o one_o people_n therefore_o it_o do_v full_o answer_v our_o purpose_n that_o the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n come_v under_o the_o dominion_n and_o lordship_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n 60_o year_n before_o the_o birth_n of_o the_o lord_n now_o what_o form_n of_o dominion_n the_o roman_n than_o have_v be_v not_o to_o our_o purpose_n further_o whereas_o it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o roman_n do_v not_o afflict_v the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n till_o the_o time_n of_o herod_n give_v i_o leave_v to_o argue_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n cyrus_n do_v not_o afflict_v the_o people_n of_o the_o jew_n therefore_o the_o persian_a tyranny_n do_v not_o then_o begin_v alexander_n the_o great_a do_v not_o persecute_v the_o jew_n therefore_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n do_v not_o begin_v in_o his_o time_n this_o way_n of_o reason_v be_v contrary_a to_o scripture_n and_o experience_n for_o to_o speak_v positive_o though_o cyrus_n do_v not_o afflict_v the_o church_n of_o the_o jew_n yet_o he_o bring_v that_o church_n and_o people_n within_o the_o verge_n of_o the_o persian_a dominion_n which_o in_o all_o its_o time_n be_v a_o tyrannical_a state_n so_o alexander_n the_o great_a do_v not_o persecute_v the_o church_n yet_o he_o be_v the_o founder_n of_o the_o grecian_a empire_n which_o in_o the_o whole_a time_n thereof_o do_v more_o or_o less_o afflict_v the_o saint_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n the_o like_a may_v be_v say_v of_o the_o roman_n though_o there_o be_v no_o eminent_a persecution_n in_o the_o time_n of_o their_o free-state_n yet_o then_o the_o church_n be_v bring_v within_o the_o compass_n of_o that_o kingdom_n in_o which_o under_o which_o and_o by_o which_o there_o be_v the_o sore_a persecution_n that_o ever_o be_v as_o appear_z by_o the_o story_n of_o the_o evangelâ—…sts_n the_o act_n of_o the_o apostle_n and_o the_o whole_a book_n of_o the_o revelation_n now_o let_v we_o consider_v what_o be_v speak_v by_o mr_n broughton_n mr_n broughton_n the_o book_n of_o daniel_n handle_v principal_a point_n of_o the_o jew_n thraldom_n in_o babylon_n for_o 70_o year_n and_o seven_o time_n that_o space_n unto_o christ_n ascension_n and_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o city_n and_o temple_n so_o that_o jerusalem_n surprise_v by_o the_o chaldâ—…an_n and_o raze_v by_o the_o roman_a be_v the_o limit_n of_o the_o story_n answer_n if_o it_o can_v be_v prove_v that_o jerusalem_n seize_v by_o the_o chaldaean_n and_o raze_v by_o the_o roman_a that_o this_o be_v the_o limit_n of_o some_o of_o daniel_n vision_n and_o namely_o of_o the_o 70_o week_n it_o do_v not_o follow_v that_o this_o be_v the_o boundary_a of_o all_o his_o vision_n and_o particular_o of_o all_o the_o four_o kingdom_n type_v in_o the_o metal_n of_o the_o image_n i_o shall_v endeavour_v in_o the_o process_n of_o this_o discourse_n to_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o these_o kingdom_n do_v continue_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o glorious_a kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n rev._n 20._o but_o let_v we_o go_v on_o mr_n broughton_n the_o kingdom_n of_o babel_n be_v figure_v by_o a_o tree_n touch_v in_o